World's Fair General Documentation 4

Box# 31
Folder# 606
Word's Fair: General
(4)
1965
NEW YORK WORLos FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION
INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT FLUSHING MEADOW PARK
IDAC THetOUOM
UN0RSTAti01NQ
WORLO"S FAIR. N.Y. 11380
Hon. William F. Shea
Director of the Budget
Bureau of the Budget
Municipal Building, 12th Floor
New York, New York 10007
Dear Bill:
AREA CODE 212- WF 4-1964
CABLE WORLDSFAIR
ROBERT MOSES
PRESIDENT
I understand that you have been made the chairman of a committee of
City officials appointed by the Mayor to discuss with the Fair the question of iJP'
what buildings would be useful and might be retained for City park and related --if>/
purposes after the Fair closes. 7./
We have, as you know, been working on this subject for more than two w-
years, in the course of which we have met and had talks with various department
heads, building and other officials, etc. We are all familiar with the difference
between buildings constructed under a temporary special Fair code and permanent
buildings which must conform to the regular City code. In addition, I assume we
all agree that buildings not useful for park and reasonably closely related purposes
do not belong in Flushing Meadow or any other park unless they are on the
periphery reached independently of the park access system.
Most of the informal requests we have received from many sources have
been manifestly unworkable and undesirable. Many people have ambitions to put
structures in public parks for their pet purposes, just as there are many others
who are against any structure of any kind which can possibly be avoided.
I am attaching copies of our tentative conclusions, subject of course to
more careful study of foundation and other conditions, availability, desirability
and approval of the City agencies affected.
I enclose also a copy of "Flushing Meadow and Beyond", which is the original
report on the Post Fair program; a copy of our most recent progress report,
pages 41 - 45 of which set forth the revised Post Fair program; and a copy of a
memorandum by Counsel summarizing our agreements with exhibitors as to their
responsibility for demolition and as to salvage. It is likely that a few exhibitors
will default as to demolition in which case these restorations will become a Fair
responsibility.
_ , ~ , _ . , @ - - ....
Hon. William F. Shea February 23, 1965
-Page 2-
A few of the possible surviving buildings belong to exhibitors and
negotiations would have to be carried along if it is finally proposed that these
structures remain, in which case the exhibitors would save the expense of
demolition and might conceivably contribute something toward making the
buildings durable.
Colonel O'Neill will represent us in this matter, and I hope you can
arrange a meeting before long with your entire committee to discuss the
subject further.
Cordially,
/"
P r ~ ~
Enclosures -
1. Preliminary Study of Buildings & Structures
2. Flushing Meadow & Beyond
3. The Fair in 1965
4. Memorandum on Demolitions
57 Days to Re-Opening of the Fair - April 21, 1965
NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION
PRELIMINARY STUDY OF
BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES UNDER
CONS! DERATION FOR RETENTION IN THE
POST-FAIR FLUSHING MEADOW PARK
January 15, 1965
SUMMARY
This report swnmarizes previous studies on the desirability of retain-
ing certain buildings for City Park and related purposes after the close of the
World's Fair in 1965,
Buildings are divided into three categories:
A. Buildings and structures retained from the 1939-1940
World's Fair.
B. Buildings and structures designed for permanent (or
semi-permanent) use for the 1964-1965 World's Fair.
C. Buildings and structures for temporary use 1964-1965
World's Fair, which have been proposed for retention
for municipal purposes.
Buildings and structures in categories A and B generally comply with
the New York City Building Code, with the possible exception of the Heliport.
It is understood however that lh.e Port of New York Authority proposes to
finance and accomplish any work necessary for Code compliance.
Category C includes buildings erected by the World's Fair and by exhib-
itors in accordance with the World's Fair Building Code. In the case of
exhibit buildings, work required for City Code compliance may be financed,
in part at least, by a contribution from the exhibitor which could be expected
to approximate his cost of demolition. It is possible that the exhibitor might
request some acknowledgment in the form of a plaque or similar device.
- 1 -
-2-
A. Buildings and Structures Retained from the 1939-1940 World's Fair
l. Boat House
Built by- New York City
Proposed user- New York City I:epartment of Parks
Proposed use- Boat House
This building is intended to revert to its original use by the Park
Department in con.n.ection with boating activities on Meadow Lake. No
major alterations will be required for use by the Park Department.
2. New York City Building
Built by ... New York City
Proposed user- New York City Department of Parks
Proposed me- Skating Rinks
This building is controlled and operated by the Department of Parks
during the World's Fair. It is expected that the Department of Parks will
re-establish the ice skating and roller skating rinks for public use in this
building after the Fair closes.
3. Amphitheatre
Built by- New York State
Proposed use- Swimming pool and outdoor theatre.
It is expected that the Amphitheatre will be operated for public swimming
and outdoor theatricals by the New York City Department of Parks, much the same
as it was prior to use by the World's Fair. The necessary re-conditioning work
is included in the Post Fair Park Restoration work to be accomplished by the
World's Fair Corporation.
B. Buildings and Structures Designed for Permanent (or semi-permanent) Use
for 1964-1965 World's Fair
l. Main Entrance Building
-3-
Built by- New York City Department of Parks - Share 92%
World's Fair Share 8%
Proposed use- New York City Police Precinct and/or
Department of Parks Administration.
If this building is used as a New York City Police Precinct the necessary
modifications would be made by the Police Department. If it is to be used for
administrative purposes by the Department of Parks, no major modifications are
required.
2. Hall of Science
Built by- New York City Department of Public Works
Proposed user- Board of Trustees-New York Hall of Science
Proposed use- Scientific Exhibits
This building will not require any major modifications. The Martin-
Marietta spaee exhibit will remain in the great hall. It is planned to furnish the
lower Hall with exhibits donated by the major industrial and science exhibits from
the World's Fair.
3. Heliport
Built by- Port of New York Authority
Proposed use- Restaurant-Heliport.
This structure was designed and constructed with the intention of retaining
it in the Post-Fair Park for the proposed use. It is expected that the Port of New
York Authority will make the necessary adaptations for Building Code compliance
for operation by the New York City Department of Parks.
4. Marina
Built by- Federal, State and City governments and Marinas of the Future, Inc .
Proposed u.se- Marina
-4-
The World's Fair Marina is under long-term lease by the Marinas of the
Future, Inc. from the New York City Department of Parks. Some bulkhead
repair and replacement will have to be undertaken by the New York City Depart-
ment of Parks within the next few years; otherwise no major alterations or new
construction will be required.
C. Buildings and Structures for Temporary Use 1964-1965 World's Fair which
have b ~ e n Proposed for Retention for Municipal Purposes.
1. Administration Building
Built by- World's Fair
Proposed use- Office and administration
The New York City Department of Parks wants to retain this building for the
Borough of Queens Park Department's administrative offices. Building Code
compliance requirements for fire walls can be accomplished by the Department of
Parks within the estimated cost of $60, 000 for demolition.
2. Allied Maintenance
Prcpoe:rl use- Storage and shops
The Department of Parks wants this building for storage and shops for the
Borough of Queens Park Department activities. No major alterations or modifica-
tions are required.
3. Bell System Exhibit
Built by- Bell System
Proposed use- Indoor games
The substrtlCture of this building can be adapted for permanent use for
indoor games. The superstructure contains all of the major mechanical, heating
and air conditioning equipment to serve the substructure as well as the Bell System
- 5 -
Exhibit Ride in the superstructure. The superstructure is unsuitable for Post-
Fair use. Estimated cost for demolition of the entire structure is $350, 000.
Estimated cost for adaptation of the substructure for indoor games, including
the removal of the major mechanical systems into the substructure, is approxi-
mately $500, 000, The Bell System is unwilling to stand the cost of adapting the
substructure for Park use. Under these conditions, the retention of the sub-
structure for indoor games is not recommended.
4. Better Living
Built by- Burdick Associates
Proposed user- New York City
Proposed use- Archives, records
This building was proposed for retention and is being investigated by the
Commissioner of Public Works for Building Code compliance requirements as
a record storage and archives center for the City of New York.
5. duPont
Built by- duPont
Proposed use- Theatre
This building has been offered by duPont for use in the Post-Fair Park
as a theatre. du Pont estimates the demolition costs as $50, 000. and is willing
to contribute this amount toward Building Code requirements. The preliminary
estimates for Code compliance adaptations are considerably in excess of this
amount and retention of this building is not recommended.
6. Equitable
Built by- Equitable Life Assurance Co.
Proposed use- Covered game area.
Equitable has offered this building for permanent retention. The pre-
liminary estimates for Code compliance requirements appear to be within the
cost for demolition and the building is therefore recommended for retention.
- 6 -
7. Federal
Built by- United States Government
Proposed user- New York City Board of Education
Proposed use- Retreat, Lectures and Administration
The Board of Education is interested in retaining this building and is
currently making studies of the Building Code compliance requirements for
Post-Fair use. The United States government is interested in this structure
being retained for appropriate use in the Post-Fair Park. Whether the United
States government would contribute substantially is doubtful. A proposal has
also been made that this building might possibly be considered in connection
with the Hall of Science as a part of the future Science Center, but this seems
doubtful.
8. Ford Rotunda
Built by- Ford Motor Company
Proposed user- Board of Trustees, New York Hall of Science
Proposed use- Scientific Exhibits and Exhibits storage.
The cost of Building Code compliance requirements and adaptation,
including the moving of the major mechanical systems into the building, is
estimated at approximately $1,000,000. This is greatly in excess of the
estimated demolition cost, the only amount which Ford may be willing to
contribute. The building, therefore, cannot be recommended for retention.
9. Greyhound
Built by- Greyhound
Proposed user- New York City Fire Department
Proposed use- Administration and Special Equipment
The New York City Fire Department is interested in this building and
is making studies of the Building Code compliance requirements and adaptation
costs for retention. Greyhound has not indicated to what extent they are willing
to contribute demolition cost toward the cost of adaptation. Pending further
negotiations with Greyhound, the retention of this building is recommended.
- 7 -
10. Identity Building
Proposed use- Administrative
This is a small building located in the Roosevelt Parking Area and may
be of use to the Department of Parks for supervisory or administrative per-
sonnel. No major alterations are required.
11. New York State
Built by- New York State
Proposed use- Covered game and Concert area, Marionette Theatre
and Observation Towers
The State of New York is particularly interested in this building being
retained as a part cf the Flushing Meadow Post-Fair Park. The World's Fair
and the State Department of Public Works are processing the various structures
through the office of the Commissioner of Buildings to determine the Building
Code compliance requirements. The retention of this building is recommended.
12. Singer Bowl
Proposed use- Opera and Open Air Events
The Metropolitan Opera Company is interested in the use of the Singer
Bowl as a sort of outdoor opera and music center like Tanglewood. They have
engaged an engineering firm to develop plans and an estimate of c o ~ t for the
adaptation of the Bowl for opera and similar type presentations. If the
Metropolitan Opera Company is not in the end interested, the structure is
recommended for retention for use by the New York City Department of Parks
for appropriate open air events .
- 8 -
13. U. s. Post Office Building
Proposed use- Equipment, Storage and Repair
This buildir"g has been proposed for use by the New York City Department
of Parks for the storage and repair of athletic equipment. No major alterations
are required. Preliminary inquiries have been made as to the availability of
this building for sale after the Fair. Pending a firm requirement by City agencies,
the removal and sale of this building may be recommended.
14. World's Fair Pavilion
Proposed user- Queens Zoo
Proposed use- Aviary
The World's Fair Pavilion is not recommended for retention in the Post-
Fair Park in its present form. The geodesic dome of the building is considered
suitable for use as an aviary in the Queens Zoo and has been incorporated in the
preliminary plans for the development of the Post-Fair Zoo.

NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-19o5 CORPORATION
To: Col. J. ohn T. 0' Neill
From: John V. Thornton
Subject: Demolition and Restoration Obligation of Exhibitors and Concessionaires
As you know, the Fair Corporation has various standard forms of agreements
which are used in leasing or licensing land to industrial and transportations exhibitors,
concessionaires, foreign governments, states, religious organizations, non-profit groups
and others. In the course of negotiations modifications are often made in these forms to
meet the situation of a particular exhibitor or concessionaire.
The language in which the obligation of demolition and restoration is couched
varies somewhat in the different forms of exhibit and concession agreements, but the
substance of the obligation remains the same.
A typical phrasing of the obligation of demolition and restoration is found in
Article 8 of the revised standard form of industrual lease. Article 8, entitled "Removal
and DemolWon of Project, " reads as follows:
"After the official close of the Fair and after Lessee has received a
Removal Permit from the Fair Corporation, Lessee will, at his own
expense, remove from the Fair site all his equipment, merchandise
or display matter, and all other property belonging to or erected by
Lessee, and in the case of the buildings or structures erected by
Lessee, he shall also remove from the Fair site at his own expense
such buildings or structures and all foundations to a depth of four ( 4)
feet below the surface, fill all excavations and restore the land upon
which said buildings or structures were erected to its original grade or
such lesser grade as may be approved by the Fair Corporation, with
suitable fill material, such removal to be completed within ninety (90)
days after the official close of the Fair. Lessee agrees, promptly after the
official close of the Fair, to apply to the Fair Corporationfor suet
Removal Permit. In the event that any such removal, demolition, or other
work is not completed within ninety (90) days after the official close of
the Fair, the Fair Corporation may sell or dispose of the same in such
manner as it may deem advisable, and any expense, including cost of
removal of the buildings or structures and restoration of the land as
herein provided, so incurred by the Fair Corporation shall be paid
to it by Lessee. "
-wuArea
Admiidstrative and . ...
Operatfiyns. . . . . . . . ... .. :-.-: /:; ... . .... -.- :. ,i ...
t:'fNia .:, .. ':,:,;:
fllfl Cil'" . ' ....... ... ._
',llll,:,r' ;:'nnn: ,::t. ;". ;. ,
JV.L\N Pl(ltN .. . . . It., .. '
... H. u . -., s : .. ..... : ... ., ....
. a oJ mence ....... .. : ... > .
A'ttmdance .................................................. .
Communications ...................................... : ... .
_The Fair Salutes ........................................ '.; ..
. Cultural Institutions ............................... .
Jortes Beach ....... ..................................... .
GateWays to the Fair .......................... ; ...... ;
Flushing Meadow Park ................................ .. .
Directors and Organization .. ; . .. . . . . .
2
1-,.troductlo
This progress report, the last before the seec>llll''l
season of the Fair opens, gives facts as to
summarizes our accomplishments to date, rMn'l'ila:t
our winter housekeeping and planning activities
foreshadows a new Exposition next summer.
includes also attendance data and a revised nnR.r . H'aio
program. We have spared rhetoric and ask that
directors read it carefully.
No doubt we failed to anticipate some
ties and made mistakes, but the public res1oons&:i:l
excepting a few discordant voices, has been
grateful and favorable, and we now go on to a
attendance and further worldwide interest and
port as the gates reopen. Judging by their um!oJi,cit:A!Ii
testimony, the enthusiasm of visitors, especially
coming from outside of the City, has been
ing. We are now earnestly addressing ourselves
marily to those in the metropolitan area who sonlleh,OW.'i!l
have not yet reached the Fair, who have no SDE!C1lliF::I
travel problems and can come to Flushing Meadow.
often.
It can not be said too often and too emphatically
that this Fair can not be seen and savored in a day,
and that a week is little enough to devote to leisurely
enjoyment of its myriad attractions. Those who plan .
and budget well in advance will get the most out of
Those who delay and rush through will agonize
forget. The visitor who gets our Flushing Meadow
University catalog in advance and marks his choices.
will get a well-rounded education for the entrance
price of second-rate movies.
Some critical observers continue to deprecate
what they term exaggerated emphasis on business
and science as against religion, education, the arts
and humanities and amusement. We do not concede
such bias, but even if ideally the curriculum of our .
university can be broadened and improved, it must
be remembered that we must attract enough success-.
ful major industries to keep the turnstiles clicking,
to pay our bills and to leave a fine public park at the
end as a notable milestone in the forward march of .
three centuries of New York.
American industry carries the Fair because it
provides the biggest, most widely advertised and
exciting exhibits. Amusement as such on its own is
a gamble and finds it difficult to compete with so
much free fun and entertainment in the International
and State pavilions and in halls of science and inven
tion exploiting the quaintest devices of the industrial
revolution. We shall not lower our standards to
attract additional millions.
Our industrial leaders must persuade their stock
holders that advertising at the Fah pays. Similarly,
foreign nations and our S1
image they create here ju
demonstrates their stren1
cates their competitive SJ:
and symbolizes their
have peak loads at certain
is to spread these loads,
ingenuity we can muster.
We have had some 1
actual attendance, for
the first season come up t
which affect everyone a:
troublesome. We have ml
must keep the Fair safe s
for reasons familiar to ev
number of special police <
been special jurisdictions
maintenance. We may de
through Sunday, Novemb
A World's Fair is n<J
strict sense. It is not run
unusual and unpredictal:
Promoting a Fair entai
from ordinary business
the image of a single
this is to be sure subje1
of business management
also an aspect. So is the t
incalculable impact on 01
economy. We believe the
titled to the full suppor
We have faithfully 1
we announced at the it
Olympics of progress <J
expanding universe dedi
ideas and achievement
endeavor, domestic and
to promote world frien
learned that annihilation
assure neighborliness. I
tists talk to dolphins by
seem often not to be ab
fellows. The World's F
communication.
To sum up:
We promise a brig
with all of the best of th
We aim at 37,500,(
believe that with
shall attract that numb
Practically every p
and production at the
aurac:teJDQtagn success- ,
ttnu:ues clicking, t
park atthe j
thl!! :forward march of 1
'
i
!
t

and our States must believe that the
imake: t)ley. create here justifies large expenditures,
denicmstrates their strength in competition, vindi-
cates their,. competitive spirit, embodies their pride
. andstn:ibolizes their hopes of the future. We already
. have peak loads at certain hours and places. The trick
ii to spread 'these loads, which will require all the
inrenuity we can muster.
We have had some financial problems because
actual attendance, for reasons stlll obscure, did not in
the fl.ioat season come. up to expectations. High costs,
which. tdfect everyone and everything, have been
troublesome: We have made cuts in our budget but
must keep the .Fair safe and clean. It was necessary,
for re8sons familiar to everyone, to have an unusual
of special police on security, and there have
been special jurisdictional labor problems involving
We may decide to keep the Fair open
through Sunday, November 14th.
A World's Fair is not, however, business in the
strict Mnge, It is not run for profit. It involves many
unusual and unpredictable factors and difficulties.
Promoting a Fair entails considerations different
from ordinary business advertising and projecting
the image of a single product. An Exposition such as
this is to be sure subject to established principles
of bu.siness management. International good will is
also an. aspect. So is the enormous and indeed almost
incalculable impact on our entire local metropolitan
economy. We believe the Fair has earned and is en-
titled to the full support of local leadership.
We have faithfully pursued the objectives which
we announced at the inception of the Fair - an
Olympics of progress on a shrinking globe in an
eJcpanding universe dedicated to free competition of
ideaS and achievements in all fields of human
endeavor, domestic and foreign, and a mighty drive
to promote world friendship and peace. We have
learned that annihilation of distance does not of itself
assure neighborliness. In the new aquariums scien-
tists talk to dolphins by electronics, but we humans
seem. often not to be able to communicate with our
fellows. The World's Fair aims to stimulate such
communication.
To sum up:
We promise a brighter, more stimulating Fair
with all of the best of the old and many new features.
We aim at 87,500,000 visitors next season and
believe that with honest, convincing promotion we
shall attract that number.
Practically every prediction of national growth
and production at the 1939-1940 Fair, based on
growth of population and increasing demand, was
met, and the prophesies at this Fair, which seem at
the moment equally extravagant, will be realized. In
every field, trade and profession, the Fair is the
Swami of Progress. Only the myopic are skeptical
and captious .
We shall profit by mistakes in operation in 1964.
We intend to pay our noteholders in full, repair,
restore and improve post-Fair Flushing Meadow
Park, but some additions originally contemplated will
have to wait. .
We shall retain as part of tile permanent P&J"k
several desirable paviliorts and other structures.
It should be noted that demolition, salvage, restora-
tion and park improvements are inseparable, inex
tricably interwoven parts of a single problem. Only
one agency can do this work successfully, whatever
the source of funds. The neglect and mistakes follow
ing the 1939-1940 Fair should not be repeated after
the Fair of 1964-1965.
We can make no promises at this time, as to the
$24,000,000 plus spent by the City on permanent park
improvements. It may well be that we shall recom
mend to the City that some part of any balance be
used to make Flushing Meadow Park a fitting
memento of two Fairs.
Particular attention is called to the positive,
measurable financial benefits of the Fair to the City's
treasury and to private business in all its ramifica-
tions. The Fair has been an undeniable boon to the
City.
If you as our Direetors are satisfied with our
work, please tell your friends through the many
avenues open to you so that we shall. have an unsur-
passed record of attendance this summer. Tell them
that on April 21st a brighter, better Fair will reopen
on Flushing Meadow. If they have been among the
1964 visitors, urge them to come again and often. If
they have been waiting for the second season,
them not to miss it.
The Fair offers a 1965 summer university. It
presents discovery, travel abroad and into space, ed-
ucation, religion, science, invention, entertainment
and fun. This is the opportunity of millions to obtain
wisdom without pain.
President
January 26, 1965
In all areas of the Fail', exhibitor:-; are l'lwnging and improYing thl'ir pn:-;ln-
tation:-; for the ne\\' :-;ea:-;on. Wlwn oplnin,l! l!l1 April 21, HHi.i, oHr 100
pa\'ilion:-; will offer JW\\' to \'i:dtor:-; J'dUJ'nin.l!. for the Yl'ctl' . .:\Iajor
I . --l-m .. i:-; hLing put on \i:-;itor l'Oll\'('l1itnn at n:-;taurant:-;, dfkitnt managlnwnt
\._ of line,, and in general on creating a more exciting, educational 1!165 Fair.
-- . - - -- ---

I
I
I
List of Ex
INTERNATION
AFRICAN PAVILI
AMERICAN ISRA
AUSTRIA
BELGIUM- BEl
BERLIN
BRITISH LION F
CARIBBEAN
CENTRALAMERI
CHINA
CHRISTIAN SCII
DENMARK PAVI
GREECE
GUINEA
HALL OF FREE I
HONG KONG
INDIA
INDONESIA
INTERNATIONA
IRELAND
JAPAN (JEA)
JAPAN (JETRO)
JORDAN
KOREA
LEBANON
MALAYSIA
MEXICO
MOROCCO
PAKISTAN
PAVILION OF p,
PHILIPPINES
POLYNESIA POl
SERMONS FRO
SIERRA LEONE
SPAIN
SUDAN
SWEDEN
SWITZERLAND
THAILAND
TWO THOUSAN
UNITED ARAB
VATICAN
VENEZUELA
FEDERAL ANI
ALASKA
BOURBON STii
CONNECTICUT
FLORIDA
HAWAII
HOLLYWOOD.
ILLINOIS
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACH USEl
MINNESOTA
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEW HAMPSH
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK s
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
their presen-
over 100
year. Major
management
Fair.
List of Exh;bltors and Concessionaires
INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITORS
AFRICAN PAVILION
AMERICAN ISRAEL
AUSTRIA
BELGIUM- BELGIAN VILLAGE
BERLIN
BRITISH LION PUB
CARIBBEAN
CENTRALAMERICAPANAMA
CHINA
CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PAVILION
DENMARK PAVILION
GREECE
GUINEA
HALL OF FREE ENTERPRISE
HONG KONG
INDIA
INDONESIA
INTERNATIONAL PLAZA (INT'L CITY INC.)
IRELAND
JAPAN (JEA)
JAPAN (JETRO)
JORDAN
KOREA
LEBANON
MALAYSIA
MEXICO
MOROCCO
PAKISTAN
PAVILION OF PARIS
PHILIPPINES
POLYNESIA-POLYNESIAN VILLAGE
SERMONS FROM SCIENCE
SIERRA LEONE
SPAIN
SUDAN
SWEDEN
SWITZERLAND
THAILAND
TWO THOUSAND TRIBES PAVILION
UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC
VATICAN
VENEZUELA
FEDERAL AND STATES EXHIBITORS
ALASKA
BOURBON STREET
CONNECTICUT
FLORIDA
HAWAII
HOLLYWOOD, USA
ILLINOIS
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETIS
MINNESOTA
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK STATE
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
RHODE ISLAND
UNITED STATES PAVILION
VERMONT
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
NEW YORK CITY
INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITORS
ALL-STATE PROPERTIES
AMERICAN EXPRESS PAVILION
BARGREEN'S CAFETERIA
BELL SYSTEM EXHIBIT
BETIER LIVING CENTER
CHUNKY SQUARE
CLAIROL PAVILION
COCACOLA COMPANY PAVILION
CONTINENTAL INSURANCE
COMPANIES PAVILION
DUPONT PAVILION
DYNAMIC MATURITY PAVILION
EASTMAN KODAK PAVILION
ELECTRIC POWER & LIGHT EXHIBIT, INC.
EQUITABLE LIFE ASSURANCE PAVILION
FESTIVAL OF GAS
FIRST NATIONAL CITY BANK
FORMICA WORLD'S FAIR HOUSE
GENERAL CIGAR PAVILION
GENERAL ELECTRIC PROGRESSLAND
GENERAL FOODS CORPORATION
HALLMARK TRIBUTE TO
WINSTON CHURCHILL
HOUSE OF GOOD TASTE, INC.
iNTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES
PAVILION
JOHNSON'S WAX EXHIBIT
JULIMAR FARM CORPORATION
MASTRO PIZZA, INC.
NATIONAL CASH REGISTER COMPANY
PAVILION
PARKER PEN PAVILION
PAVILION OF AMERICAN INTERIORS
PEPSICOLA- UNICEF
PRYOR DOLL COLLECTION
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RHEINGOLD
SCHAEFER CENTER
SCOTT PAPER PAVILION
SEVENUP EXHIBIT
SIMMONS COMPANY PAVILION
SINGER COMPANY
TRAVELERS INSURANCE COMPANIES
PAVILION
UNITED STATES STEEL CORPORATION
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC
CORPORATION
TRANSPORTATION EXHIBITORS
AUTO THRILL SHOW
AVIS ANTIQUE RENTACAR
CHRYSLER CORPORATION
EASTERN AIRLINES
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION
GREYHOUND CORPORATION
HALL OF SCIENCE
LOWENBRAU GARDENS
NATIONAL MARITIME UNION PARK
PORT OF NEW YORK AUTHORITY-
HELIPORT
SINCLAIR OIL CORPORATION
SKF INDUSTRIES
SOCONY MOBIL
TRANSPORTATION & TRAVEL
PAVILION, INC.
UNDERGROUND WORLD HOME
CORPORATION
UNITED STATES RUBBER COMPANY
UNITED STATES SPACE PARK
OPERATIONS-SPECIAL EXHIBITORS
BILLY GRAHAM EVANGELISTIC
ASSOCIATION
BOY SCOUTS OF AMERICA
CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF
LATIERDAY SAINTS
LONG ISLAND EXHIBIT
MASONIC BROTHERHOOD CENTER
PROTESTANT & ORTHODOX CENTER
RUSSIAN ORTHODOX GREEK CATHOLIC
CHURCH OF AMERICA, INC.
CONCESSIONAIRES
AMERICAN CAVALCADE CORP.
(CAROUSEL)
AMERICAN LOCKER COMPANY
AMERICAN MACHINE & FOUNDRY CO.
(MONORAIL)
ARLINGTON HAT COMPANY, INC.
BFE, INC. (WAFFLE RESTAURANT-AERIAL
RIDE)
BRASS RAIL FOOD SERVICE
ORGANIZATION, THE
CENTURY GRILL INTERNATIONAL
CHUN KING INN (CHINESE
RESTAURANT)
CONTINENTAL CIRCUS, INC.
DANCING WATERS, INC.
EQUIPMENT FOR FAIRS, INC.
FIRST NATIONAL CITY BANK
GREYHOUND AT THE WORLD'S FAIR,
INC. (INTERNAL TRANSPORTATION)
HEARST METROTONE NEWS, INC.
JAYCOPTER (N. Y.) LTD.
LECTOUR, INC.
LES POUPEES DE PARIS
MARINAS OF THE FUTURE, INC.
MARODA ENTERPRISES, INC.
MEDO FAIR CORP. (PHOTO SUPPLIES)
NIKOLOK (TOILET LOCKS)
SAN MAR, INC. (REPLICA OF
CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS' SANTA
MARIA)
SINCLAIR REFINING CO. (GAS STATIONS)
SWISS EXHIBITS, INC. (OFFICIAL TIME)
TRANSPORTATION PRODUCTIONS, INC.
UNITED PRESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
VON ROLL, L TO., BERNE WORKS
WALTER'S INTERNATIONAL WAX
MUSEUM
WT DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, INC.
6
Charles Poletti, Vice President, International Affairs and Exhibits.
Africa
Featured at the African pavilion during the
1965 season will be the world famed Watusi warrior
dancers and drummers, as well as talented entertain-
ers from the Congo, Uganda and Zambia. These
groups will give twenty-one shows daily.
Twenty-four free and independent African na-
tions with their presentations of the ancient past
heritage, educational, social and economic attain-
ments and growth potential will be represented.
Highlights of the African animal menagerie will
be gigantic male mountain gorillas.
An electronic "safari shoot" will be another new
feature.
American-Israel
The American-Israel Pavilion plans to add new
exhibits which will enhance the Fair's theme of
"Peace Through Understanding." This will continue
the policy which led to addition in the second part of
the 1964 season of such unique exhibits as the origi-
nal Anne Frank diary pages and relics from the
Capernaum Synagogue.
Better facilities are planned for the display and
sale of products from Israel, and plans are being
readied for the putting up of information booths on
travel, tourism and economic ties with Israel.
The Garden-cafe with its live Israeli show,
which opened late in the 1964 season, proved to be
very popular. It is planned to expand the food serving
facilities and enhance the show.
Some structural changes are contemplated, in
order to make access to the various parts of the
pavilion and the garden easier and more inviting.
Austria
The same clean lines of timber fashioned from
Alpine spruce and surmounted by three giant arches
will continue to make the Austrian Pavilion stand
out. On the inside, though, exhibits are to be
revamped and presented in more dramatic fashion.
They will feature the country's cultural heritage, the
tourist attractions, and products as well as industrial
processes.
Because of the great interest shown in the
articles of handicraft that were displayed part of last
year, visitors of 1965 will be able to choose from a
much larger selection. And, filling a demand that was
observed during the first season, a Viennese rest-
aurant will serve specialties of Austrian cuisine, deli-
cacies of the pastry-shop and the famed beverages
that go with them - all this in the shadow of the
A-shaped arches that denote the Alps and atmosphere
of Austria.
Berlin
The several brand-new features to be added to
the Berlin Pavilion for the 1965 season will empha-
size above all the human aspect of the daily activities
of the people of Berlin in their geographically and
politically exposed location. Such exhibits will include
striking illustration of the dividing wall with which
each Berliner and the world must live.
Other revised sections at the Berlin Pavilion will
stress the intellectual and cultural heritage as well
as the industrial capacity of Berlin, Germany's larg-
est city, highlighted also with sound movies and color
transparencies.
The over-all aim of the Berlin Pavilion for 1965
will be to demonstrate what free men can achieve
when they have faith in liberty, confidence in them-
selves, and trust in their friends.
Caribbean
The pavilion will offer a new interior design for
the 1965 operating season including a modification of
both the entertainment and dining areas. There also
will be a different approach to displays and exhibits .
with more emphasis on tourist attractions.
Centrafamerlca and Panama
Interior decoration will be renovated and a
new exhibit of pre-Columbian gold jewels will be
presented.
Movies featuring the tourist attractions of the
Central American countries will be shown. Free in- .
formation on the Central American Common Market
will be available to all visitors.
Improved service of light foods and beverageS
from the Cent::1l American countries will be stressed,
and there will be six shopping areas selling products.
from the countries represented in the pavilion.
Christian Science
Explaining God, man and the universe is a
undertaking. But with the help of contemporary
works, thoughtful texts and brief films, it is
successfully done by the Christian Scientists in
beautiful star-shaped pavilion designed by
Durell Stone.
The exhibit interior is being sharpened for
with some sections undergoing extensive re-,ttes,tgDI<
TOO paviUor
the nature 4
the nuclear :
vermed 8CC<
ence, told bJi
another sec1
current on-t
corresponde:
A small
proved to b
Fair ground
The
tributions. J
teers, more
Greece
New fe.t
of Greece w.
"The Histor;
three dimeru
tival" prese:
major attra1
sculpture
the Delphi :M
and fashion
will be prese:
larger touri1
gram of gen
, pavilion. Th1
through the
Guinea
Feature
season will t
by Guinean
furnish enteJ
cacies will b
1965 will be :
Guinea musi
dustrial exhi
on view in t:
made for the
crafts and ,
main entran
Hall of Frt
The An
FreeEnterp
Opportunity
franchise in
to the econ<J
and offer tb
through whi
in their hom
Opportt
Associates, l
feature a dr
....... , .... -... ' tl'Om 1\ descriptive ftlm on
Qf God to: the signi1leance of religion in
.. Ill. e. lit Section, visitors can listen to
ts of healingsthrough Christian Sci-
.. ...... .... by the people who. had the experiences. In
;. an()t!l,er secition; by preBBing a bUtton, they can get
. . on-the-spot world news reports supplied by
'cQmaWildents of the Christian Scimce Monitor.
: : :.A:small French park adjoining the pavilion has
proved to be one of the most popular spots on the
. Fair grounds for picnickers and those seeking rest.
_ .. _ . The pavilion budget was met by voluntary con-
. tri)>utions. And it was staffed by nearly 1,000 volun-
, teers, more than for any other exhibit at the Fair.
Greece
: New features of the 1965 season at the Pavilion
ofGreece will be a sound and light presentation of
"The :l{istoty of the Acropolis of Athens" in two and
thiee dimensions similar to the "son et lumiere fes-
tival" presentation given in Greeee. Another new
attraction will be an exhibition of classical
ireulpture from the National Museum of Athens and
the Delphi Museum. In addition folk-dance ensembles
. and fashicm revues of contemporary Greek couture
wiU be presented. There will be an extended and much
larger tourism exhibit which will be part of a pro-
. g]:am of general interior decor modifications in the
"' pavilion. The 1965 season offerings will be promoted
through the media of advertising and literature .
. Guinea
Featured in the Guinea Pavilion during the 1965
.. season :will be a livelygroup of dancers accompanied
. by Guinea musicians. A troupe of singers will also
' Jumii!h entertainment. A wide variety of Guinea deli-
caeies will be served in the restaurant. New during
\1966. will be an outdoor market and restaurant where
GUinea musicians and singers will perform. The in-
duatrial exhibits will be greatly expanded and will be
.. on View in the main building. Arrangements will be
ln&de for the exhibition and sale of art objects, handi-
cr&fts and wood and ivory carvings adjoining the
. . JrUU,n. entrance
. ,,,
. Half of Free Enterprise
. The American Economic Foundation's Hall of
Free Enterprise pavilion will have a new look in 1965.
. Opportunity Showcase, a new exhibit idea for the
franchise industry, will present a logical conclusion
.. .tO the economic story told by the pavilion in 1964,
and oft'er the Hall's visitors a range of possibilities
thl'Ouib whieh they can put free enterprise to work
. in. their hometowns.
. Opportunity Showcase, produced by Harkavy
Asaoeiates, Inc., executive producers of the Hall, will
feature a dramatic market place where franchisors
Morocco
Korea
.Jndoneria
Polynesia
can seek prospects, investors, and land owners. Par-
ticipants in Opportunity Showcase will tell their
stories through suspense action dioramas, franchise
inforn1ation machines, a franchise theater, and
an information booth staffed by highly trained
personnel.
Plans for 1965 may include enclosing the Hall's
open gallery to provide exhibit space for an Inter-
national Economic Cooperation Center which will
feature exhibits from nations not previously repre-
sented at the Fair.
Indonesia
A rich variety of new features and improve-
ments will usher in the 1965 Fair at the Indonesian
Pavilion. Live performances in dance and music,
interior and exterior decor, demonstrations, products
and handicrafts will all be new for second season
visitors.
New performances will include an enlarged cul-
tural dancing group, a puppet show, and the playing
of the gamelan, an Indonesian musical instrument.
The art and handicraft shop is being expanded,
display areas rearranged and relighted, and the sec-
ond floor restaurant remodeled.
Promotion activities before the Fair opens are
concentrated in reaching mass media, travel agents,
educational groups, and on special advance publicity
to herald the arrival of cultural groups for opening
day ceremonies.
Japan
Several changes are under consideration that
have been suggested to add to the attractiveness
of the three Japanese buildings. It is proposed that
in addition to present technical exhibits a greater
emphasis will be focused on works of art and culture.
In the House of Japan Restaurant a new entertain-
ment approach is anticipated- designed to have a
greater appeal to Fair visitors.
Jordan
It is planned to exhibit additional complete speci-
mens of the Dead Sea Scrolls during the 1965 season.
The world famous Jordanian Military Band with
its bagpipe section, which was here for five weeks in
1964, will return and perform during the entire sea-
son. A restaurant with table service inside the pa-
vilion, as well as the outdoor Terrace Restaurant,
will be opened for the 1965 season.
The gift shop, which proved to be such a magnet
for thousands of visitors during 1964, will be en-
larged.
Korea
The Korean Pavilion plans to introduce exciting
Korean folk dances and new films showing the in-
dustrial progress of the country as well as its his-
tory, customs and religion. New samples of export-
able commodities will be shipped from Korea and
put on display. In addition, traditional costumes and
photographs depicting oriental scenes will be dis-
played around the pavilion to give a better under-
standing of Korean culture. There will also be
photographs of Panmunjom where the Armistice
Conference of the Korean War was held.
The program for Korea's Nationality Day will
be highlighted with folk dancing, singing and inter-
esting plays.
lebanon
The varied display of art objects dating back to
the days of antiquity will once again be shown. The
large panel depicting the activities of the American
University of Beirut, which attracted so many inter-
ested visitors during 1964, will have several added
new features.
It is also planned to exhibit art treasures that
date back to Phoenician times, enlarge the gift shop
and expand the patio restaurant.
The Baalbeck dancers and singers, who were
here briefly in 1964, will return for the entire 1965
season augmented by additional principal dancers.
Mexico
The daily exhibition of exciting Mexican folk
dances will feature all new selections for 1965.
Exhibits in general will be improved with em-
phasis on contemporary and authentic pre-Columbian
Mexican handicrafts. Demonstrations of handicrafts
are also planned.
Tourism displays are to be refurbished, and
closed circuit television will show Mexico's rich cul-
tural and art attractions.
Bar and restaurant facilities are being enlarged
and the restaurant and exhibit building connected by
a tunnel.
Special events outside of the Fair will include
conferences on Mexican artistic, political, and eco-
nomic themes, culminating in a September Mexican
Week.
The Mexican pavilion is concentrating on the
careful selection of new personnel to be brought from
Mexico for the second Fair season.
Morocco
The Moroccan pavilion will feature a new one
hour show during the 1965 season which will consist .
of snake charmers, tray dancers, exotic and folklqre
dancP.rs accompanied by Moroccan and oriental
music. Two different types of air-conditioned restau- .
rants and a snack bar will serve Moroccan specialties.
at moderate prices.
Color slides depicting places of scenic beauty in ,
Morocco will be
pavilion.
The Bazaar,
handicrafts and
expanded.
Pakistan
The Pakisu
tractions for the
nature of exhibit
Past section wii
from the Indus V
2,000 B.C.) as \11
B.C.-600 A.D.) .l
and leather pro
To improve the t
entrance will be
Pavilion of Pc
Plans for 11
human size tab
French history,
mate, cabaret-at
Industrial ~
of the interior d
terior lighting,
walk cafe.
Promotion
Paris office tore
season.
Philippines
Interior an(
by the Philippin
ness of the site 1
restaurant area
reduced in numl
terior safeguar
weather d a m a g ~
Polynesian V
Theentem
nesian dancers
However, there
that add to the :
Sermons fro
Extensive
pavilion's attra
New, excit
science demons
A film strl
Science prograJ
distribution, aJ
giving current
.....
'li4J.ar, the ftnest Moroccan ruga,
.&ll'u. ; lAdles' costumes, will be greatly
.. Pavilion will have some new at-
next of the Fair, both in the
well as the display. The Historic
will sliow a different set of antiquities
l.PUI,\III._ .... ui,JucValley Civilization period (8,000 B.C.-
well as in the Gandhara period (800
Moreover the sections showing textile
products wlll be considerably changed.
the traffic flow within the pavilion, a new
will be used.
. of Paris
for next season include a new show in
tableaux depicting great moments in
htilt:orv, and the possible addition a inti-
J:&bilret..aty'le theater.
:: . . . . and product displays and two-thirds
.. ; Ot:theJnteriordeeor will be new along with the ex-
.. .:teiio{Ughting, improved landscaping and a side-
., \viilkiciife.
.:\:.;: bomotion plans call for new literature and a
P.-rla ofllCe to reach prospective tenants for the 1965
.
. .. .
'. i: .. and exterior changes will be highlighted
'b):tli,Pldlfppine Pavilion to enhance the attractive-
.. oUhe site and increase the flow of visitors. The
reitilurant area will be beautified, the selling stalls
in number, the landscaping changed and in-
Safeguards constructed against the risk of
weather damage .
. ;.:1 : '
... ,.,,..,,an VIllas
',: .TIJe entertainment format featuring young Poly-
dancers and singers will remain the same.
there will be some exterior modifications
;that add to the Polynesian flavor of this attraction.
'lwft1on from Science
:: (' EXtenalve landscaping will be done to add to the
: s*'rillon's attractiveness .
. ' , ... - Naw, exciting features will be added to the live
demonstrations.
:',,: A tUm strip presentation of the Sermons from
.. program has been prepared for promotional
; ll.iatrlbution. and a new brochure has been printed
lf.vilig current information on the project.
spa,;. . .
For the. 1965 season,. the Pavilion of Spain -
one of the four pavilions to be cited for .... excellence
in de8ign., by the New York chapter of. the Ameri-
can Institute of Architects.....;. will present major
new attractions.
Great emphasis wlll be put on the of
exhibits both in the art and commercial sections, and
the museum area will contain new masterpieces by
Spanish. painters.
The Dali jewel collection will return for the sec-
ond year.
In the pavilion's theater, new performing artists
of world renown will be brought from Spain. The
restaurants will continue to offer the best of Spanish
and Continental cuisine, and the Marisquerfa will be
enlarged to meet last year's demand for Spanish pop.
ular foods .
Sudan
During the 1965 season the famous fresco of the
Madonna painted on sandstone in about 600 AD will
once again be shown in the pavilion.
The industrial exhibits wiD all be enlarged, up.
dated and refurbished. A Garden restaurant and
bar, with many attractive new features, will be .in-
tttalled and will serve Sudanese and American spe..
cialties.
Looking through an archway of the Belgium Village
10
Sweden
The Swedish Pavilion, among the most popular
in the International area last year, should be even
more attractive in 1965. Several new exhibitors are
expected in the Hall of Industry, further document-
ing tbEI pavilion's theme: "Creative Sweden- Land
of Free Enterprise." Many of the existing displays
are being modified to enhance their appeal.
Restaurant Sweden, operated by Scandinavian
Airlines System, will be refurbished for the new sea-
son when over one hundred thousand diners and
skoal-ers are expected. The N K Shop, a miniature
version of Sweden's largest department store, will
have a new counter arrangement, making it easier
to both browse and shop.
Switzerland
The tremendously popular Swiss Pavilion will
offer an exciting array of new visitor highlights for
the 1965 season.
Among these will be an entirely new Watch-
maker of Switzerland display of the world's most
modern time pieces. The two million dollar showcase
will overwhelm the imagination of the visitor with
watches of every style, feature and value.
For the visitor interested in traveling to one
of Europe's smallest but most beautiful countries,
there will be a new information area with pretty
Swiss guides to answer all inquiries. For those who
want to taste special delicacies there will be Swiss
ice cream, chocolates and the famous cheeses. For
souvenir hunters, a Heidi Shop with a tremendous
selection of gift items will please even the most dis-
criminating.
2000 Tribes
The Wycliffe Bible Translators 2000 Tribes pa-
vilion will present a new section to the mural "From
Savage to Citizen" which tells the poignant story of
Tariri, Shapra Indian Chief of the Amazon jungles.
Rare and colorful tribal artifacts from around
the world will be added to the displays, and explained
The Tiara will have a fine setting in the Vatican
Pavilion in the area of the 1eplica of St. Peter's tomb.
These jewels are not me1ely chunks of carbon and
~ i t s o ~ long-imprisoned sunlight and ene1gy fash-
wned mto a c1own. They add up to mme than science
and ingenious c1aftsmanship, mme than dollars to
g? to charity, mo1e than temporal power and tradi-
tton. _They a1e .aspects of Divinity. They symbolize
the h t ~ h e s t asptmtions and achievements of man in a
changmg world.In that sense they symbolize the Fair.
Robert Moses
by WBT personnel who have lived and worked among
these peoples. Linguistic techniques used in learning
and analyzing an unwritten language will also be
explained.
Promotion plans include two teams of speakers
who will tour the country from January through
March and a personal TV appearance by Chief Tariri
in March.
United Arab Republic
An outdoor patio, where tea and other bever-
ages will be served, will be added to the UAR Pa-
vilion for the 1965 season. A greatly expanded infor-
mation and tourism booth, where the visitors can
obtain detailed information about the wonders of
Egypt, will be provided.
Due to the great demand elsewhere for the many
priceless objects which made up the pavilion's Mu-
seum of Antiquities during 1964, these art treasures
will not be seen during 1965. In their places, how-
ever, will be other magnificent pieces not hitherto
shown in the United States.
Vatican
The Vatican Pavilion, while continuing its basic
presentation which made it one of the focal centers
of visitor interest, will incorporate several changes
to present repeating visitors with an enriching new
experience.
As a special feature, Pope Paul VI's jeweled
tiara will be displayed at the Vatican Pavilion after it
returns from a nationwide tour. The three-tiered,
conical crown was given to Cardinal Spellman last .
year as a gesture of gratitude to American Roman
Catholics for their generous aid to the destitute
overseas.
The schedule of special events and VIP days
will be continued, and the program of Holy Com
munion groups is being expanded.
The Pietcl, of course, will be there again next
season.
Fet:A
William E. Po1
United Stat
The UnitE
million visitor1
handle many n
variety of ne\\
tations of the
Completel:
an eight thous1
will include mil
uments, along
nation's most e
Changes11
age to Americ
who came hel'4
of opportunity
anLI. c.\JIL:Iltll.: . bever
Pa-
infor-
. visitors can
wonders of
here for the many
the. pavllion's Mu-
. these art. treasures
. their places, how-
not hitherto
contlnuiq its basic
tlie focal centers
several changes
an enriching new
and VIP days
of Holy Com-

States
:wluhu.t E. Potter, Executive Vice President
United States Pavilion
The United States Pavilion, which received 5.5
million visitors in the 1964 season, is prepared to
handle many more in 1965, and will offer to them a
variety of new exhibits along with updated presen-
tations of the 1964 program.
Completely new will be the Hall of Presidents -
an eight thousand square foot exhibition area which
. will include many of America's greatest historic doc-
uments, along with memorabilia of thirteen of the
nation's most eminent former presidents.
Changes will be made in the opening film, "Voy-
age to America," to show not only the immigrants
who. came here, but to present America as the land
of opportunity that it was and is.
New exhibits will be shown in the "Challenge
Area," to dramatize the challeng& that confront
America and its people today, and to point up the
progress that is being made toward the ultimate
attainment of what President Johnson has called the
"Great Society."
Afaslca
Improvements are being made in the electronic
system that regulates Alaska's 11-minute "day"
show, in which a topographical map and a planeta-
rium dome illustrate a narrated presentation of a
day in the life of Alaskans, ending with a colorful
display of simulated northern lights.
Refurbishing of interior decor is also planned,
and additional improvements will enhance the popu-
lar Alaskan Village.
The United States Pavilion..
Jourllort Sfreet
The apirit of New Orleans old quarter, the Vieux
Carre, wiJl be recaptured on Bourbon Street at the
1966 Fair.
' Exterior decor has been redesigned by George
Jenkims with the central feature being a State House
redooe In the manner of a nineteenth century south-
ern ms.uudon.
An outdoor kiosk will provide a stage for free
entertainment, and new and refurbished restaurants
will offer a variety of cuisine.
There will alw be a colorful admixture of night
clubl'l, Mardi Gras, jazz and celebrities to make up the
excitement and flavor of old New Ol'leans.
Promotion of the Bourbon Street exhibit, accord-
ing to its manager Richard B. Whitney, will concen-
trate on the Speakers Bureau, reaching travel agents,
radio, and a tie-in program with the "Mardi Gras"
show at the Jones Beach Theatre.
Bour1wn Street's new fafiade will be among new
features of this Old New Orleans showplace.
lforlda
The live porpoise show which was so enthusias-
tically nccepted last year will be buck with the tal-
ented onlmnls performing an entirely new repertoire
of tricks.
The Everglndes show with its snake demonstra-
tions, nlligntor and duck vaudeville, will be
enlurged.
New exhibits from and about Florida will be
presented and newly planted tropicul landscuping is
plnnned.
A festive Week, with prizes and enter-
tnining JH'ogtnml4, will be celebrutcd nt the Fnit dur-
Ing the week of August 8th, 1965.
HGWafl
In response to the excellent attendance and en-
thusiastic reception accorded Hawaii's exhibit, plans
have been laid to bring Fair visitors an even more
glamorous and tropical experience for 1965.
A colorful "Fashion Fantasy" show will follow
the Victorian era influence on Hawaiian monarchy,
with fanciful attire and special narration, through
the years to the Hawaii we know today.
Upon entering the exhibit, visitors will be given
beautiful Ilima leis which admit them to the Aloha
Theatre where giant screen movies are shown of lush
Hawaii, exciting volcanic eruptions, and surfing in
the island waters.
Hawaii's shops, restaurants and tropical planta-
tions will all feature new surprises for next season's
Fair visitors.
Illinois
The exterior of the "Land of Lincoln" pavilion
will be better marked with identification and direc-
tion signs to guide the visitors into the building en-
trance. Landscaping improvements will include a
special planting in the entrance courtyard of the All-
America rose selection for 1965, "Mister Lincoln."
A sound system in the entrance courtyard will keep
the visitors informed and entertained during the
brief wait to enter the building (which never ex-
ceeded fifteen minutes in 1964).
The two Disney produced shows within the
pavilion - the sound and slide presentation, "The
Illinois Story," and the audio-animatronic show,
"Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln" -will be tech-
nically improved without any major changes in con-
tent. The highly successful Lincoln dramatization is:
being completely reworked by the Disney organiza- .
tion to employ a new electronic control system,
ing a life-like show even more convincing.
The series of addresses by prominent persons
from all over the world will be continued in 1965. The
series, sponsored by WGN, Inc. of Chicago and
"In the Lincoln Tradition," featured more
twenty-five distinguished speakers in 1964 and
be expanded next season to include not only spEiectteSii
but performances, interviews, and other
by celebrities.
Maryland
A variety of new exhibits and better access
food service areas, via a new bridge, will be f.,.,.+, ..
in 1965 at the Maryland Pavilion.
The new exhibits will concentrate on state
ist, industrial, historical, agricultural,
and conservation displays.
Promotion plans include extensive talks and
presentations throughout the state, with emphasis
reaching travel agencies and organized groups.

Thefamou
found in HimH
left during ear
proposed to be 1
1965 season. J
would featme
around the runE
they used in
Maximum:
this rare histl
would be held w
with Minnesob
season.
Missouri
McDonnell
Mercury Astro:
hibit. All exhil
transparencies
of the contemp
new in 1965.
Plans are
singing groups
As in 1964
the Missouri p
Missouri Snaclt
food to Fair vi
Montana
"The Big:
of the spirit,
frontier and wi
next season.
At the hea
show cars, the 1
an outdoor gal
recreational,
well as facets 4
tennial Train,
museum of the
train is set oft
tepees, corrals,
West and remi
Newlnglant
The New
phasize the hil
6-State Region
business and iJ
and the world.
Additional
Court of Indu
memorabilia w
Kennedy in th
being planned :
and Country St
England style.
.
. ' ....
. . . ;: Kensillgt;on runestone- which was
wltere it was said iv have been
',' left
1
:durhlir .arly Viking explorations in 1862 -is
' Pib,Po.f!d to be pl,lUn the Minnesota Pavilion for the
: .. l9$$'"1Jeason, A thr'ee-dtmensional animated show
. ? Vikings in their cam,psite seated
. : .. the runestone, talking in the original language
.. <. 1862.
;.r. publicity would be given the arrival of
.tbla)rare .historical Special ceremonies
oUldbe held when the stone comes to the Fair, along
\f'Jtli Mlrinesota Day and other events during the
'::.:.:,,
. ' '.''McDonnell Aircraft Corporation will install six
. : Astronaut couches as an addition to its ex-
: Jlll;{t, All exhibits in the pavilion will be updated ;
.. and copy will be changed, and many
:. l>fjhecontemporary paintings and sculpture will be
.. ne'\\dn1Q65.
:.:.; ;' 'Pl-.ns are being made for several fine college
. slti;iii# groups to appear at the Missouri site in 1965.
> .. in1964, there will be no admission charge to
Pavilion or exhibits therein, and the
:JrfijaourlSnaek Patio will o1fer popular, low-priced
fOOd to Fair visitors .
.
, :. . Big Sky Country" mounts an. exhibit full
. Qt .. the spirit, drama, and history of the Western
-: fi,'c)J1tier and wfil feature more cowboys and coW,girls
next season
. At the heart of the exhibit will be seven railroad
abc)W cars, the Montana Centennial Train, its exterior
anc OUtdOC)r . gallery of murals depicting the state's
. '. agricultural an'd industrial resources as
as facets of the state's early history. The Cen-
. .: 'rtain, on an authentic rail siding, houses a
museum of the Old West and a Western Store. The
'tratJ1l& set off with fort-like block houses, cabins,
. and a jack fence characteristic of the
W.t and reminiscent of Montana.
: States
ci:y:;The.New England States will continue to em-
.. the historical and scenic attractions of the
. Region, as well as point out contributions of
and industry to the progress of the nation
the world
. ': .AdcUtional exhibits are being prepared for the
.. of Industry and Commerce, and additional
Jllrabilia will be added to the Tribute to John F.
J(qnedy in the Theme Building. Guided tours are
for the exhibit areas. The Restaurant
Store will continue to serve visitors New
. , England style.
NewJerey
The New Jersey pavilion, winner of the.
11
Citation.
for general excellence" award given by the New York
Chapter of the American Institute of Atchitects, will
offer many new exhibits in 1965.
New, animated displays which develop the pavi-
lion's theme,
11
People, Purpose and Progress" are
being readied. A salt water taffy making machine;
an animated
11
Famous Persons" exhibit; an artist,
potter, wood engraver and sculptor will be at work;
live trout which may be caught by children; an old
fashioned loom in operation ; a plastic press punching
out souvenirs for visitors: a modern medicine-making
machine which manufactures pills; &comprehensive
toy exhibit; a satellite tracking station in operation;
these and more make up the New Jersey exhibits for
1965 .
Many world famous stars of show business have
indicated their willingness to appear at the ps.vilion
in 1965.
11
Days" are being planned in their honor and
schedules will be announced
New York State's towers, known as the "high spot
of the Fair," are popular for panoramic sightseeing
and picture taking. The New York State Pavilion is
planned as one of the post-Fair permanent features
Wisconsin
The World's Largest Cheese mounted on its
New York State
Last year, over 1,807 community groups from
throughout New York State performed at the State's
exhibit. During the approaching '65 season, similar
community performing groups will be invited from
every state in the country and already groups from
nine states have signed up.
The New York State council on the arts will
present a totally new exhibit entitled "The City:
People and Places" which will include works of the
last 75 years, emphasizing the growing influence of
urbanization and industrialization.
The New York State Exhibit again plans to
maintain extensive information dissemination pro-
gram which will include daily releases; our own
descriptive pamphlet; and one-quarter million bro-
chures (printed in five languages) to be distributed
by the State Department of Commerce.
Oklahoma
Oklahoma's park-like outdoor exhibit was de-
signed to display Oklahoma's vast natural resources
... a welcome change of pace from the activity all
about the Fairgoer. The greatest addition will be still
another type of resource - people.
From the natural redwood band shell, Oklahoma
students will present live entertainment throughout
the day. Folk singers, choral groups, bands, little
theaters - all will help acquaint the visitor with the
mobile trailer that is touring the Country during the
off season will be back in its berth for further view-
ing. The Rotunda area, housing the various Depart-
ments of the State will be redone, leaning more
toward an out-of-door woods theme typical to
Wisconsin.
The pavilion interior is being rearranged to
accommodate even larger numbers of visitors for the
second half of the Fair.
Because of the favorable response to pleasant
dining at extremely low prices, the pavilion shall
continue to emphasize this accommodation.
The number of industrial exhibits will be in-
creased along with more area devoted to Wisconsin's
vast resort and vacationland theme.
New York City
The New York City Building again will be one
of the World's Fair's major highlights when it opens
next April for the 1965 season. The City Building
during the Fair's 1964 season attracted a grand total
of 1,117,557 visitors according to Park Commissioner
Newbold Morris.
Among the manY highlights will be radio and
native Oklahoman.
Oklahoma's popular "picnic in the park" will
have increased capacity for serving fried chicken
and shrimp to even larger crowds. Renovated land-
scaping will highlight the picnic areas of the exhibit.
television programs emanating from the Municipal
Broadcasting System's (WNYC) special studios in
the building; and the Triborough Bridge and Tunnel
Authority's superb films and visual aids accentuating
the vast, important network of New York's arterial
system and bridges, including the recently dedicated
Verrazano-Narrows Bridge which has attracted
Oregon
Several interesting new additions will be made
14
for 1965 at the Oregon Timber Carnival.
There will be a new display on industry and
travel in the State of Oregon; a go-kart track stretch-
ing along the bank of the Flushing River adjacent
to the present site; a boat concession; and an educa-
tional Wonderful World of Wood exhibit.
Picture displays from all parts of the state will
be installed, and prefabricated A-frame vacation type
homes will be erected to accommodate additional
industrial displays and exhibits.
West VIrginia
The West Virginia Pavilion will feature a varied
and fascinating series of exhibits in 1965.
There will be live demonstrations of glass blow-
ing; a simulated trip into a coal mine; a film and
model presentation of the state's role in space;
a g1veaway of a mountain top 10-acre site with a
chalet and, separately, a thoroughbred
racmg colt; plus exhibits of tourist attractions
handicrafts and industrial progress. '
worldwide attention.
There will also be a small model of New York
as it appeared in 1664, and the huge unique scale
model of the City today which can be viewed via a
simulated helicopter ride.
President Lyndon B. Johnson arriving at the
York World's Fair Heliport on April 22 1964 to
fi.cially open the Fair. He is greeted by Mayor
F. Wagner and Thomas J. Deegan, Jr., Chairman
the Executive Committee.
1\lartin Stone,
AmerfcaniJ
Americat:
services to vi1
mation and pl
and cashing
Exchange, v;
ticket service1
America1
national and :
mote their e'
Fair tickets a
more than
40 countries
Bargreen's
Anew a
highlighted a
the Korean I
The coel
lavish decor
remodeled w
tinue to seat
arrangemenl
will make B
place for ne:
Bell Syster
Exhibit
telephone ar'
A narrated
systems will
dialing to
calling and 1
hers. Visito1
Tone pushb1
be used to d
lights at
A new
sters to tel1
lounge is bE
replace the
A lOp
System's pc
by 3,000, to
continue ib
which is crl
than 15 mi1
The Bt
Fair is higl
for the F:
through loc
country.
lnd..stral
M&rtlia Stone, Dlreetor of Industrial Section
American lxpress
American Express will add to and improve its
services to visitors in connection with travel infor-
mation and planning, worldwide credit cards, selling
and cashing of their Travele1s Cheques, Foreign
EXchange, Western Union telegraph and airline
ticket services.
American Express advertising literature and
national and international speakers bureau will pro-
mote their exhibit and the Fair as a whole, while
Fair tickets .and information will be offered through
more than 400 American Express offices in about
40 countries worldwide.
lorsreen's Cafeteria
A new atmosphere and improved service will be
highlighted at Bargreen's Cafeteria, located opposite
the Korean Pavilion in the International area.
The cocktail lounge will be enclosed with a more
lavish decor and art objects. The restaurant is being
remodeled with an international flavor and will con-
tinue to seat 600 persons. The new cafeteria serving
arrangement, with more and better food selections,
will make Bargreen's Cafeteria a popular stopping
place for next season's visitors.
Bell System
Exhibits showing future time-saving uses of the
telephone are being added to the Bell System Exhibit.
A narrated demonstration of electronic switching
systems will sHow services that include abbreviated
dialing to frequently called numbers, conference
calling and electronic routing of calls to other num-
bers. Visitors will also be able to see how the Touch-
Torte pushbutton phones being shown at the Fair can
be used to do such things as turning on the stove or
l ~ g h t s at home.
A neW kiddie phone center will enable young-
sters to telephone animated cartoon characters. A
lounge is being added near the end of the exhibit to
replace the Network Theater.
:A 10 per cent increase in the speed of the Bell
System's popular ride will boost daily ride capacity
by 8,000, to about a 41,000 total. The pavilion plans to
continue its streamlined method of crowd handling
which is credited with an average- visitor wait of less
than 15 mtnutes on the busiest days.
The Bell System's promotional program on the
Fair is highlighted by its 14-minute film, "A Ballad
for the Fair," which is available for showings
through local Bell telephone companies all over the
country.
Chunky Candy
"Chunky Square," the Chunky Candy pavilion,
will bring the fascinating and mouth-watering world
of candy-making to the Fair for the second season.
It features a completely automated candy factory,
producing thousands of "Old Nick" bars daily.
Inside the glass-walled plant, candy "centers"
travel in military precision along a conveyor system,
become enrobed in a flowing cascade of chocolate,
glide through the world's first outdoor candy cooling
tunnel, and are wrapped and packaged for delivery
to supermarkets. A sign informs visitors what super-
markets will carry the just-produced candy. This
candy is available, along with Chunky's other prod-
ucts, at the pavilion in special "World's Fair"
packages.
Special holiday parties and other special events
for youngsters will take place throughout the season,
presided over by the "Queen of Candy" and celebrity
guests.
Clalrol
Though the Clairol Color Carousel will still be
the one building at the Fair for women only, that is
one of the few features at the pavilion that will re-
main unaltered for the 1965 season. Major changes
are presently being contemplated which would result
in a completely new show.
Among the innovations being planned is increas-
ing the capacity of the Carousel to accommodate more
women for the ride in comfortable booths equipped
with exciting new features.
Another importani; new highlight of a visit to
the Clairol exhibit will be the expansion of person-
alized consultations to include coordinated cosmetics
analyses in addition to the previous individual hair-
coloring interviews. Men who are waiting for their
wives will not be overlooked.
Coca-Cola
Comfort and clarification are the themes of re-
furbishing at The Coca-Cola Company Pavilion. Ad-
ditional benches will be installed around the 610-bell
carillon in the center courtyard, so that a greater
number of visitors can rest Fair-weary feet while
perhaps sipping one of the products of The Coca-Cola
Company available for purchase there.
Also for the comfort of "World of Refreshment"
visitors will be improvements in traffic control to
reduce "standing-in-line" time, as well as a new look
in the U.S.O. lounge and ARRL "Ham" shack.
Certain aspects of the main attraction - the
"Global Holiday" - of the pavilion will be sharpened
and clarified. For example, the Kowloon bay "water
effect" in the Hong Kong area will be altered to make
it more dramatic; a greater number of flowers, both
artificial and real, will be used inside and outside of
the pavilion; additional animals, such as monkeys,
will be added to the Angkor Wat temple ruins sec-
tion; additional surprises will be added throughout
the "Global Holiday" to make it a virtually "new"
experience journey for re-visitors to The Coca-Cola
Company Pavilion.
Continental Insurance
Extensive displays of artifacts of the Revolution
and an expanded Cinema '76 theatre are among the
new additions to the Continental Insurance Pavilion's
exhibit based on the American Revolution. Repre-
sentative long rifles, hardware and powder horns
used by the British, French, Hessians and Colonials
will be included in the collection of artifacts. Also on
display will be a pair of pistols identical to those
carried by General George Washington. The ex-
panded theatre for the musical screen show will
include comfortable seating arrangements.
Promotion plans for the '65 season include par-
ticipation in the Fair's speakers bureau through
Continental's offices across the country; a series of
publicity mats; advertisements in publications;
and promotional messages in Continental's adver-
tisements in national publications. Full-color posters
and a brochure on the Pavilion will be distributed
to agents and other interested parties. A teacher's
guide and classroom poster will again be made avail-
able to schools across the country.
Pryor Doll Collection
The famous international doll
Samuel Pryor will take a place of honor at
in 1965. The ground level of the Better Living
ing will be remodeled to provide a major
what is recognized as one of the most exteniSive
exhibits in the world. The dolls are of all
ages, from every country under the sun, from
period in history for the last 3,500 years.
The ground level of the Better Living
with the addition of the Pryor dolls, will
featured attraction for entertaining and taking
of children next season.
DuPont
New music, new choreography and new film
mation will be added to the musical revue,
derful World of Chemistry" for the 1965
Although basically retaining the same exciting
producer-composer Michael Brown has written
new number and plans to rechoreograph all
dance sequences. In addition, four extra
ances will be added, making a total of 48
tions a day, in order to permit more visitors to
the show.
The "Wonderful World of Chemistry" is a
act program consisting of musical revue and
cal demonstrations. In order to accommodate
total visitors in 1965, a separate entrance
open for those who wish to see the chemical
strations only.
Exhibitors in the Industrial area, as seen at night across the Pool of Industry.

TheDy
World'sFai
It will becoJ
Fair visitor
tors plan th
cial cases, 8
Eastman I
At the
contemplau
the second
new photoll
As in 1964
ing shows.
others will
slide shows
In the
feature pr4
shown.
Kodak
bearing a :to
during the
available f,
Durin:
motion we
presentati<
availableb
ins them
throughou
period.
Specia
motinggot
to be distr
Emmt
featured a
lqultabft
Equit
by the ad4
plays (eac
tation for
and liven
to each in
plays and
"sing-a-lo1
entertain
the Pool 4
and print
kits (for
will help
exhibit an
an annive
Plans for
entertaim
Festival
The 1
Building,
wUl become a.
il..tAttoiinlll' .and taking care
.
; , :The Dynamic :tdaturity Pavilion at the New York
:world's fair takes. on a new role for the 1965 season.
. JfWill become a vital, active, on..aite center for older
Fatrvisltors. Special hostesses will assist elder visi-
tors plim their tours of the Fair grounds and in spe-
. Cl!ll'cit.ses, gain admission to popular pavilions.
lalfman.Kodak
At t}le Kodak Pavilion numerous changes are
contemplated which will give a fresh, new look for
the second season of the Fair. Such changes involve
new photographs for the building and Photo Tower.
Asin.1964 the Photo Salon area will include chang-
ing shows. New exhibits are being created, and some
oth.ers will be modified. Certain motion pictures and
slide shows of the various displays are being changed.
In the Tower Theater a new version of Kodak's
feature presentation "The Searching Eye," will be
shown.
Kodak promotion and international advertising
bearing a New York World's Fair motif will continue
during the 1965 season, and Kodak speakers will be
available for appropriate meetings.
. During 1964 Kodak produced a 16mm sound
mcition IUcture on the Fair, as well as an audio slide
presentation. These two productions can be made
vailable to outside groups. Kodak is already schedul-
. ing them for a large number of local meetings
throughout the country during the Fair's interim
. pel'iod.
Special New York World's Fair literature pro-
moting good picture-taking at the Fair will continue
to be distributed.
Emmett Kelly, Jr., the famous clown, will be
featured aga&in at the Kodak pavilion during 1965.
fCivltcible Life
Equitable will expand its story of demography
by the addition of two new illuminated visual dis-
plays (each over 10 feet wide), a new "show" presen-
tatio.n for the Demograph involving original music
.. and live narration, and an on-site giveaway geared
to each individual state. In addition, new state dis-
plays and flower plaques are in preparation. A public
''sina"+long" at the Equitable grandstand will help
entertain those waiting for the fireworks display on
the Pool of Industry each evening. National radio
and print advertising, new car cards, educational
kits (for schools), and a ten city promotional tour
will help create public interest in the Equitable
exhibit and the Fair. Equitable will once again have
an anniversary day at the Fair (probably in July).
Plans for visiting bands, choral groups, and other
. e,ntertainment are now being considered.
featfval .of Gas
The Festival of Gas pavilion will sparkle during
the Fair's second season with a host of new exhibits
and displays depicting the history and future of the
gas industry
A giant Carousel, in the center of the gleaming
white pavilion, will tell the story of modem gas
energy for home and industry .
The garden-like setting of the pavilion is ex-
panded, where a Gas Light Patio will feature the
luxurious convenience and fun of outdoor patio
living. New display areas will show the latest in
automatic gas appliances while other displays will
offer predictions of tomorrow.
Extensive promotion and advertising is being
planned around the World's Fair in general, where
natural gas is providing 80 per cent of the air condi-
tioning, 90 per cent of the heating and water heating,
and 99 per cent of the cooking.
formica
In 1965, the World's Fair House will be won by
some lucky family who participates in a national
consumer sweepstakes. Grand Prize in the sweep.
stakes will be a $50,000 World's Fair House, plus lot,
anywhere in the country. 2,500 additional prizes
worth more than $100,000 will include automobiles,
appliances, rooms of furniture, furnishings and ac-
cessories for the home.
Home builders across the country will partici-
pate by building their versions of the World's Fair
House and visitors to these local model homes will
be eligible for the national sweepstakes.
In addition, visitors to the World's Fair House
on the Fairsite will be eligible for weekly sweep-
stakes prizes drawn at the House itself.
The national sweepstakes program is designed
not only to stimulate fresh traffic at the Fair itself,
but to capitalize on the highly successful 1964
World's Fair House Builder Program in which 166
Fair homes were built in over 150 cities across the
United States.
General Cisar
General Cigar's Hall of Magic show which played
to 91% capacity last year, will have a completely re-
vamped presentation by magician Mark Wilson.
Changes will be made in the three large display
windows and to the vertically projected ftlm in the
Sports Illustrated exhibit.
General Cigar has been showing a color film
primarily to men's service clubs all over the country.
Brochures will be widely distributed in connection
with the Fair.
Extensive consumer advertising has been built
around the Fair and the White Owl, New Yorker, a
cigar created in honor of the World's Fair. Several
special events are planned to promote Fair and
General Cigar attendance.
General Cigar will renew its sponsorship of
Tiparillo Band Pavilion featuring Guy Lombardo.
General Electric Progressland
Improvements to the Progressland show will in-
volve mainly refining and updating present tech-
niques. The Carousel of Progress' audio-animatronic
figures ha,e been returned to Walt Disney's \\'e:;t
Coa5t studios, where they will undergo appearance
and animation impro\ements to make them mrJre
sophisticated and realistic next year. :\ledallion City
di:;plays will be refurbished to incorporate new proJd-
uct lines. and in ,;orne cases to their product
presentation a greater impact. A number of
imohing ,;cripts and crowd flow technique,.: abo
under way.
In addition to a promotion program spon=-ored by
Progrei':-land it=-elf, the General Electric Company
has already begun to stimulate exten,;iYe World',;
Fair adnrtising and promotion tie-ins with Company
components' product promotion plans, fur additional
mileage. General Electric intend,; to concentrate hea\'-
ily on effective publicity during the winter and spring.
and plans for thi=- publicity are now being formulated.
General foods
Again in 1965, fairgoers will get all the new=- -
as it happens- on General Foods giant communica-
tions arches at elewn strategic locations throughout
the fairgrounds.
. light:" and pictures on gleaming white
sixty-toot arche=- will report the late,:t local. national
and.w_orld ne\\'S - plus Fair news about ,:pecial
exhliJ!t:' and programs. dsiting dignitaries. weather
foreca:-'b. \\aiting times and other ewnts uf intere,;t.
Fur the ,;econd ,:.ucce,;siw year, the worldwide
network of the Time-Life :\ews Senice in
) ork City will iurnish the news for these
umque electronic which operate ten
hours a day. sewn days a week. This year theY will
u,;.eiul to \'i,:itor,; throu!!h imp.ro\ed
\ m daytime hour,;.
Hallmark Tribute to Winston Churchill
The Hallmark Foundation will preeJlt .. ' T \
ute to \\" - . .. " II )-
f 111,:_lon Churchill. an entirely new exhibit
19ti'-> _sea;:)n. The PaYilion. which wa,;
rd:>pe<:Jal e\ent,; last ;:eason. will \Je cc,mpleteh re-
mo eled to house the Churchill exhibit. .
A Tribute to \\'in;:ton Churchill" \\'1.11 , .. t.
\:UI1'l"t ll :
1. ;:pecial 15-minute Churchill rllm in a lk\\.
til!O-sea t the at re.
. ., collection of paintill)!':' Churchill in a
'eparate !!'allery.
:3. ('i Churchill',.: per,;l'nallil,ran-
'tuoy at l hart\\ell.
4. An exhibition of historical photos
bi_l.ia, text expressing the
\\ mston Churchill both as man and
man.
The proceeds from the exhibit's small awnlflllll
fee will go tuwards the construction of a new
ill Scho0l of International Affairs in Kansas
project initiated abo by Joyce Hall, president of
mark Foundation. The Churchill exhibit at th
is being by Phil George. e
House of Good Taste
The Hou:"e rJf Good Ta,;te. a showcase at the
frJr the hrJmebuilding and furnishing industries
,.:i,.:ting uf three crJmpletely decorated and eqtJti
1
l
hou,.:e,.: and a fuurth building with a product ..
and ::,.:taurant. plans extensive redecoration .
trJr t !1e 19ti'-> :-:ea:-:on. The houses will be completeti:
new 111 de
1
:or from carpeb to wall coverings,
ture. app wnce,: and accessories.
IBM
The central attraction at the pavilion is
multi-;;creen ;;how presented in the raised
theater. the "Information )lachine." This
it:< sewral films. which explains dramatically'
the method,: u:<ed by computer systems are ... ;n,na,,::.''ll
to those used to ,:.olw human problems in
liie. will be changed for the second season.
are bein)! w(rked on a;: this report goes to
and will be announced ;:oon.
IR:'II plan,; lL' CLntinue it-" \'Cl'\' :mccessful reser
which wa;: ,:tarted during the last ..
nwnth l'i the Hl6-l ,;.ea:'tn. With this system, visitors
wlw t'llCc'lllitt'r lln)! line;: at the Information Machine:.
will be able tt !!l' tL> a re;:enation booth and secure"..
:icktt,; ic'r a latt'l' ,;.lww. Cpt)ll returning to the IBM.
pa\'ilicn at tlw time ,-pedfied (n the ticket, they will
be given im1
tiers of movi
tion Machin
Johnson's
The rna
Rondelle for
"To Be Aliv
produced by
seat disc sh:
persons in 1
Plans c
mation Cen
designed to
home and a
and typed o
improve eff
shoe shines
popular chi:
the entertai
National
Compu
formation :
piece of fil
miniature 1
be viewed
plays in tl
1965, alon1
techniques
equipment
storing,
straightfoi
deal of it i:
Parker p,
Parke
will start 1
electronic
supply of 1
subsidiari1
ing names
tising, pr1
sonal cont
employed
exhibit at
add great'
wish to er
Pepsi-Cc
Agai1
ney's "It':
pavilions
In H
senting c
out the v.
modificat
the pavil
. mM pavilion is its
in the raised, ovoid
This sJJ.ow, and
dramatically how
systems are similar
problems. in everyday
second season ..
soon.
very successful reser-
. during the last
this system, visitors
Information Machine
booth and secure
returning to the IBM
on the ticket, they will
1
be given immediate seating on the People Wall, 12
tiers of'moving seats which ascend into the Informa-
tion Machine.
,t ! . : ' . . . . . '
Joflttsons Wax
The main feature at the Johnson's Wax Golden
Rondelle for 1965 will be the widely acclaimed film,
I "To Be Alive." The minute three-screen movie
l produced by Francis Thompson is shown in a 500-
.,
seat disc shaped theater and was seen by 2,500,000
persons in 1964.
Plans call for changes in the Home Care Infor-
mation Center at the Johnson Pavilion which is
designed to give instant answers to a wide range of
home and auto care questions provided by computer
and typed on take-home cards. Changes planned will
improve efficiency and service of the Center. Free
shoe shines will be offered at the pavilion and the
popular children's Fun Machine will be available for
the entertainment and delight of the "under-12" set.
National Cash Register
Computers that answer visitors' questions, in-
formation systems that store the entire Bible on a
piece of film the size of two postage stamps, and
miniature devices like a television screen that must
be viewed with a microscope will be among the dis-
plays in this two-story "space frame" pavilion in
1965, along with various examples of man's latest
techniques for keeping track of himself. Most of the
equipment will demonstrate advanced methods of
storing, handling and feeding back information in
straightforward business operations. But a good
deal of it is designed to entertain as well as instruct.
Parlcer Pen
Parker Pen's International Penfriend Program
will start the second season of the Fair with greater
electronic computer storage and a new and larger
supply of names. The firm's international network of
subsidiaries and distributors will commence gather-
ing names throughout the world in January. Adver-
tising, promotion at point-of-sale, and direct per-
sonal contact with schools and youth groups will be
employed -in this operation. At the Parker pavilion,
exhibit and display improvements are planned to
add greater appeal for those Fairgoers who do not
wish to enroll in the Penfriend program.
PepsfCola
Again, in 1965, Pepsi-Cola presents Walt Dis-
ney's "It's a Small World," one of the most popular
pavilions at the Fair which charged admission.
In 1965, Walt Disney's remarkable dolls repre-
senting children in native costumes from througn-
outthe world will again be featured. There will be
modifications to expedite the handling of visitors to
the pavilion, but the basic attraction will remain
substantially the same.
RCA
The Radio Corporation of America again this
year will provide the "eyes and ears" of the 1964-65
New York World's Fair.
The "eyes" of the Fair are some 200 color tele-
vision sets located strategically on the grounds and
comprising the world's largest closed-circuit color
TV network.
The "ears" are some 560 specially-designed loud-
speakers which form the Fair's public address sys-
tem. Installed in overhead lighting fixtures, the
speakers carry music and announcements to visitors
in every part of the 646-acre Fairgrounds.
Schaefer Center
Among the highlights of the 1965 season for
Schaefer Center will be its Sports Host program
which feature the personal appearances of some
of the outstanding athletes of our generation. Sched-
uled for the six-month period are such notables as
Y. A. Tittle, Joe Louis, Johnny Unitas and Rocky
Graziano.
A gallery of prize-winning sports photographs
taken by members of theN. Y. Press Photographers
Assn. will be a new feature in the Circle of Sports
Corridor.
Schaefer's 100-foot long bar and its modern
restaurant will continue to be the prize attractions
for thirsty and hungry World's Fair visitors.
Scott Paper
Scott Paper Company's "Enchanted Forest" pa-
vilion on the Pool of Industry is being revised and
improved for the 1965 New York World's Fair sea-
son. The new exhibit will create a real-life forest
atmosphere throughout and will have animal life
depicted in natural settings. A walk through the En-
chanted Forest explores the mystery of trees and
how they are made into paper.
Seven-Up
The Seven-Up International Sandwich Gardens
will present many new features next season.
Th'e entire exhibit area will be completely
changed with new displays to be announced in the
near future.
New signs on top of the pavilion and at strategic
locations will provide better identification, and the
outside display of sandwiches will be much more com-
plete to assist visitors. The sandwich menu will have
new selections and be even more appealing for 1965.
The observation deck will be resurfaced and
landscaped and the two fountain pools in the dining
area will be transformed into attractive performing
stages.
New attendant costumes and a smoother pattern
20
for visitor traffic, along with the many other improve-
ments, add up to an exciting Seven-Up presentation
for the 1965 season.
Singer Company
The Singer Bowl Exhibit Center in 1965 will
present a completely new face to World's Fair visi-
tors.
In addition to presenting new company products
in the sewing machine, home entertainment, floor
care, computer, electronic and textile machinery
fields, Singer will expand its collection of rare fab-
rics in an entirely new setting. This new collection
is an out-growth of the much smaller "Millionaire
Fabric Collection" which attracted so much atten-
tion in the Singer Exhibit in 1964.
Another display will feature the "new sound at
Singer" with demonstrations of the stereo sound
capabilities of the new line of hi-fi Singer stereo
phonograph and radio products.
A more extensive program of events for the
Singer Bowl itself is being planned by the Fair
corporation.
Tower of Light
A new musical show will be presented at the
Tower of Light pavilion in 1965. Visitors, seated com-
fortably on a revolving ring, will ride through the
seven act, 14-minute fantasy in which electrically
animated figures will sing and talk about the part
electricity plays in their lives.
The audience will see New Year's Eve, Fourth of
July, Christmas and other holidays depicted with a
bright new original musical score, dramatic sound
and lighting effects and elaborate three-dimensional
settings.
A new research display will show how electric
utility companies seek better, more efficient ways to
supply electric power.
Each night, at a colorful ceremony in front of
the pavilion, celebrities will appear in person to throw
the golden switch activating the 12-billion candle-
power Tower of Light beam.
An extensive promotion program will be exe-
cuted throughout the country by the 150 investor-
owned electric utility companies sponsoring the
exhibit.
Travelers Insurance
A major new exhibit on the first floor of the
Travelers' "red umbrella" will serve to relate tf1e
story of insurance protection to the theme of the
"Triumph of Man" exhibit.
. will be made in landscaping, re-
pamtmg and the design of a new line for visitors to
speed the flow of traffic.
A new 25-minute filmstrip entitlHl "Profile of a
Film" has just been produced and will be used exten-
sively with Travelers' speakers bureau. Spealtertl;
also concentrate their efforts with local schools
,
a special educational filmstrip will be offered to
schools in the country. Two new 5-minute TV
are being prepared and Travelers' Fair
being widely distributed.
A plan for reciprocal VIP treatment is
worked out with other exhibitors.
UNICEF - Pepsi-Cola Exhibit
A UNICEF "Wishing Well" is being
for the area next to "The Tower of the Four
A new counter display will feature UNICEF
and Greeting Cards, 1966 Datebook Calendar,
games, flags, "It's A Small World" records and
venir books. New posters and signs will be COIIBDleli
ously placed around the exhibit directing
the UNICEF Gift Sliop and Photographic
after their voyage through Walt Disney's falroiilatii'Jj
"world of children."
Westinghouse
Contents of the Westinghouse Time \.iausulle
will be the focal point of new displays nlsmned
the 1965 Fair season at the Westinghouse
Visitors will see over 40 actual objects selected
the capsule, along with samples of more than
pages of information that will document present
lization for peoples of 6939 A.D. Special ceremcn
will be held for the burial of the capsule on
16, Time Capsule Day at the Fair.
Tr
Guy F. T
Auto Til
The
thrilling
the 1965
1964 seal
one of th
Fair. Ad
scale tha
who witr
packed :t:
in new c
last the :
Avis A11
The
a most p
1964 sea:
1965 sea:
biggest c
ing of tl
be redesi
ance and
Avi1
way pos:
the new
request.
Chrysfe
Chr,
hibition
family, 1
tend
participl
"Au
tivity, f1
season:.
stration
amusinl!
games j
Line Ri
lights in
lighting
only a f
faster
Ea1
nal buU
ent
Th1
Eastern
Fair's s:
atrure:JONJ[CElF Note g'
books,
t
recc)rds and Sou- <'
be eonspicu ..
ilh-+i'1'11P. visitors to ,\
fho1tograpblc .. Exhibit ,,
lt fascinating

.. . 'rite Auto-Thrill Show will present another 900
. ibtflUng performances of the Helldrivers during
. 1Q66 season. This will follow a most successful
1964. in which the Helldrivers proved to be
one of the most popular live, paid attractions at the
. tair. Admission prices will remain at the same low
that helped to attract the near million people
.who witnessed the show in 1964. The coming drama-
packed performances will feature new Dodge cars
in new death-defying acts, with enough thrills to
.U..t the average spectator a life-time.
/Avis Antique RentaCar Ride
, . The Avis Antique Rent-A-Car ride proved to be
' .. popular and successful attraction during the
<-1964 season of the New York World's Fair. For the
. ; '1966 seaaon certain minor changes are planned. The
biggeat change will be an improvement in the light-
.tng. of the area. The Avis information center will
bt redesigned to present a more attractive appear-
. ance and to make it more convenient and functional.
. Avis will continue to promote the Fair in every
way possible, both during the off-season and when
the new season begins. Speakers are available upon
request.
Cltrytler Corporation
Chrysler Corporation's highly imaginative ex-
.llibition with unique entertainment for the entire
and especially the children, will further ex-
tend it's amusements for greater direct audience
participation.
"Autofare,'' a kaleidoscope of color, music, ac-
tiVitY, fantasy and fun will feature during the 1965
seas()n: a new show in the Chrysler Theatre; demon-
. s.tration rides in the Corporation's gas turbine cars:
musing animations in the Giant Car; rewarding
_.es for the youngsters; a modified Production
Lme Ride; unusual product displays; added high-
Jbrhts in the Giant Engine, and more dramatic night
Ughtlng. The efficient handling of large crowds with
only' few minutes wait will continue.
. fattern Air lines
. Eastern plans to promote its World's Fair termi-
building and motor coach service in many differ-
ent ways.
. Through an expa-nsion of its marketing staff,
will more than double its participation in the
Fair's speakers bureau program. Fair films and slides
will be distributed to Field Sales offices for group
presentations.
Brochures, posters and counter cards will be
directed to travel agents, department stores and large
commercial institutions .
ford
Ford Motor Company's highly popular Wonder
Rotunda and Magic Skyway Ride will feature a num-
ber of interesting changes and improvements for the
1965 season. Already one of the top attractions at the
Fair, the Disney-designed show will offer a series of
exciting new displays and exhibits both inside as well
as outside the huge pavilion. Plans are underway to
improve both capacity and crowd handling at the pa-
vilion to permit greater attendance and shorter wait-
ing periods. The Magic Skyway Ride which features
a trip through the past, present and future in full-
size 1965 Ford Motor Company convertible products,
will continue to delight millions of Fair-goers as it
did during the 1964 season.
General Motors
General Motors, whose Futurama exhibit at-
tracted a record-breaking 15.6 million visitors during
the first year of the Fair is preparing for another
outstanding season.
The Futurama building is being refurbished;
its famed "Ride Into Tomorrow" scenes are being
renovated and redressed. New exhibits are being
prepared for the Avenue of Progress science and
engineering exposition. Interior and exterior prod-
uct displays are being redone and a new layout is
being developed. Gardeners are at work readying the
Futurama's prize-winning, landscaped site for the
months ahead. Improved visitor facilities throughout
the building are being installed.
22
Greyhound
An award-winning 31/2-minute color film simu-
lating a look at this country's scenic attractions
during a cross-country bus trip will be the 1965
feature of this exhibit. Sharing honors will be a 10-
times-daily fashion show and commentary show-
casing Lady Greyhound, a sleek greyhound dog that
is the Jiving symbol of The Greyhound Corporation.
The Greyhound Exhibit building also will house
several restaurants operated by a Greyhound sub-
sidiary company, Post Houses. Reasonably priced
meals and fast service will be available in a cafe-
teria, sit-down restaurants, snack bars and a Food
Service of Tomorrow featuring cook-it-yourself-
quickly meals.
Half of Science Exhibitors
Martin-Marietta
Since the Martin Company's exhibit "Rendez-
vous In Space," did not open in the Hall of Science
until September, it will effectively be a new show
for the 1965 season.
The exhibit- which combines a cinemascope
color film with full scale models of space vehicles ex-
ecuting a rendezvous mission- will operate during
the second season on a schedule of three shows an
hour. The theater in the Hall of Science will be
equipped with seats. A closed circuit television sys-
tem will be installed outside the building to broad-
cast a program on space themes to the next audience.
Abbott Laboratories
"Chemical Mail," located in the Hall of Science,
will again portray through three-dimensional models,
cinemicrography and animated motion pictures in
full color the role of certain molecules in creating and
sustaining human life. The films and models blend
into a continuous narration of about 15 minutes.
From its inception, the Abbott exhibit took more
than three years to complete.
American Chemical Society
The American Chemical Society will modify its
exhibit on "Chemical Frontiers of the Sea" in several
ways to enhance its attractiveness and educational
appeal.
Participation in two special events at the Fair
is anticipated. One will be a symposium primarily
for science writers, co-sponsored with other scientific
societies; the other will be a similar activity, tenta-
tively for science educators, in cooperation with
other Hall of Science exhibitors.
Atomic Energy Commission
Atomsville, USA, a pint sized atomic city where
children only are allowed through its five-foot en-
trance, plus Radiation & Man, atomic exhibit for
adults, and the Dime Irradiator, will again be fea-
tured in the Hall of Science by the AEC and ORINS.
A special promotion both before and during the
1965 World's Fair will be a 27-minute color movie
featuring the adventures of Christina and Steve as
they journey through Atomsville, for showing on
TV, in schools, etc.
The Chemistry of Color
The 1965 version of the General Aniline & Film
C01poration's exhibit will contain expanded audio
and visual communications techniques to describe the
processes by which chemists, "the architects of the
molecule," produce industrial and household products
on a tonnage scale in the chemical plants of the
nation.
Interchem Color Center
Interchem's World's Fair Color Center is plan-
ning to make changes involving the re-design of
some of the mechanisms in the 43 color demonstra-
tions in the exhibit in order to improve them. Focal
point of Interchem's Color Center is a 14-foot high,
rotating "color tree" illustrating the relationship of
saturation and lightness for eight basic colors.
Science For Survival
The "Science for Survival" exhibit will have
several new attractions for the 1965 season. The
major theme of the exhibit, the adaptation of man
to his environment, will be illustrated by a new five
minute film. Man has adapted to his environment
throughout the ages and is now adapting to the new-
est hazard in this, the nuclear age, namely, radio-
active fallout. This film illustrates how this is being
done through dual-use fallout shelters in schools.
Up john
The Upjohn Company's electronic "Brain" in
the Hall of Science is being completely refurbished
to edify and entertain a maximum of some 3,000
viewers a day during the 1965 Fair season.
The exhibit has comfortable seating for 50 per-
sons at a time, each of whom is provided with ear- '
phones for list-ening to a running commentary on .
how a "thought is born" and how the human brain
reacts to everyday sights and sounds.
Lowenbrau Gardens
Lowenbrau Gardens, a replica of an 18th cen-
tury Bavarian hamlet incorporating an authentic
German restaurant and beer garden, intends to con-
tinue its successful first year run with increased
promotion and improvements.
Under consideration are plans for a 30 per cent
expansion of the Garden's restaurant facilities,
in thunenu to feature a children's platter
Friday di11hes, and construction of a new
similar to the type on display at the Low-
. enbrau' Olctoberfest. tent in Munich.
Nalflora. Union
,. In 1965 the National Maritime Union Park will
t .. :.a(t:.ppotographic mural depicting the wartime and
.service of American seamen and the Amer-
. ; marine.
/c l1te NMU Park will be freshly landscaped to
provjde a restful haven for Fair visitors. It is the
Fair's only union-sponsored, non commercial park.
$tnelaJr Dlnoland
Sinclair plans to make its exhibit more attrac-
. tive and convenient for the 1965 season. The build-
' hlp, both interior and exterior, will be painted and
.. the grounds beautified by the addition of more shrub-
. and flowers. Interior decor will also be substan-
. tiillly improved.
< ', Arrangements are being made to handle the
crowds without the inconvenience of long lines.
Sinclair plans extensive World's Fair advertis-
ing for 1965. A color sound movie is being made
which will be shown to the entire Sinclair organiza-
ttm as well as used throughout the country.
._ _-.. ':. :. .
'10id .. ,
Socony Mobil
Changes in the Mobil Oil Company Pavilion at
the New York World's Fair will increase capacity for
participants by 60 per cent. Changes will also pro-
vide increased entertainment for persons waiting in
line.
The increase in capacity will be achieved by
altering the electronic control equipment to operate
the film portion of the show simultaneously on both
sides of the pavilion. The program previously played
alternately on the two sides.
The pavilion which electronically simulate11 the
Mobil Economy Run provides contestants an oppor-
tunity to test their economy and safety driving skills.
U.S. Rubber
Recent tire developments will be shown in up.
dated display windows at the U. S. Royal Giant .Tire.
Work will be done on the grounds to facilitate up-
keep and general appearance.
The feature of providiug ponchos for passengers
during inclement weather not bad enough to halt
operations will be continued during 1965.
Dealers across the country will continue to act
as local World's Fair Information Centers.
U. S. Space Park
As in 1964, the U.S. Space Park of the New York
World's Fair 1965 will be as up-to-the-minute as the
U.S. space program, its displays subject to rapid-tire
change to keep pace with the history-making accom-
plishments of the sponsoring agencies, the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration and the De-
partment of Defense.
A two-man Gemini mission or a Mariner space-
craft fly-by of the planet Mars, events which could
take place during the season, would create new ex-
hibits overnight, just as did NASA's Ranger VII,
the Moon-photographing spacecraft, during the first
year. All exhibits will be brightly refurbished for
opening day. Astronauts and others in the space
program, as they can be freed from their duties,
again will make appearances for special events.
Underground Home
Next season, under the direction of the well
known decorator, Mr. David G. Whitcomb, the Un-
derground Home will be completely redecorated to
give it a brand new face.
Underground Home will convert its lobby into
a showcase of underground concepts of living in-
cluding visual presentations of their other houses
in the West, designs of scheduled 150-home develop-
ment with a golf course on top in Nevada, and designs
for underground shopping centers and motels.
24
LaheArea
AMF Monorail
The AMF Monorail will continue to be a prin-
cipal attraction at the New York World's Fair during
the 1965 season. Seven Monorail trains will travel
on 4000-foot tracks 40 feet in the air affording riders
a scenic view of the Lake Area. Last season, 2,250,000
riders had the thrill of riding the Monorail and ex-
periencing a glimpse into the Transpmtation of the
Future.
Currently, plans are being considered to modify
the Monorail station and ride, physically, as well aH
implementing new promotion and public relations
programs very soon. The latter call for increased
participation in the World's Fair Speaker's Bureau;
the establishment of an AMF Monorail Speaker's
Bureau; design and printing of new brochures and
promotional literature; the completion of a color film
on the Monorail, plus other supporting projects.
In short- the AMF Monorail holds promise as
a greater attraction in '65 than it was in '64.
Carousel Parle
Work is already under way toward further re-
storing the world famous Feltman carousel horses to
their original antique magnificence, as well as install-
ing new lighting and fixtures on the world's largest
carousel which operates in Carousel Park in the Lake
Area.
A late opening during the 1964 season precluded
completion of the restofation of this famous bit of
Americana to the original elegance it enjoyed in the
days of Diamond Jim Brady.
Alteration of the large outdoor cafeteria along
the boardwalk around the carousel is being accom-
plished in order to improve food service to the public
without causing delays in line even on crowded days.
Music from two of the world's largest carousel
organs, free dancing, and entertainment from the
Carousel Park bandstand will complete this new and
exciting addition to the Lake Area.
Santa Maria
Florida's Po1poise Show
Log Flume Ride
Dancing Waters
The famous Dancing Waters, which was first
introduced to this country at New York's Radio City
Music Hall in 1953, and which has since been shown
around the world, will be presented again at the Fair
with new formations and effects and newly added live
performances.
Dancing Waters will present limitless forma-
tions, effects and combinations, from a "fireworks"
display to a classical "ballet scene," with the waters
actually dancing Waltzes, Tangos, and swirling and
swishing in modern intricate dance movements.
fireworks Show
The Fair Corporation is considering plans for
a nightly presentation of spectacular fireworks in
the Lake Area for the 1965 season.
The fireworks would be brought from many dif-
ferent countries and would be twice as powerful as
those being used in the Fountain of the Planets show
in the Industrial section, due to the greater area
available over Meadow Lake.
The schedule of the fireworks show would be
arranged so that it would not conflict with the Foun-
tain of the Planets show. The aerial explosions would
uro precluded i
'"''--famous bit of !
.. - .. ,--.. enjoyed in the
nt.n.nn" .... Cafeteria along.. f
is being .l
Od rel'\'ice 1to the pubUc
cro:Wded
largest carousel
11t from the.
this new and
... ,.,n,.lora show would be
conflict with the
aerial explosions would
't.ke 'place. midway between the east and west shores
.':of. the lake, and be,vlsible from any spot on the

:: This new feature in the Lalte Area would last
each evening and provide a dramatic daily
:climax for. next season's visitors.
. . llde
. . . i>ue to the great public demand for exhibits
,based on participation, Jaycopter plans in
1965 to develop and expand the use of Its captive
helicopter machines, especially with the Baby Jays.
1be Jaycopter simulates the action, controls and
flight pattern of a helicopter so closely that even a
.licensed helicopter pilot finds little difference from
flight conditions .
Lts Poupees de Paris
This one hour stage show, which features over
' 260 pc>upees with singing and dancing replicas of two
dolen of .the top stars in show business,
doubling its scheduled five shows daily to ten for the
1966' season.
>:-.:\ 'l'he $800,000 production, highlighted by minia-
poupee images of such well-knowns as Frank
Jayne Mansfield, Liberace and Phil Silvers,
also boasts an original musical score and colorful ex-
otic scenes - all presented in an espeeiaUy designed
675-seat theater.
Log flume Ride
The Log Flume Ride exhibit will have substan-
tially lower admission prices for the 1965 season.
This reduction, combined with a children's rate and
a special discount for organized groups, is expected
to boost attendance even above the 1964 season's
total at this popular ride in a "hollow log" over
simulated rapids and water shoots.
Maroda Lake Cruise
Maroda Enterprises, Inc. will reinstitute its very
successful Lake Cruise for the 1965 season, offering
a relaxing, entertaining boat ride on Meadow Lake.
The Amphicar Ride, which was tested during the
closing weeks of the last Fair season, will be ready
for full operation this year. It features an amphibious
ride into the lake, returning to land.
Also the Thrill Rides introduced at the end of
the 1964 season will be brought back again, adjacent
to the Hawaii pavilion.
AMF Monorail
Marla
.... Ban :Mar, Inc. plans to add a beer garden and
bar to the environs of its main attraction, the
full.:Size replica of the Santa Maria, Columbus' flag-
on the discovery voyage to America.
. . The new snack bar and beer garden will be called
'Ti811ta Bar.''

:< Walters International Wax Museum was one of
. the mo$t successful attractions in the Lake Area at
the<New York World's Fair last season. The exhibit
will be enlarged next year with many new topical
scenes .
The Wax Museum is the largest museum of its
type in the country and consists of more than 160
full-size, lifelike wax figures presented in SO tab-
leaux. The scenes range from historical, religious,
artistic and mythical subjects to contemporary celeb-
rities of the entertainment world. Among the most
popular tableaux are "The Last Supper,"
41
Presidents
of the United States," "Cyclops and Superman,"
"Movie Horror Figures," "Cleopatra" and
41
The
Beatles."
/
(
I
:!ti
t:
l
... ,.
!'t,,nt tll1 llt'l'\t ''t'll1tt:-- at 1,.1\1:--hin.te :\lt>adtl\\. till!' organization ha:-:
ht'l'll itl\()htll. l't'lllll tilt d:t.\ :tt'1tt tht l';t;t :--hut it:-- in :-:ohin.te: tlw intril'atl
J'l't,ldtnJ:-: rd' J'llltitJte tilt' L'i:tr1t t\j" -:tti111, it1t1, rn,,t!d,;t!l:-- and ha,ing it nady tu gu
:q.;ai11 hy .\J'ril 1\Hi.-,, j,,.tttt ,.,,,1 tli:111 it 11:'" l,t f11tt. Till' admini:-:tratiw and
,,,,,.,:tt r, ll'l't'" :tr,. l't'"l" t't ,1 t't" ,,d i r1:1t i t1t.: t hi,.: l''''lll dt\ tnrr\t-l'taking.
Stuart ( 'onstll
Tlw Opt
of .'-\'.
).''!':tnt planniq
1rit h tl:
A critiqtl,
till! afr ha
:tlld renvt h<t
Maintenan1
Looking
1
1
Ill' II ,.;on, tit
1'11111 illt' rl'f'u"'-
:lil l't . .;!attran::
Jll'l'iod.
l.t a f l'l'll x
:\Ill t'IIIIHI' <Ill
(l('t'(l:--\:{1'
1 r:dlit Ia 1
,\!111 lll'izt,j
tht rt.-,t
.-\ I'll II t r:
Htnt:tr Fair C
ill).( 11f materi3
Security
Both tfw.J
Fair P
t'tiiJ,.;l:tnt pat ro
Ocf()IHr.
IH'l'll ttndtr t':l)
fl'l':ti!t' and \':Ill
:-;a i1aj,
).'Tillllld.-; <IIIli Ill
:tlld tlimina!t't
,,1'r11n ne
The
t ,, it,.; 11ormal tl
all f<
l'll1ial lire sUI
all tinl!',.; \\'it!
qllarttr,.;.
Program
ThP l!l61 8

l,<t!id", Pthnic g
,,f :til kintk Ur
rot'1111' a llt'll'

'.\ill itll'll!til' lllll
"'" 1':\t'ittlllt'Jlt
t'\'tJI 1.-: of Ul
<JIJII';tl.
ation has
intricate
to go
and

Stuart Constable, Vice President
The Operations Division is involved in its heavy
schedule of supervising maintenance, security, pro-
gram planning for the new season, and coordination
with special exhibitors, concessionaires and licenses.
A critique of service contractors by the Opera-
tions staff has been made to eliminate non-essential
and strengthen essential services on the Fairsite.
Maintenance
Looking forward to a well-kept Fairsite for the
new season, the maintenance operation is busy with
routine refuse removal at all collection points and at
all restaurants remaining open during the interim
period.
Leaf removal and pruning was completed by late
November and snow removal preparations made to
assure access to all fire hydrants and keep all other
traffic lanes open for working parties.
Motorized equipment not in use was winterized,
the rest being kept efficiently operating.
A contract between the Fair Corporation and
Rentar Fair Corp. was signed for all internal mov-
ing of materials.
Security
Both the uniformed and detective forces of the
World's Fair Police department have been on regular,
constant patrol duty since the Fair closed its gates in
October. Vacant as well as occupied buildings have
been under continuous surveillance to prevent pil-
ferage and vandalism.
Safety inspectors are also regularly combing the
grounds and buildings to remove hazards to workers,
and eliminate anything potentially dangerous to visi-
tors before the Fair reopens.
The World's Fair Fire Department, in addition
to its normal duties, patrols the entire site, checking
all buildings for combustible materials or other po-
tential fire starters. Radio contact is maintained at
all times with dispatchers at department head-
quarters.
Program and Special Events
The 1964 season saw a highly successful Special
Events Program consisting of high school and college
bands, ethnic groups, special events and special days
of all kinds. Under the direction of the Program Di-
rector a new program is being readied for 1965 which
will include many more bands and ethnic groups to
add excitement to the Fair, all kinds of special days
and events of unusual nature with emphasis on crowd
appeal.
The highly successful Cities Service World's
Fair Band of America under the direction of Mr.
Paul Lavalle will be back in 1965 on its unique Band-
wagon to again thrill the Fair-goers with its stirring
music.
Guy Lombardo will return to the Tiparillo Band-
stand with his popular dance music, performing
nightly, except Mondays, from May 18 to October 3,
1965.
In progress at this time is a mailing of thousands
of letters to various high school and college bands,
ethnic groups and specialty groups inviting them to
perform during the 1965 season.
Se1pentine telephone booths being se1viced fm lim-
ited winter usage.
Singer Bowl
Arrangements are now being made with numer-
ous performing groups and special attractions to
complete the Singer Bowl program for the 1965
season.
A contract has been signed with Thorn MeAn
to sponsor 26 Friday shows in Singer Bowl from 6 to
10 p.m. These shows will feature name disc jockeys
and be tailored for teenagers. There will also be acts,
dancing and tie-ins with high school groups.
On Sundays, Singer Bowl will be devoted to
ethnic groups from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. The first such
program, a Salute to Israel, is scheduled for Sunday,
May 2, 1965.
Other weekly shows similar to Thorn MeAn's are
being arranged to give the Singer Bowl a full, active
1965 prograrr..
fair Information
Plans are being made to improve the dissemina-
tion of Fair information so that the Fair-goer will
have a better idea of what is happening each day.
The format of the General Foods Arches has been
changed to include many more Fair events and other
information important to the Fair-goer.
Travelers Aid, located in the Singer Bowl, as-
sisted more than 16,000 visitors during the 1964
season helping them find friends or relatives from
whom they had been separated. These cases involved
specific enquiries beyond the normal assistance pro-
vided by Greyhound booths and police officers.
promotion is being given the Fair during the period
prior to its reopening. The Fair's licensing program
will continue to provide significant promotional val- .
ues while offering to the public meaningful memen-
toes.of the Fair from now until its closing in October
of 1965.
Atomedlc Hospital .
Over 53,000 cases were treated at the Atomedic
Hospital during the 1964 season. Patients coming in
with everything from simple headaches to acute coro-
naries were given emergency care. The only expected,
event which never took place was childbirth;
ever, several deliveries were successfully made
minutes after the mother's removal to a ""''""''"<'!
Landscaping impro11ements were made last fa?l and
will be started again as soon as weather ]Jermtts.
licensing Program
Eighty-five companies have been granted li-
censes by the Fair Corporation for the manufacture
and sale, both on and off the Fair site, of souvenir
articles using reproductions of the Unisphere and
other scenes and attractions of the Fair. These grants
provided for the Fair-goer in 1964 a choice of items
from an unprecedented scope of souvenir products in
the categories of publications, apparel, toys, food,
jewelry, photography. records, cards and giftware.
Based upon actual experience of consumer ac-
ceptance, the Fair's licenses, in planning for next
season's activities, are reorienting their product lines
to concentrate upon proven items, in some cases re-
packaging merchandise to encourage sales. and in
other cases developing new display units to meet the
needs of the retail outlets at the Fair site. Three
million copies of the Fair's official Guide Book were
distributed in the 1964 season. and work is now un-
derway in the preparation of a completely revised
1965 edition which will provide Fair visitors with
the latest information on all aspects of the Fair in
its second season. New scenes of the Fair, both day-
time and nighttime, have been incorporated in color
slide sets and various publications. Finally. plans for
the sales operations at the Fail site next senson are
being reviewed so that the limited retail space may
be used most effectively in affording Fair-goert' a
wide choice of articles commemomting their visits to
the site.
Those companies whose products normally rt>-
ceive nutionul distribution are featuring World's Fair
items in their lines, with the result that additional
hospital.
The Atomedic Hospital, under the direction
Sheldon S. Brownton, M.D., is an ultra-modern
onstration in operating a hospital around a
activity core which includes all monitoring, food,
oratory, nursing and operating capabilities.
Professional tours, run successfully on an
pointment basis last season, will be expanded for
second year, making the Atomedic Hospital an
cational exhibit as well as a vital link in the
the Fair.
Concessions
Arlington Hats- the souvenirs that were
inent on the Fair scene in 1964 will again
new array of official World's Fair models to
every visitor. New designs in balloons and
will complete the colorful displays. Several
will be remodeled for better accessability and
venience. The Hat Museum will display a revised
lection of historic, smallest, funniest, and
prize-winning hats.
The Brass Rail is using the between
period to plan additional merchandising
their Fair operations. The Brass Rail tradl1tlOJillt
sandwich food favorites will be available in
restaurants along with the steak, chicken or
specialties. The refreshment stands will be
to provide even faster service based on ; .. ,r .... -
derived from the '64 season.
Equipment for Fairs. cortcel;si<,naire$
wheelchair and children's stroller rentals,
replace many existing units and add new
provide even bet'ler service to Fair visitors
the 1965 Fair season. Hertz Corporation,
operator of these conce.ssions. distributes
that are actual replicas of automobiles.
children up to 9 years of age.
(irt>yhound at the World's Fair. Inc..
a ire for internal transportation. plans to
service p1
continue .1
regular c
tinued,
Lecto
season, w
broadcast!
visitors wl
receivers
on the ear
located th
given fror
Special 1
Billy
In 191
playing t(J
successful
will again
by famed.
Dr. G
Fair, to fo
1964- "I
Fair Enco
the role o1
of the Fai1
ing the wl
Boy Scout1
BoyS
thorities i:
motion f01
literature
Boy Scout
pated in th
home citie
actively h
which will
TheE
useofaddi
which wov
also under
swimming
demonstra
Long Islan,
Theu
Road, will
telling the
and its nat
priate disp'
and
Childr
sured that
operate wi
track thre1
exhibit are
nPtl,'d'ftt.Ail, by its Glide--a-ride trains and dis-
.......... ,.v .. .. . tn<lre,expensive Escorter service. The
ieriice around the site will be eon-
' teet08r, lne., a new concession for the 1965
; 'wm provide a closed circuit radio network
. exclusively to the Fair grounds. Fair
Will receive the broadcast via individual radJo
weighing one-and-a-half ounces and worn
on the The reC6ivers will be rented from booths
lOca.t(!d throughout the Fair and broadcasts will be
given 'from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. daily.
Speclol lxltlbltors
BIDy Graham Pavilion
.. In Dr. Billy Graham and his staff anticipate
playing to standing-room-only audiences with their
successful tUm, "Man in the 5th Dimension," which
Willagain be housed in the beautiful pavilion designed
by famed architect Edward Durell Stone.
. Dr. Graham is considering a repeat visit to the
Fair, t(;l f()llow up his successful tour here on June 26,
1964- ''Billy Graham Day." A special film, "World's
Fair Enoounter," has been completed, highlighting
the role of the Billy Graham Pavilion In the success
of the Fair's 1964 season, which is being shown dur-
ing the 'Winter to groups all across the country.
Boy Scouts of America
Boy Scout leaders are cooperating with Fair au-
thorities In a major program of publicity and pro-
motion for the 1965 season. World's Fair films and
literature wUI -be distributed coast to coast to both
BOy Scouts and their parents. Scouts who partici-
pated in. the 1964 Service Corps are reporting in their
home cities on their experience at the Fair and are
actively to recruit the 1965 Service Corps,
which will be double the size of that in 1964.
'J:'he. Boy Scouts of America are considering the
use of l!.dditionalland for an authentic Indian Village,
which would 'include a program of Indian dancing;
. also . under study are plans for a specially designed
swimming pool which would be the site of life saving
demonstrations and displays of aquatic skill.
Loag Island Exhibit
The Long Island Exhibit, by the Long Island Rail
ROad, Will continue its successful 1964 program of
telling the story of Long Island's growth, its people,
a:td its natural resources and charm, through appro-
priate displays sponsored by the county governments
and the Railroad itself.
. Chlldren of all ages, from 8 to 80, can be reas-
sured that the "Route of the Dashing Commuter" will
operate with schedules "as usual" on the circular
track threading its way through the Long Island
exhibit area.
Masonic Brotherhood Center
The Masonic Brotherhood Center will be refur-
bished in time for the start of the l965 season and' the
valuable exhibits and memorabilia, now safely stored,
will again go on display. Plans call for a World's Fair
spokesman to join Masonic officials in visiting upstate
and metropolitan area Masons to develop a majoti
program of group visits to the Fair in 1965.
"Mormon'' Pavilion
This soaring edifice; a replica of thj facade of the
great Temple of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-
Day Saints in Salt Lake City, in 1964 ranked as one
of the most popular pavilions at the Fair. Church
authorities found it necessary to more than double
the size of the original corps of missionaries and
count their participation at the Fair as one of the
most successful efforts of its type in Church history.
For 1965 the building is being refurbished, with
new flowers and bright landscaping. Mo;,mon Pioneer
Day, on July 24, will be highlighted by a tremendous
dance festival performed in the Singer Bowl by young
Church members.
Protestant and Orthodox Center
During the period between seasons the staff of
the Protestant and Orthodox Center is visiting
churches and church groups across the nation to tell
the story of the Center, of the year just passed, and
of the Fair's plans for 1965. These trips by the Cen-
ter's staff will include showings of the allegorical
Protestant film "Parable," a new and special film
titled "Witness: 1964-1965" about the Protestant and
Orthodox Center itself, along with the Fair's film,
"Grest Fair- Great Fun."
Sunday, March 14, will be named "World's Fair
Sunday" in Protestant churches all across the coun-
try, with special collections being taken to support
the pavilion in 1965.
Exhibits in Protestant and Orthodox Center
are being enlarged and expanded and tentative plans
call for the installation of an outdoor stage suitable
for choirs and other special groups, to be located in
the Court of Pioneers.
Russian Orthodox Church
This small pavilion- a faithful replica .of the
Fort Ross, California, Russian Orthodox Chapel, built
in Gold Rush days -will continue to display as its
chef-d'oeuvre the miraculous Icon of the Virgin of
Kazan. In 1964 this bejeweled pier.e sparked impor-
tant ecumenical efforts, including rela-
tionships with the Roman Catholic Church, when in
October the Holy Icon of our Lady of Kazan was
enshrined in the Vatican Pavilion's Chapel of the
Good Shepherd as part of a special all-night vigil.
These important endeavors will be continued during
the 1965 season.
Engineering
John T. O'NeiJI, Director
The interim program for "putting the Fair to
bed" started as planned on October 19th, the day
after the close of the 1964 season.
'fhe program is divided generally into three
major tasks; (a) winterization of the physical plant
to provide protection over the winter months, (b) re-
pair and rehabilitation of certain facilities, and (c)
dewinterization next spring.
Contracts for the work were awarded prior to
the Fair closing. The "General Construction" con-
tract, which consists of repairs to roads and parking
fields, cleaning of the Flushing River culverts, paving
of additional malls, flushing of storm and sanitary
sewer lines, and certain other miscellaneous exterior
work was awarded to Slattery Contracting Co.
The "Building Contract," which includes all in-
terim building work (except electrical) and exterior
painting was awarded to Sawyer & Dolfinger. This
contract also covers erection of temporary barricades
at entrances, and the winterization and protection of
toll booths and turnstiles.
Electrical work, to include all pools and foun-
tains and street lighting, is being accomplished under
supervision of one of the World's Fair consultants by
World's Fair Maintenance Corporation and Allied
World's Fair Service Corporation.
Landscaping work, which consists primarily of
widening existing display beds and providing addi-
tional dispfay beds in the Courts of the Sun and the
Moon is being done by Roman Landscape Co. as an
extension of their present contract.
Work at the U.S. Space Park, which the Fair
Corporation is required to do under the terms of its
agreement with the Government, was awarded to
W. J. Barney Corporation.
In addition, several smaller contracts were
awarded for waterproofing of the Singer Bowl, ex-
teriot fencing at the Hall of Science, and additional
post and chain fencing for protection of grassed
areas.
Progress
Work forces on the site have been de-mobilized,
until de-winterization operations can start, but under
the terms of the General Construction and Building
Contracts, these contractors are on a standby basis, .
ready to respond immediately for any emergency
work which may develop.
De-winterization
The start of de-winterization work will depend
to some extent on weather conditions.
Exterior painting of World's Fair structures will
begin the latter part of February, and it is anticipated
that all other de-winterizing operations will be in full.
swing by the first of March. Completion is scheduled .
for the first of April.
The period between April 1st and the opening
of the Fair on April 21st will be used for general
cleanup of the site.
Exhibitor Engineering Plans
Since the close of the Fair on October 18
have been 119 exhibitor's pavilions either mi,nto ....... ,i
or underway for winterization. This figure ,.p,nrf'RPlrltA
approximately 80 '/t of all pavilions and the
are those that, due to nature and design, require
or no work.
As of this date 73 exhibitor's pavilions are
ning refurbishing and/ or alteration work for
1965 season. Nineteen of the 73 are known to be
ning an entirely new facility. Much of the work
will be done is specifically a refinement of
to facilitate more pleasant conditions for the
this year.
All winterization work was substantially com-
pleted by the scheduled date, December 15, 1964. No
significant problems were encountered except in the
Meadow Lake parking fields where it was found nec-
essary to postpone paving repairs until spring due to
a greater ground settlement in the area than had been
Winte1'ization of fountains, similar to
Fountain a/Jo1Je, was completed last year.
anticipated.
30
J.P. Groene
The WCl
season with
moorings. P1
diately adjac
The Mil
an excellent
the "Wheel
everything f
and noveltie
Cars an
hour, day, v
A snacl1
will be in op
a canopy for
protection fl
TheU.f
exhibits sho
on navigatio
on October 18 ther.e
. . either winterizqd
ftg\lre represents
and the remainder .
desjg'n. require little ....
ari-,aa,
P. Groenendyke, Jr., Director of Waterfront Development
The World's Fair Marina is ready for the 1965
season with its full complement of over 800 slips and
moorings; Parking is available for 1,500 cars imme-
diatelY adjacent to the Marina.
The Marina Administration Building contains
an excellent Laundromat, showers, rest rooms, and
the "Wheel House" -a marine shop that supplies
eveeything for the yachtsman including marine gifts
and novelties.
Cars and boats can be rented from Avis by the
hour, day, week or l.onger.
A snack bar restaurant with open terrace dining
will be in operation. The terrace will be covered with
a canopy for special affairs and large groups to insure
protection from the weather.
The U.S. Coast Guard will again have on display
exhibits showing its activities and full information
on navigation and navigational instruments for boat-
men. Marine displays will be held continuously by
Evinrude and Johnson Motors with world-wide boat-
ing information furnished to all on request. These
exhibits are housed in special fiber glass reinforced
buildings along the main promenade.
The Sinclair Refining Company will continue to
serve the boating public with the most modern fuel-
ing station. The floating docks are made from fiber
glass reinforced plastic developed by Owens-Corning
Fiberglas Corporation, and Outboard Marine Corpo-
ration is similarly providing fiber glass boats for con-
tinuous launch service to boats in the mooring area.
By spring the fall planting of trees and shrubs
will take away the new construction look of the area,
and benches will be installed for the comfort of the
non-boa towner.
The breakwater which protects the Marina from
storms will be planted with grass and trees.
Hall of Science
32
The Hall of Science exhibit was patronized ex-
tensively by Fair visitors during the first season of
the Fair. We anticipate public enthusiasm will be
even greater in 1965.
Plans have gone forward to complete the post-
l<,air organization of the Hall of Science. A charter
has been granted by the Board of Regents. The dis-
tinguished Board of Trustees listed below has been
elected.
After the Fair, the Hall of Science will not be a
museum of static displays. It will remain, as it has
been during the Fair, a living, dynamic institution.
The Hall of Science will be for future generations a
great cultural center, designed to instruct, enrich and
inspire all those who visit it. It will be educational and
entertaining - the scientific equivalent of a great
National Theatre, in which the leading actor is the
human mind, seeking through the ages to understand
the world around it and to make man at home in a
universe more compatible with his existence.
The precise form the Hall of Science exhibits
will take after the Fair will be determined by the
Board of Trustees with the aid of the best expert ad-
vice available.
It is contemplated that post-Fair use will be
made of outstanding scientific exhibits presently in
the Hall of Science and of some of the scientific ex-
hibits which are located elsewhere in the Fair and
are adaptable to permanent use.
To that end the Department of Defense and the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration have
been asked whether they will make the present Space
Park a permanent exhibit. Martin-Marietta Company
has indicated its willingness to donate its fine space
exhibit in the superstructure of the Hall of Science.
A number of other exhibitors are interested in
having their Fair exhibits remain at Flushing
Meadow as a legacy for the Hall of Science. With this
assistance from exhibitors it will be possible to make
effective post-Fair use of this monumental structure
as soon as the Fair site has been cleared and restored
sufficiently to permit public use.
Paul R. Screvane
Boa1d of Trustees, Hall of Science
Robert F. Wagner, Ex-Officio, Mayor
of the City of New York
Paul R. Screvane, Ex-Officio, President
of the City Council
Newbold Morris, Ex-Officio, Commissioner
of Parks
Mario J. Cariello, Ex-Officio, President
of the Borough of Queens
Dr. Leona Baumgartner, Assistant Adminis-
trator for International Development
Dr. Detlev W. Bronk, President,
the Rockefeller Institute
Joseph E. Davis, President, Carver Federal
Savings and Loan Associa .i.on
Seth H. Dubin, Partner,
Utall, Miller & Dubin
Dr. John R. Dunning, Dean of Engineerinr.
and Applied Science, Columbia University
Charles E. Eble, President,
Consolidated Edison Co.
of New York, Inc.
Daniel Gilmartin, President, LocallOO,
Transport Workers Union
Dr. Grayson Kirk, President,
Columbia University
William L. Laurence, Science Consultant,
New York World's Fair and the National
Foundation-March of Dimes
Joseph A. Martino, President,
National Lead Company
Robert Moses, President,
New York World's Fair 1964-1965
Corporation
Frank Pace, Jr., Independent Consultant
Clifton W. Phalen, President,
New York Telephone Company
Charles F. Preusse, Partner,
Whitman, Ransom and Coulson
Dr. Isidor Isaac Rabi, Professor of Physics,
Columbia University
Robert W. Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board,
National Broadcasting Company
Ralph Straus, Government Consultant
Mrs. Marietta Tree, United States ....... .-.. ...
sentative to the United Nations.
The ope
Apri122, 19E
this season
amounted tCJ
053wereadJ
tickets. Thh
still outstan1
tion now to
season than
word-of-mot
millions wh1
for the 1965
The sal
discontinuec
prices and 1
children dut
Each sc
of no more
charge fron:
mar or higl
miles of the
any school
April, May,
Certific
$6.25. Each
sion. The ce:
or other h e ~
Order Forn
Form shoul1
cates being
check or m<
payable to
Corporation
NewYod
Seventh l
418 BrooJ
New Yorl
A peri<
for the deli
of additiom
letter signe,
to the 418 E
If mor
additional 1
each additi<
is presentin
of age or ur
youngster i:
cate. Any a
ndance
. of the Fair commenced on
. 1964 and ended on October 18, 1964. During
of 180 days, the total paid attendance
27,148,280. Of this attendance 16,540,- '
adlnit. on the submission of advance sales
leaves 14,186,590 advance sale tickets
The Fair is in a much better posi-
'attraet a larger attendance in the 1965
. in 1964. The tremendously favorable
u-or.-m1ou1:n advertising given the Fair by the
who saw it affords a basis of high hopes
1961S season.
The sale of 20 ticket books at reduced prices was
on May 31, 1964. It also decided that the
. for the admission of school
during 1965 would be the same as in 1964.
: Eaeh 8cb.ool group certificate will admit a group
more than 25 students with one teacher in
ftom any publlc, private or parochial gram-
''""IU' ,.,LJ.- high school, located within a radius of 50

the site of the New York World's Fair, on
day, Monday through Friday, during
, June, September and October, 1965.
-.- .._. Certificates may be purchased at the price of
: > Each certificate is good for one group admis-
The certificate must be ordered by the principal
:'or;o-tiJer head of the school using the School Group
.. Ol-der Form. The completed School Group Order
. :'?:;r4rm should state the number of admission certifi-
: /:; eates beinr ordered and must be accompanied by a
<j or money order for the proper amount made
: ; to the New York World's Fair 1964-1965
: . t; ,; CorpOration. The orders should then be sent to:
-;; ' '
. New York World's Fair School Group Certificates
_ Seventh Floor
_ 18 Broome Street
.NJ.W York, N.Y. 10013
. . .A. period of about two weeks should be allowed
r:f.or delivery of the certificates. Schools in need
forms may obtain them by sending a
19tter by the principal on school stationery
. 418 Broome Street address.
., If more than 26 students are in the group, an
group certificate must be presented
:tach' additional 25 or less students. The alternative
single tickets, costing $1.00 if 12 years
. .P or under and $2.00 if over 12 years, f_or
< in excess of the 25 allowed by .the certifi-
. Any adults accompanying a group, other than
':.
:-
the one teacher per certificate, must pay the regular
adult admission price of $2.00.
It was also determined that all children, ages
2 through 12, accompanied by an adult, will be
admitted for the price of 25 on each Monday and
Friday from July 1, 1965 until the re-opening of
school in September.
A survey, based on a sampling of 10,000 visitors
to the Fair, showed that 48.3% of the visitors came
from the Metropolitan Area. 98.1% of those inter-
viewed felt that the Fair was worthwhile coming
to see mainly by reason of its magnitude, educational
value and beauty. 98.4% found the Fair grounds
clean and 99}'o thought the Fair personnel presented
a clean appearance and were courteous.
Since the close of the Fair, work is progressing
in completing the records, reviewing 1964's operation
results and establishing new budgets for the interim
and 1965 operating seasons and for the post-Fair
period.
34

JJJ"Lblic llei:Jiitl-,IIS
Thomas J. Deegan, Jr., Chairman
The communications, public relations and pro-
motion effort has been reorganized and streamlined
under the direction of Thomas J. Deegan, Jr., chair-
man of the Fair's executive committee.
An Advisory Council of top level communica-
tions leaders is being formed by Mr. Deegan to con-
fer with Fair President Robert Moses and him at
appropriate intervals to determine the best ways of
building attendance for the 1965 season.
Debs Myers, former executive assistant to
Mayor Wagner, now executive vice-president of the
Deegan Company, will supervise the Fair's com-
munications, public relations and promotion pro-
gram in consultation with Mr. Moses and Mr. Deegan.
William Berns, Fair public relations consultant,
directed the efforts of the team of film-makers re-
sponsible for the new Fair film which is being pre-
viewed at today's meeting. Among other duties, Mr.
Berns will see that the new film, "To the Fair," re-
ceives maximum distribution.
William Donoghue will continue as consultant
on publicity and will continue to work directly with
the press. William Laurence continues as science
consultant, with William Adams in charge of sports
programs.
Murray Davis, assistant to the president, will
act as liaison between the president's office and the
communications staff.
J. Walter Thompson Company is working with
Mr. Moses, Mr. Deegan and the communications staff
in putting together a campaign of Fair advertising
and promotional literature, with heavy emphasis be-
ing placed on the New York metropolitan area, gen-
erally considered for this purpose about a 200-mile
radius from New York City.
The impact of the Fair upon the magazine world
has been an outstanding success and is expected to
continue through the second season. Over 3,052 pub-
lications carried news of the Fair with a total circula-
tion exceeding 500 million. Many national magazines
ate already planning feature coverage of the Fait for
this year. Among them are National Geographic,
Town and CountJy, Rcada's Digest and Good House-
keeping.
There will be heavy emphasis placed on the free
for the Fair Corporation and its ex-
htbttors to patticipate in radio and television shows
-some of them originating at the Fair itself. In
addition, radio-TV kits designed to provide stations
with vital new programming material will be dis-
tributed to the broadcasting industry shortly before
the Fair opens. ' -
Reptesentatives from exhibitor public relations
staffs and Fair executives have been assigned to small
working committees whose responsibility is to imple-
ment Fair public relations efforts in connection with
special events, radio and TV, tie-in advertising and
general press relations.
Travel agents will continue on the list of im-
portant collaborators in promoting the Fair. The
tmvel industry will again receive a 25% discount on
Fair tickets.
Preparation and distribution of written and via- .
ual support for participants in the Speakers Bureau
is moving ahead. Many of the Fair's exhibitors assist
with this important promotional phase, as witnessed
in the exhibitor section of this report.
Mr. Moses, Mr. Deegan and other Fair executives : ..
have been meeting with major exhibitors to analyze
results of the first season in connection with all major
policy and operating areas. Developing an overall'
plan of promoting and running the Fair is the main
objective of these meetings.
Close working relationship on a promotional
basis is being developed with the New York Con.;
vention and Visitors Bureau, New York Hotel Ass().;
ciation and other similar potential attendance-build;-
ing groups who have an important practical as well
as civic stake in the Fair.
It is interesting to note that the World's
Housing Bureau, operated by the New York Lm1ve111
tion and Visitors Bureau, reports that no one
reservations through its office had any difficulty
ing their accommodations after arriving in
York.
Mr. Moses has emphasized that in the
season of the Fair particular attention should be
cused on the international aspects of the exn,ostt10
Three paramount points in the 1965 promotion
be Foreign, Fun and Families.
The l
bring
AccOJ
$4001
of N1
achie
the list of im
the Fair. The
a 25% discount on
on a promotional
the New York Con-
ewYork Hotel Asso
attendance-build-
practical as well
the World's Fair
New York Conven
that no one making
ad any difficulty hold-
. arriving in New
that in the second
lttentum should be fo-
of the el[position.
1965 promotion will
.''' :: -: ,
~ t l ' h e Fair Sa,l-u,tes
"'''
. .The New York World's Fair changed the face of New York last year and will
bring one final summer of entertainment and lifetime memories before it closes.
According to the New York Convention and Visitors Bureau, Fair visitors brought
'".,..'.:"''"' .... i$4()0 million in new revenue to the City's economy in 1964. There are other facets
, of New York that are changing it for the better. The Fair takes note of these
achievements and complementary activities. The Fair salutes ...
36
Most of New York's museums and cultural insti-
tutions offered special programs during the 1964
World's .Fair season. Many of the museumK aiKo main-
tained special Fair exhibits in the New York City
Building where complete information on the City's
cultural activities was available. The Fair's own in-
formation service made available on a daily baKis
information concerning the presentations of these in-
stitutions, located in all five Boroughs, and many of
the Fair visitors took advantage of their fine pro-
grams.
Museums, libraries and Societies
Cultural organizations offered their experience,
exhibition spaces and collections in a cooperative
effort with the Fair to present excellent programs
which could not have been duplicated on the Fair-
grounds. New presentations are planned for the 1965
season, and a few of these have been announced:
The Asia Society "Mingei - Folk Art of
OldJapan," opening May
6, 1965.
The Brooklyn Museum
Solomon R. Guggenheim
Museum
Jewish Museum
Metropolitan Museum
of Art
"Gallery of New World
Indian Culture," open-
ing May 2, 1965.
Special exhibitions from
their permanent collec-
tion.
Three special shows:
"Illustrated Hebrew
Manuscript"
"Jacob Epstein-Sculp-
tor"
"Pierre Alechinsky -
Artist''
"Three Centuries of
American Painting"
April9-0ctober 17, 1965
Museum of Contemporary "Object Environment,"
Crafts the work of American
craftsmen.
Museum of Modern Art "Modern Architecture
U.S.A."
Museum of Primitive Art "Best of African and
Oceanic Sculpture"
New York Historical
Society
Two special shows:
"New York C'ity Scene,
1800-1865"
Riverside Museum
Whitney Museum of
American Art
"New York City-
to the World"
SelectioDB from .
can collection, from May ...
2 to June 3, 1965.
5th Annual lnterna.
tiona! Art Seminar of' .
Farleigh Dickinson UJU.. \
versity, from September.
26 to November 7, 1966,
Special shows of the'. .
work of younger artists.
from the museum's
leetion.
Theotherparticipatingmuseumsandinstitlltio,ns::'JI
who exhibited both in the New York City BuUdilrur;
and in their own facilities also plan to present
exhibitions for 1965, which will be announced
They are:
American Museum of Natural History
Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Gallery of Modern Art
(Huntington Hartford Museum)
The Hispanic Society of America
The Pierpont Morgan Library
Museum of the American Indian
Museum of the City of New York
New York Botanical Garden
New York Public Library
New York Zoological Society
Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences
Lincoln Center - 1965 Program
Thousands of visitors to the World's
1965 are expected to attend a wide-ranging
of events in the Second International World's
Festival at Lincoln Center.
Festhal events will be presented in the
York State Theater at Lincoln Center. The
which was opened last April, was designed
for dance and operetta and was financed
the State of New York as part of its ntall'tii':INI
in the cultural activities of the World's Fair.
scheduled for presentation in the theater
American Ballet Theater (March 16 to AprU
the San Francisco Ballet (April 13 to 18); tb8
York City Ballet (April20 to June 13 and
7 to October 31); and two productions of
Theater of Lincoln Center. "Kismet" (June28
31) and "Carousel" (August 9 to September 18)
TherE
Philharmoll
continue th
year of "PI
weeks star1
signed as":
vide vocal
narrators-
atmosphere
enade condt
colm SargeJ
music festi1
harmonic c
Copland, D1
Foss. Cham'
ican perforJ
series of fre
by the New
the city's b1
TheRE
continue at
ington Squs
Lincoln Ce
harmonic 1
and. institutions
City Building
to present new
announced later.
regular concert season of the New York
lllll''DlOllllc, at its home in Philharmonic Hall, will
May 30. The Philharmonic's third
concerts will be given for five

June 2. The Promenade concert, de-
"a new type of musical evening," will pro-
and instrumental soloists, dancers and
- and time for refreshments - in an
created for each performance. The Prom-
COlildUcto:rs will be Andre Kostelanetz, Sir Mal-
SalrPJ:tt and Franz Allers. A French-American
fAailivsll. July 14 to 31, will feature the Phil-
untonic conducted by Leonard Bernstein, Aaron
Darius Milhaud, Charles Munch and Lukas
groups, made up of French and Amer-
will be part of the festival. A new
of free outdoor concerts will be given in August
New York Philharmonic in parks in four of
.city's borourhs.
Repertory Theater of Lincoln Center will
its temporary location, the ANTA Wash-
Theater, until the fall of 1965, when
it will move to its permanent home, the Vivian Beau-
mont Theater at Lincoln Center. Current in the
ertory are Incident at Vichy," by Arther Miller ;the
Richard Wilbur version of Moliere's ''Tartuffe," HThe
Madwoman of Chaillot," by Jean Giraudou_x, and
"After the Fall," by Mr. Miller. Projected for the
Repertory's opening at Lincoln Center is a new adap-
tation, by Robert Lowell, of "The Oreseia" by Aeschy-
lus.
Hour-long tours of Lincoln Center, including
Philharmonic Hall, the New York State Theater and
observation of current construction, will be con-
ducted daily. Visitors may watch rehearsals, when
in progress, from observation booths.
A concert at the United States Pavilion of the
World's Fair will be given on September 24 by the
International University Choral Festival, now being
organized by Lincoln Center. The festival will be
composed of choruses from 15 nations, including the
United States. The choruses will perform in Phil-
harmonic Hall.
Beach

by Sidney !\l. Shapiro
For the summer of 1965, Guy Lombardo will
present another spectacular World\ Fair show en-
titled "Mardi Gras" at the :Marine Theatre at Jones
Beach State Park, principal facility of the Lung
Island State Park Peny B. Dmyea. Jr ..
President. This new show will follow in the tradition
of other musical in the past.
the highly succes:;ful"Around the \Yorld in 80 Days."
")lardi Gras," the newest addition to the June:'
Beach Theatre outdoor spectacle,-, will brin)! tu the
theatre's stage and lagoon all of the g-aiety. )!lamuur
and pathos of exciting old Orlean": the colorful
beauty of )larcli Gra,;; the birth of Dixieland jazz
and the ,.;washbuckling piracy of .Jean Lafitte.
Anangemenb can now be made for groups_
large or at special low rates for World's Fair
exhibitor,;. convention:', corporations, theatre parties
and other organized group:'. \\"rite Guy Lombardo at
.June,; Beach or at the World',; Fair.
Transportation to J one;; Beach by car, bus or
rail i;; con\'enient. and the new
Bridge ;.:a\'e:-i as much a,; an hour for motorists arriv-
ing from lower Jer,;ey and points further south.
")larcli Gra;;" will open on June 26 and will play
nightly through September 5, 1965.
Jones Beach Theatre has drawn thousancb to its ,-ummer mu,;ical ,;pectacular,; produced by Guy Lombardo.
Asp
visitors l
Park on
dip in th
Fac1
Fair are
forrnatio
the Fair.
Thrt
industria
will be s1
Jones Be
Gathmec
represen
ions and
Hundreli
the
'[Jroducti
colorful
"salute"
has been
officials 1
and was
of Dixieland jazz
Jean Lafitte.
made for groups -
for World's Fair
theatre parties
Guy Lombardo at
Guy Lombardo
As part of their trip to New York to see the Fair,
visitors are invited to renowned Jones Beach State
Park on the south shore of Long Island for a cooling
dip in the Atlantic.
Facts, figures and description of exhibits at the
Fair are available at Jones Beach and similarly, in-
formation on Jones Beach State Park is available at
the Fair.
Throughout the season, World's Fair exhibitors,
industrial firms, Long Island communities and others
will be saluted on special "Mardi Gras" nights at the
Jones Beach Theatre.
Gathered on the huge Jones Beach Theatre stage are
representatives from the World's Fair State Pavil-
iom and the Federal exhibit rep1esenting 21 States.
Hundreds participated in the nationwide salute in
tl&e summer of 1964 and attended Guy Lomba1do's
production of "Around The World in 80 Days," in
colorful state uniforms. This was the la1gest official
"aclute" held by the famous marine theatre which
1aas been honoring communities, Heads of State, U.S.
ot/icials and leading citizens for more than a decade,
and was offtciaUy titled: "United States Night."
Authentic, colorful Mardi Gras floats such as this will
decorate the Jones Beach performance in 1965.
Startling scenes on water, stage and in the air are
combined to make a thrilling memorable experience.
The tropical splendor of "Paradise Island" will be
remembered by many for its lovely dance settings.
- Sr:dge
- : 3:-::ige
W. Earle
(;iJnwre ll
At tl
dt>nwl i I io1
I II' ill i
I' a ric All

i,.;t ing Jll'l'
til il it iL,.; \\
con,.;trudi
u poll t lw t
ltnt to wl
l'OIII'"l', dl
Ph as
lllrill'd al'l
"''('t!Pd Ill
)!I'OliiHI,.; o
11ill IJe IJu
<'it.1 Buil1
\1"<1.1' l'
quail' are<
11a.1,.;. Th1
f1 II' t hP Ill
to ,;uppkr
in t lw oJll
Ph as
\\'ill IJp PI
,.; I l'lll't ion
park IJu il
I h PH ( l'l' \'
ruad,;, wa
Thl'
al,.;o ll'ill I
Ht1taniral
ani
lllg,;,
\\"lw

:-;tl'l'l'l to
II( ,.;ulJ:-;ta
Ph as
pll't !' the
:\rPa ant
llH'Ilt 0\'l'
l'id1d in t
i ng,; 11ill I
t ional aul
ll'hich wa
I hl' Cit.\' I
Tht>r
ll'hir
l'idtd t hl
lllllditicat i
Bronx-Whitestone Bridge
w. Earle Andrews, Consultant
Gilmore D. Clarke, Consultant
At the close of the Fair in October 1965, the
demolition of the exhibits and other temporary facili-
ties will initiate the construction of the Post Fait
Park. All of the temporary parking fields, roadways,
entrances, and pools will be removed so that the ex-
isting permanent roads, walks, pools, planting, and
utilities will remain to serve the new park. The new
construction is outlined in three phases which build
upon the frame-work of permanent facilities. The ex-
tent to which these phases can be completed will, of
course, depend upon the availability of funds.
Phase I - Following the demolition, the di8-
turbed areas will be regraded and either topsoiled and
seeded or developed for athletic fields and play-
grounds or other recreational facilities. Parking fields
will be built to provide service to the Amphitheatre,
City Building and the new park facilities. The road-
way system at Meadow Lake will be modified for ade-
quate access to the Park from the adjacent express-
ways. The utility system will be adjusted to provide
for the needs of the park, planting will be included
to supplement existing trees along the roadways and
in the open park areas.
Phase II- Other needed recreational facilities
will be provided in the Central Area with the con-
struction of additional ballfields, courts, and auxiliary
park buildings. The Singer Bowl and the Amphi-
theatre will be prepared for park use. Additional
roads, walks, and parking fields will be built.
The first stage of the Queens Zoological Garden
also will be built on the site adjacent to the existing
Botanical Garden. This will be an open area zoo for
small animals displayed in their natural surround-
ings.
When Phase II of the construction program is
finished, the Central Area including the Lawrence
Street to Main Street portion of Kissena Corrider will
be substantially complete.
Phase III -The work under this phase will com-
plete the recreation facilities in the Meadow Lake
Area and will supplement the landscape develop-
ment over the entire park. New exhibits will be pro-
vided in the Hall of Science and additional park build-
ings will be built in the Central Area to provide addi-
tional auxiliary facilities necessary in the 646 acres
which was leased to the World's Fair Corporation by
the City of New York.
There are certain existing buildings on the Fair
site which are being considered for Park use pro-
vided the owners are willing to pay for necessary
modifications. (continued on page 43)
The Queens Zoological Garden, an open area zoo
where small animals will be displayed in their natural
swToundings. The zoo is to become a part of the per-
manent post-Fair park.
Rendering of the New York State pavilion, which may
be altered and retained as a prominent feature of
Flushing Meadow Park after the Fair. The New
York State buildings would be used as a 1ecreation
center with emphasis on summer activities.
Rendering of the Bell System exhibit as it may ap-
pear if converted for post-Fair park u.'le. The lower
portion of the building would be an indoor recreation
center with court games, dance floms, meeting rooms,
and a small theatre for dramatics and dancing.
POST-FAIR PROGRAM- PARK CONSTRUCTION.
Park Facilities, Phase I
Park Fadlities, Phase I I
Park Facilities, Phase I I I
, .. ,
: -D
Topsoil, Seeding and Planting,
Phases I & Ill
Supplementary Planting, Phase III
Pool }/odification, Phase I
- - - ~ I i
- ~ - - - - . -- .. ---
- ~ _...______
~
Ther
site whic
vided thf
modificat
Bell:
may be <
with cour
small the
Equi
an outdol
under th1
horseshOE
New
the Pavil:
a recreat
and corrE
City BuiJ,
The
athletic p
tion with
would fit
for the :
which arE
tral Park
may cont
DESIGN c:=====:::::J
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
. LANDSCAPING
.There are certain existing buildings on the Fair
which are being considered for Park use pro-
the owners are wiling to pay for necessary
System - The lower portion of the building
be converted into an indoor recreation center
court games, dance floors, meeting rooms and a
theatre for dramatics and dancing.
. Equitable Life- The building may be used as
outdoor adult recreation area with game tables
, ..... , , , , . . , . , ~ .. the roof and adjacent court games such as
' horseshoes and bocce .
. .... New York State- This complex consisting of
.>the Pavilion, Theatre, and Towers is under study as
/.a recreation center with emphasis on summer use
O:and correlated with the programs in the New York
City Buildings and the indoor recreation center.
The pavilion is proposed as a covered area for
athletic programs, dancing, and concerts in conjunc-
tion with a children's day camp program. The theatre
. would ftt into this program in addition to providing
for the Marionettes and their related workshops
are now housed in the Swedish Cottage in Cen-
Park. The towers are a tourist attraction and
continue as such in the Park program.
coNSTRUCTION ezzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzm
1965 1966 1967
Singer Bowl- The Bowl is under study as a site
for summer opera and ballet and at the least may be
used for athletic programs and pop concerts.
Federal Pavilion - The building is being studied
by the Board of Education as an education and re-
treat center.
Greyhound - The Fire Department is consid-
ering this building as a communications center and
as a base for some equipment.
Japan -The stone walls of the building may be
removed and reconstructed elsewhere in the Park in
connection with a Japanese garden.
The Pavilion - The structural aluminum dome
is being considered for use after the building is no
longer needed as an exhibit area as the basic element
of a walk-through aviary in the proposed zoo.
This proposed construction program calls for
the completion of all the park facilities in Flushing
Meadow Park in the Summer of 1967. The Hall of
Science is an existing feature of the post-Fair Park;
it will be ready for use in the Summer of 1966. By
carefully controlling the access, the swimming pool
at the Amphitheatre will be open to the public at the
same time.
~
7
i
..
!!
..
POST
DEMOLITION
1. Removal of Fair-built Roads and Parking Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ .
2. Demolition of Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................. .
3. Removal of Temporary Pools, Entrance Towers, Directional and Street Signs, Intramural Bus Statio1111, .
Entrance Gates and Fences, Information Booths and Flagpoles . . . . .
4. Removal of Unisphere Lighting, and Demolish Electrical Substations .......... .
6. Demolish Temporary Storm and Sanitary Structures, Removal of Hydrants, Service Connections and Te1111110Jt'll
Light Poles; Replace Fixtures on Permanent Light Poles .................... .
6. Removal of Temporary Installations from Entrance Building and Pool of Industry
CONSTRUCTION
General
1. Grading and Topsoil ......... .
2. Seeding and Planting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. .
3. Utilities- Revise Pump Stations; Adjust Storm, Sanitary, Water, Fire, and Police Communications
Convert Electrical Distribution System to Park Use ...
4. Entrance Building and Boathouse Modifications
6. Parking Fields . . . . . . ....... .
6. Ball Fields and Playground
7. Rehabilitation of Permanent Pools
8. Roadways
9. Lighting ...
Central Area
1. Baseball, Softball and Football Fields; Handball, Paddle Tennis and Shuffleboard Courts
2. Comfort Stations and Concession Areas (2), Equipment and Storage Building (1) ...................
3. Field House and Bleachers, Comfort Station and Concession Area (1) ........ .
4. Assembly Arena Modification
5. Planting . . . . . . . . . . . ..
6. Parking Fields .....
7. Roads and Pedestrian Walks
8. Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. Hall of Science Exhibits (initial installation)
Meadow and Willow lake Areas
1. Softball and Football Fields, Playgrounds
2. Comfort Stations .
8. Planting . . . ..
4. Parking Fields ...
6. Roads, Bicycle Paths and Pedestrian Walks
6. Willow Lake Cleanup
7. Lithting ..
8. Amphitheatre
lawrence Street to Main Street
1. Zoo <Stage n
2. Parking Fields
8. Roads
4. Bicycle Path
6. Lighting
6. Planting
DD
. ...... ':'.
. ........ .
-
-'
.. , . . . . . . . . . . $1,700,000
. 755,000
700,000
50.000
600,000.
275,000
75,000
70,000
75,000
............... _..... . . ............ $ 225,000
................ ..... , .... 217,0o0'
0' 0 ~ 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 I a "' o o I o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o
0 0 0 0 0 0 .....
0 ,,,;
",' o o--0 o'o o 0 j'o 0 0 .. 0 oo I 0 0 0 0 tOO
.- 0 0 ~
.............. " ;: : 0
lOO,OC)O
..........................
0 0 0
175,000
85,000 .
............. $
. - 0
o' I 0 0 0 0 oo o 0 0 o 0
....... . ' ..... ' . ' ..... ' .. ' ..... ' . . . . . . . . 1,000,000
' 0 ,, ; 0
0 0 0
o o, ot o o o o o oo I o o o o o o o o o
0
. ....................... .
0 '. 0
. ........................ ,
6
. ....................... .
. . . . . ' .......... ' ....... .
. ....................... .
........... ~ ............ .
. ....................... .
, ........................ .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
.......................................
100,000
............ -.......................... .
..................... ,.i ............. .
1,200,000
60,000
33,000
o ~ o o o o o t o o o o o o t t o o o o o o o o o o o o o o t t t o o o t I
. ......................... '
0 ............ .
0
5,000
.................. - .. , ..
..........................
. ................... ' ..... .
$4,300,000
$2,200,000 .
0 0
... ' ....... ~ " ..
. . . ... . .. . . . . .
..............
0 o 0 00 oO I 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 tO 0 I I 0 0 o 0 0 0
300,0oo .
100,000
370,000
1 2 5 ~ 0 0 0
325 ...
50- 400,000.
17,000
10,000
100.000

.u,tWl') of. lUJ.DI

srnws;.: "'
EW/f3ID fr
HERBEMl.
S

.B\'MlfEi. l.
J.tSE"E f.
i;
-WL..f41V'

B:i"11'.:1::+

...
. .:.rws BR.1ID.:'
'N.
ll:cl.3:\ Y. :BRrN+

. muc::
'f' Jf.
a =Di- - iUJ"L.;;.E
+. l\Ul?K;.jf\V
:SE.. tt ;ru
!J;.\\Tll:" ::lL. +011t.. Jf.
...
::-An...tttr
:AMm. r, .r:;-AF!Pt:. Jf:

il'IW4'ru::;: _If.
.r,..i:f

.!OHt-.. "":
-H.."'VMffi' ,
.. r. ;::..t,,
'
::..& .:.
Q'lHt.. ": .1.:..'1..,
.. Vf<:. bnt'i'E:t -0.1.-
'r-\iW;:.;:,) .. ;-.nN;
:; :.nt>l"ti:--'

n:tW:::: .......

l l"i. :r; 1\Ll}A.

.::: : ..
... .
.:.t.!'h:t i-. 1"4..:J.i,'
T J:"\..Y"'l_:,"
r-.. rt.

$.. .. t..l"t- n;:-i
. -llt.t;'"
_t..t.;-....
__
''W.."':'
..,..,
. "' ;
t. ..
t.(''!i'::'"tt'lf.
'\olS::(-.[1'
..;J.,WF.:,1 J.. =AA_
WW.L f,.P.,::.t.-
: =--..)ftlr.Ptt<
.: w. ::::- "'flf>.
MS1 li?..Z'tE
JJ-1.. w. ::=:f'.Jttttu
:Pr:RI:lt - Jf.
'I .21ii'At
.B'lE ==tEO!f.
)Wit' t
::;-!tt?--3 y. =tt::e:"'lE.
:. ::::
_::U!!:-
:: _
-. :EtE"
iEtL
35?t#ffi: = .:iiAHE..
=tE: 'IV.
= n j
.... :u:LJEtSDt
- 1\'. n.'1..1:!J=':: . rN
4,A.._ _. .3J.:.Ll
-f<.\ffi'' i;.LJ, u
A.
....
n;. imllU,
imS't'L.":..l
: .
i,:Nt. .r,
-=.:wr
++4.
Y.
v.
W<\ .. 't.
1..{;\l
r.;-"fl.Lt;l..,...... ;4.l.'t'

'$t.llt ...
l'\.'1'to. .;-
'WI, , til.A' "- .;-,

r:::r
., 4.;"'"''
..\'t.!t.. ...,;-: :=t..n
' "<;"\ ..
t'
... '{

\:I'd, '7: .... ! ....

" t '
..
,,
J. ANTHONY
IVA S. V. PAT
RICHARD C. I
C. MICHAI::L
ALFRED E. PI
CLIFTON W. I
SAMUEL R. f
CHARLES PO
FORTUNE R
JACOBS. PO
WILLIAM E. f
CHARLES F. I
MRS. ERNES'
SAMUEL F. F
EUGENE C. F
ROLAND L.!;
WILLIAMS. f
RICHARDS.!
FREDERICK'
EDWARD V. I
HAROLD RIE
MRS. RALPH
JACKIE ROBI
WILLIAM E. I
DAVID ROCK
JOHN D. RO<
JOHN J. ROC
JOHN A. ROC
JAMESJ. RO
SAMUEL I. R
BENJAMIN S
STANLEY M.
ROBERT W.:
PAUL R. SCR
JOSEPH T. Sl
DALE E. SHA
WILLIAM A.!
CHARLES H.
JARVIS J. SL
C. R. SMITH
HULEITC. S
JOHN I. SNV
DR. RALPH V
JOSEPH P. S
GEORGE E. S
JACK I.
NATHAN STF
RALPH I. STI
ARTHUROCI
LIEF J. SVER

S. JOSEPH T
GEORGEC.l
CHARLES C.
DAVID
AUSTIN J.
WILLIAM J. 1
ANTHONY J.
MRS. MARIE
JUAN T. TRII
GENE TUNNI
H.C.TURNE
HARRY VAN ARSDALE, JR.
THOMAS J. WATSON, JR.
SIDNEY J. WEINBERG
DAVID A. WERBLIN
ALEXANDER M. WHITE
ROBERT M. WHITE, II
JOHN HAY WHITNEY
MRS. WENDELL WILLKIE
EVERm T. WINTER
CHARLES B. WRIGHTSMAN
ANGUS G. WYNNE, JR.
JOSEPH ZARETZKI
WILLIAM ZECKENDORF
HERBERT ZELENKO
EZRA K. ZILKHA
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
THOMAS J. DEEGAN, JR., Chairman
RALPH J. BUNCHE
EDWARD F. CAVANAGH, JR.
LOU R. CRANDALL
JAMES J. DELANEY
JOHN ELLIOTT
JAMES A. FARLEY
BERNARD F. GIMBEL
WALLACE K.l:fARRISON
MRS. ALBERT D. LASKER
CHARLES B. McCABE
VERY REV. LAURENCE J.
McGINLEY, S.J.
GEORGE S. MOORE
ROBERT MOSES
ARTHUR H. MOTLEY
RICHARD C. PATTERSON, JR.
CHARLES POLETTI
WILLIAM E. POTTER
CHARLES F. PREUSSE
SAMUEL I. ROSENMAN
PAUL R. SCREVANE
DR. RALPH W. SOCKMAN
FINANCE COMMITTEE
GEORGE S. MOORE, Chairman
FREDERIC H. BRANDl
WILLIAM H. MOORE
WILLIAM H. MORTON
WILLIAM S. RENCHARD
DAVID ROCKEFELLER
JOHN M. SCHIFF
DALE E. SHARP
ALEXANDER M. WHITE
ORGANIZATION COMMmEE
BERNARD F. GIMBEL, Chairman
GARDNER COWLES
G. S. EYSSELL
VERY REV.LAURENCE J.
McGINLEY, S.J.
ALFRED E. PERLMAN
Counsel
WHITMAN, RANSOM & COULSON
Bond Counsel
HAWKINS, DELAFIELD & WOOD
Spec:lll Counsel
W. BERNARD RICHLAND
Labor Relations
EDWARD C. MAGUIRE
Auditors
PEAT, MARWICK, MITCHELL
& COMPANY
.48
Adrntnl8tratlon
EXECUTIVE
ROBERT MOSES, President
ERNESTINE R. HAIG, Secretary of the Corporation and
Assistant to the President
MURRAY DAVIS, Special Assistant to the President
HAROLD J. BLAKE, Coordinator to the President
COMPTROLLER
ERWIN WITT, Comptroller
KITTY SPEAR, Administrative Assistant to Comptroller
JOHN J. BRENNAN, Deputy Comptroller
ARTHUR W. WALTER, Chief Accountant
JOHN LYNOTT, Assistant Chlel' Accountant
JOHN O'CONNELL, Pass Manager
ARTHUR J. LESSMANN, Manager, Insurance Department
A. A. CHRISTIDES, Customs Manager
INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS AND EXHIBITS
CHARLES POLETTI, Vice President
ALLEN E. BEACH, Director, International Exhibits
DOUGLAS BEATON, Assistant to tha Vice President
GEORGE H. BENNETT, Assistant to the Vice President
LIONEL HARRIS, Assistant to the Vice President
BRUCE NICHOLSON, Assistant to the Vice President
JOHN S. YOUNG, Assistant to the Vice President
FEDERAL AND STATE EXHIBITS
WILLIAM E. POTTER, Executive Vice President
MICHAEL R. PENDER, Deputy to Executive Vice President
and Director of State Exhibits
F. J. McCARTHY, Special Representative
TRANSPORTATION SECTION
PORT OF NEW YORK AUTHORITY
S. SLOAN COLT, Chalmnan
AUSTIN J. TOBIN, Executive Director
GUY F. TOZZOLI, Director, World Trade Department
FRANCIS D. MILLER, Director of Transportation Section,
World's Fair
E. DONALD MILLS, Chief of Planning
INDUSTRIAL SECTION
MARTIN STONE, Director
JOHN R. REISS, Assistant Director, Sales
PHYLLIS ADAMS, Assistant Director, Exhibitor Relations
LEON NEWMAN, Consultant, Industrial Eventa
OPERATIONS
STUART CONSTABLE, Vice President
SHIPLEY FLYNN, Assistant to Vice President
CARL E. HOLGREN, Assistant to Vice President
STF.PHEN P. KENNEDY, Commissioner, Maintenance
and Security
RICHARD C. PATTERSON, JR., Chief of Protocol
GATES DAVISON, Deputy Chief of Protocol
ROBERTO G. de MENDOZA, Assistant Chief of Protocol
SELMA L. HERBERT, Assistant Chief of Protocol
WILLIAM R. BECKETT, Assistant Chief of Protocol
MARY JANE McCAFFREE, Director, Women's Activities
WALTER E. GIEBELHAUS, Program Director
HUGO A. SEILER, Operations Director, Radio-Television
Public Address
WILLIAM H. OTTLEY, Director, Special Events
SHELDON S. BROWNTON, Chief Medical Officer
WILLIS S. MATTHEWS, Deputy Director, Maintenance and
Security
RAYMOND F. TARKMAN, Office Manager
MICHAEL A. SANTORA, Assl&t!lnt Office Manager
WALKER C. NOE, Purchasing Agent
MADELINE TRUSLOW, Supervisor, Flies and lnfomnatlon Bureau
WILLIAM A. KANE, Director, Concessions
ROBERT I. COHEN, Assistant Director, Concessions
COMMUNICATIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
THOMAS J. DEEGAN CO., INC.
THOMAS J. DEEGAN, JR., Chairman
DEBS MYERS, Executive Vice President
WILLIAM BERNS, Consultant, Special Projects
WILLIAM DONOGHUE, Consultant, Press Relations
WILLIAM LAURENCE, Consultant, Science
JOHN TASSOS, J. Walter Thompson Co.
ENGINEERING
JOHN T. O'NEILL, Director of Engineering
S. A. POTTER, JR., Deputy Director of Engineering
J. P. GROENENDYKE, JR., Director of Waterfront Development
CARL A. OSTLING, Director of Design and Construction
JOSEPH MYERS, Director of Planning
UNITED STATES WORLD'S FAIR COMMISSION
Norman K. Winston, Commissioner Sam w. Klnpley, Aullttnt Commluloner
. Jlmes J; Special Alllltlnt to Commluloner and Ualson Officer with Fair Corporation
NEW YORK STATE WORLD'S FAIR COMMISSION
u. Gov. Malcolm Wilson, Chairman
. Chartee J. Bf'o1NM
William T, Conklin
May Pnllton Dlvle
H. Genet
Mortlmor S. Gordon
Joseph A. Kaiser
Otto Kinzel
Herman I. Merlnolf
Martin B. McKnaally, Counsel
Mra. Paul E. Peabody, VIce Chairman
Julius L Mintz
Clllan B. Powell
William A. Shea
Joseph T. P. Sullivan
William Drohan, Project Director
NEW YORK CITY WORLD'S FAIR COMMISSION
Robert F. Wesner, Chairman
David Ron
Angelo J. Arculao
Mario J. Cariello
Newbold Morrla, Euwtlve Secretary
Mrs. Tree
Edward G. Miller, Jr.
COUNSEL
WHtfti&N,IIANIOM I COULSON
IOND COUNSEL
HAWKINS, OIL"IILD I WOOD
LABOR RELATIONS
IDWAIID C, MAIUIIII
SPECIAL COUNSEL
W. IIIINAIID IIICHLAND
FINANCE COMMITTEE
O[ORCIJ' S. MOORE, Chmn. DAVID IIOCKEFLLER
,REDEIIIC H. IRANDI JOHN lol SCH"F
WILLIAM H. MOORE DALE E. SHAIII'
WILLIAM H. MORTON ALEl!AtiOEII II. WHITE
WILLIAMS RENCHAIID
s,eclll Aut lo the Ptnl-'
IIUIUtAY DAVIS
Coortttaltr ta tht President
HUOLO J. ILAKE
SECRETARY OF THE
CORPORATION AND
ASSISTANT TO THE
PRESIDENT
ERNESTINE R. HAIG
INDUSTRIAL TRANSPORTATION INTERNATIONAL
AFFAIRS
ENGINEERING
Dlttctor
MAIITIN STOll!
..OliN R. 111111
"HYLLII ADAMI
DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION
Dl
CARL A. OSTLING
0CWSER, 1964
Port of
Ntw York Authority
AUSTIN J. TOliN
GUY F. TOZ ZOLI
FRANCIS D. MILLU
CONSULTANTS
GILMORE D. CLAUE
A. It MORGAN
SIDNEY Itt SHAPIRO
VIce l"ru16tnt
CHARLES POLETTI
ALLEN E. IUCH
DOUGLAS lUTON
GEORGE H BENNETT
LIONEL HARRIS
lltUCE NICHOLSON
JOHII S. YOUNG
WATERFRONT
DEVELOPMENT
Dfrtctor
J.P. GRO!NENDYKE, JR.
, Director
. JOHN T. O'NEILL
DIIMJIY
S.A. POTTER
PLANNING
Director
JOSEPH MYERS
FEDERA
CITY .E
,, 101 R ...... fttitu;;,
F. J.llc CAJitlll . . . .
t:VUETT T. Wli!TIIt:
F. IIICHAt:L CAll AllY
JAMtll II. SMITH .
IIOIEIIT L. ti!OIIT\,1
LEW II. PAit.fiiOIIt:
: . ' "
' "' . . -
' . . ,1'1 ' ~ .
. ., ' ' \ '
..
.. .::
~ . ' "
BRINKMANSHIP AT NIAGARA FALLS
We were aotonlohed to Hnd that an h 10 enlarKe
ment of thlt Queatar hlgh-retolullon closeup had
the quality we wnuhl expect from a prell camera
only a few feet away. As thlt loy teetered here
on the brink for a lew mumentt, perhap you can
HI 110"<111 tiny dropittt of water were stopped cold
at f/11, on TriX 111m ot 1/500 econd. Pleaoe
notk:e the tremendous depth of Heidi That' what
tmall aptrture and yreat dlatancc make pooslble.
The araln wa1 ney IJIIble, tuo, to we aoll our
hall to Kodak for thla oplendld negative material.
Camtra wa1 a Ountar-modiHed Nlkun F. avail
able onl)l throuah ut.
We left the tprO<:ket holes on thl1 cellon of
35-mm. ftlm for you to oee. It 11 alwoys nice to
pubUth a clooeup picture that could not puulbly
have been faked, save perhaps from a balloon.
We doubt II any other teleacope could take so
aharp 11ijcture, for many reaaont.
llach ueatar It a labor of love. There are leu
than 3 of them throuphout the .world today.
We make only a few hundred each yrur, and
oiler for lilt unly tho10 whosr optical quollly
hu been vcrlfted 01 oupcrnne by tnllnr on real
lllfl at nlaht. Since Queatura can exte only by
otonlshlna performance and perlrclinn of Image,
a

oet 11 motched by election and then "married"
by aapheric hand-retouching. Moot of today's
(}uestnrs hove mirrors of temprraturr-shock
rnlotant quartz, the beat material obtainable.
We have made this precious crystal available
lnce 1957, wllh the result that nearly all the
quarll-mlrrored telescopet In the world are
QutSiart. Ench lens-mirror act Is held In only
one rotational poailion. The lens mull dror off
uxls by .0015 Inch, and thrn be free of at con
otralnl In Ito prcclaion cell, since any slightrst
preuure from a retaining ring would derogate
the Image. Thus the lens of evrry Quratar ever
made should rallle whrn lOU shake the tube.
The old auylna that "trines make prrleetlon,
but perfection Is no trifle" seems very true to us
who find ouraelvrs every day In the trifle business.
Only when we pel each trine just right can we
oend another beautiful lillie Questar Into the
world with pride ond satisfaction.
Quntur is the nnest and moll versatile small
telescope in the world. Prices begin at $795.
&nd fur yt>ur copy nl the new 40-page booklet
with M pages of color and much general infor
nmlion, with e .. oys on optics, seeing and tele
cnpic photography. One dollar postpaid in
U. S., Mexico and Canada. By air to West
lr.dlc and Central America, By air to
Europe, N. Africa dnd S. America, $2.50. By
air In Australia and elsewhetr, $3.50.
QUIESTAR
BOX 10, NEW HOI'E, PENNSYI.VANIA
AN ASPECT Of EXCELLENCE
l'he versatility of Leoflardo Ja Vim:i uas so
prodigious that we look on him as one
of the great geniuses of all lime. He uOf'ktd
;, every field. Whatever he touched, he im
proved, and the wide r11nge of his adivities
still inspires us U'ith awe.
Perhaps one measure of 11 man is the breadth
of bis intelledual curiosity, the number of
his interests. Unless you who read these lines
are 11 profession11l astronomer, your intenst
;, our little telescope proves something about
you, too. Quest11r was mtUie for people Uke
yourself, uho have minds.
We only make one telescope, but its versa
tility seems boundless. Do you know thai ue
sell more Quest11rs for work in other fields
thatJ for astrotJomy? We have 11/ways
to turn the resolving power of the
astronomer's classical instrument on all things
near and f11r, with new ease and comfort at1d
com,enietlce. No one htUI done this before,
just as no o11e had. ever put compoutld tele
scopes iflto regular producliOfl as we have
done.
There is only one Questar optical system,
ot1e size, o11e superfine quality. It introduced
the flew lem-mirror Makmtov optics, and, u:e
are told, often outperforms other examples of
such systems. Take photography, for instance.
Here Questar becomes the sharpest of all tele-
photo lenses, and by sheer meritorious per-
11as chosen to be the first high-power
telescope to reach outer space in NASA's
ma11ned. Gemifli spacecraft, And If you s11w the
l11unching of the first manttetl Gemini space-
craft ofl your TV, of all network
take-oD pictures of it were made by other
Questars on TV cameras at Cape Kennedy.
In coming months ue shall print in these
columns other examples of Quest.w's versalil-
ity to shou how many things it can do for
yot1. Quesl4r uas not designed to suppl1111t
larger telescopes, but to supplement them. It
is for taking with you whereter you go, to
e:"plore further not only the heat,ens, but 11lso
this lorely planet on which we so fortumllely
fmd ourseltes.

TE
Vol. XXX,
COVER: Sl
Holt 0
Museu
record
walls.
QUASI-S"
SPAC. E f.
V -Pete
THIRTY-
-Artt
OBSERVI
-And
ECLIPSE
-Frar
SOME
soun
CopyrighJ, 1965
Sit\' PviiLISHING Colll'ORATION
All rights reaerved.
Matioging Edltot
WlWAM E. SHAWCii.Oss
CONTENTS AUGUST, 1965
sinee the: OPening of th New. York World's Fair lost. year, this permanent
: .. :Holl <W Si:leoce hos been completed. EventUally It will be port of the city's
:Mtlsellrri Of Science and Technology. In this scene at dusk, Peter A. Leavens
' teeotds patte. ms of light from underwater floodlights that play on the SO-foot
. . . ... \Valls. !See page 68.1
,
67
.. A. Leavens ........................ . V ..... 68
' ..... THIRTY-SIX MILES IN THE SHADOW
. N. Cox, Donald H. and Sidney N. Stone 72
. OBSERVING THE ECLIPSE FROM PERU
Mlchalitsanos and Steven Goldstone . . . . . . . . . . 76
.EXPEDITIONS ON MANUAE ATOLL
M. Bateson ... : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
NOTeS ON SOME PLANETARY PROBLEMS
: ..,.;,o.B;,verly T. 80
TITAN 3C . . . . . . . . . . . 86
""'"'''"''"""' , NETWORK
Williams, and R. C. Hoy . . . . . . . . 88
91
.............................. 83
95

' 0 0 0 0 0 '
118
104
75
84
110
120
92
122
SKY AND TIILI!SCOPB. b PUhiJJhcd JIIOIItbly by Sky Publisbina Corporation, Hurud CoUr.se Obstna
torJ, Camll= , Maa. 021 SecoOcldaa poJIIIJII paid at Bottoa, Mall., and u additioaal maWaa oBicea.
SuiNicri ocu 16.00 Pet JUr Ia lbe Uolred Swa aad posMUioos; 111.00 lot nro ,an; $16.00 lot
.,.an. To Mlltico, aad all coumria ollbe l'lm .American Posul Union, $7.00 for ooe Jtat; $13.00
fol U9.00 fol To all other fonilll COUDuies. 18.00 tor one for nro
YtUJi IZ2.00 lor duee ,...,.. Cioadlaa aod Other foteilll tmllaances should be made in united cur
$!Aale f!1f11 60 ceou. S.d htIS: Jaauarv, 1962, 10 PRieD<. 60 ceou copp. Volt. I throuah XXII
(.NO!embei, ll/41, 10 Demmbet, 1961), Older from W. ]. ]Olmloo, Joe., Ill Pifth Ave., New York 3. N. Y.
AU DCidris lot d!aale ol lddtess - be aeor ooe month in adnace IDd accompanied by old IIIII DeW
Wbcn lllldl111 'JOIIt renewal order, or wtid111 In reprd 10 toW' lllbtc:ripdoa, your current J!11!1ina
llddiW IIIUIC be pvea. lletum our bill form with lUICwaJ ,.,.,mem. Circulation manger, Naacy ll. Bol100.
Ollice lllf: }DIDM Bnlton, khb B11laer, Mary SiiYa, John SlllliJIImS, C.therine Wentzell. SblJ'lll!l: ll. MmH.
l!diiOIUl and lchenbiaa oBias: 49-50-51 Bar Sette CambricJae, Mass. 02138. Phone 617 UN
Allllwu ed!IDn: Viqiala K. Cos: "" MoWe u. Boriaai o)smiiJ,, Leif ]. Admallioa
- ue llRWcl In STAHDAU RATB AND DATA SllllVICI!, or oent upon request; dOiiDJ date ia 20th ol tee
ond llillllth dare of laue. Adteniailll repcaencadve for tbe 11 weslml 1111a: Earl A. ]acboa, 4ZS
B. GMa SL, Puadeila, Calif. 91101. Pboae 213-681-:nn. UIIIDlichcd anldes and pictures are welcome, bur
PIIIIDIIt -doo or NllllD II aoc auaranceed.
. Tile ptiadpd anldeiiiN illdmd iD THII lUL\DIIU' GIJJI)B TO PWODICAL LITIIIATIIU.
Quasi Stellar
M
. ANY OBJECTS hithertq
as very faint blue stan
own Milky Way are.
variety. of extremely distant a<:.;
cording to Allan Sandage of Moun(wn;
son and Palc:lmar Obsei'Vatorlea, , Th-
objecta (whidt he calli QSG; for
stellar galtJJCies) differ from the
quaaars (often called quasi..SteUai
in not being strong sources oftadiq eQJi$.
aion. . . .
In our Milky Way, the .vait majoiit}' Of:
faint stan are yellow and red dwam But
back in 1947, M. L. J'{umaaon F'. . ....
Zwicky (both of Wilson and
mar). pointed out that a prinkllng 9f
abnonnally blue stars .- faint u
tude 15 oci:ura near the . north galactk
pole. Very. extensivf! made by
W. J. Luyten (Univenlty of MinrtCI()ta)
revealed that these dim blue objl:(tl.occux-
by the thousands in many Parts of .the
sky, to as faint as magnitude 19. At Ton
antzlntla Observatory in Mexico, G. Haro,
B. Iriarte, and L Chavira
many more of these oddities.
Up until this year, astronomers genet' ..
ally believed that the faint blue. objedl .
were stars, some of them being relatively
nearby white dwarfs, the other. mi!JDheis: , ..
of an exteruive halo surrouniling . d:te .
Milky Way galaxy. Nevertheless, .
were a few hints pointing toward an extra .
galactic nature. Already in 1947, Hmna.
son and Zwicky noted that object 46 in
their list was evidently a 15th-magnitucle
galaxy, and in 1958 Iriarte pointed out
that another example, Tonantzintla 730,
was on photographs recognizably a galaxy
rathe.r than a star. Las.t year, 'Zwicky re- .
ported on the widespread existe(lc:e of
very compact galaxies, some of them blue;
and even antidpated that they are related
to quasars (SKY AND Thi.ESCoPE, Septem-
ber, 1964, page 151).
Sandage's discovery is that there are two
kinds of faint blue "stan," Those bright
er than magnitude 141 are for the mast
part actually stellar, whereu those fainter
are predominantly enormowly distant,
superluminous galaxies. 111 the Astro-
physical journal for May U, 1965, he ex-
plains how be came to this conclusion.
During the last year or two be been
systematically photographing the positions
of quasi-stellar radio sources, and identifY"
ing many of them by their excess ultra-
violet brightness (see picture on page 16
of July issue). But curiously, many objectl
were found that imitated the ultraviolet
excess of the true quasars, yet that did
not occur near any radio-ao\ll'Ce
A study o plates taken with the 48-lnc:h
Schmidt telescope showed that such inter
lopers averaged three per square degree.
down to a limiting magnitude of 18.5.
This suggested a connection with the
ten-Haro objer.ta previoualy mentioned,
(Continued on page 71)
ifugwt, 1965, SKY AND TELUOOPI 67

Copyright, 1965
S&v PuBLJSHJNo CoiU'OMTION
All rights reaerved.
EditorinChiilf
CHARLES A. FEDDER. Ja.
Editor
WILLIAM E.
CONTENTS
AUGUST, 1965
COY.IR: Slric:e the Opening, of the New York World's Fair last year, this permanent
. Hallof Science has been completed. Eventually It will be port of the city's
Museum of Scierite and Technology. In this.scene at dusk Peter A. Leavens
.. recbrcl$ PQttern$ .of light from underwater floodlights that play on the SO-foot
walls. fSee page 68.1
_ ... .. QUASI-STELLAR GALAXIES .................... "(/'.

.....
THIRTY-SIX MILES. IN THE SHADOW
-Arthur N. Cox, Oonold H. Liebenberg, and Sidney N. Stone
OBSERVING THE ECLIPSE FROM PERU
.....:.Andrew Michalitsonos and Steven Goldstone ......... .
ECLIPSE EXPEDITIONS ON MANUAE ATOLL
M. Bateson ... : ......................... .
NOTES ON SOME PLANETARY PROBLEMS
. -Beverly T. Lynds . . . . . . ......................... .
THE DUAL..,FUELED BOOSTER TITAN 3C ............. .
WESTERN SATELLITE RESEARCH NETWORK .
McCue, J. G. Williams, and R. C. Hoy ....... .
AMATEUR ASTRONOMERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
High School Astronomy Club In McKeespOrt-Andrew Macosko
ASTRONOMICAL SCRAPBOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
The Earth's Shape
BOOKS AND THE SKY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Landolt-Bornstein Astronomy and Astrophysics
All About the Universe
Gallleo Golllei
Catalogue of Galaxies and of Clusters of Galaxies
We Are Nat Alane
CELESTIAL CALENDAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
The August Occultation of Sigma Sogittorii
Season for Minor Planet Ceres Opens
GLEANINGS FOR ATM's .................................... 104
Vemlers for Setting Circles
A Teen-Ager's First Telescope-A Doii-Kirkham-Richord Steeg
LETTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
NEWS NOTES .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 84
OBSERVER'S PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II 0
June's Partial Lunar Eclipse
Deep-Sky Wonders-Walter Scott Houston
Photographic Limiting Magnitudes-Fredrick Veio
RAMBLING THROUGH .AUGUST SKIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SOME ASTRONOMICAL ANNIVERSARIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
SOUTHERN STARS ........................................ 122
67
68
72
76
78
80
86
88
SIC AND TJ!li!SCOPB it PUbllabed DIODlhly by Sky Publisbina Corporation, Hanatd College ObsrJ:Ya
rorr; Camhridp, Mass. 02H8. Seallld.cJau posaae p&id It Bostoo, Mau., and It additional mailiq offices.
$6.00 per yeu io the Unired SWei aDd poaessioos; $11.00 for two yean; $16.00 for duee
yean. To Mexico, aad all (OWitriCI of the PaD American Postal Union, 17.00 for one ]l!U; $ u.oo
tot nro $19.00 for duee To all ocher foftiao counules, $8.00 for one yearLJU.OO for two
yem; 122.00 for dun ,...,. OiJwll&n aad other foteip remittlllcct lhouJd be made in unired Saua cur
Sinale copy 60 ceno. &leA usws: Januuy, 1962, to PfCiellt, 60 ceao per !X'PY Vols. I tbrou&h XXII
(Ncioember, 1941, co December, 1961), or:Ur from W. J. Jolwon, Inc., Ill Piftb Ave., New York N. Y.
All notlca for cbaoae of lddrea 1111111 be ICIIt oae IDOilth in adVIDce and accompaoied by old aDd new
lllld'-- Wbeo ICadiD&. 'fOUl renewal Older, or writina in rqanl to !'JIU oubocripdon, your cumru .mailina
111111t be pvea. Ketum our bill fotm with reomt ,PaJIIICilL Orculation manaaer. Nancy R. Bolton.
Ol&ce IIIII: Joanne BolmD Smb Balaer Mary Siln, John Simmoos, Catbcrioe WcotJell. Shipper: R. Mercer.
lldltorial and ldftnlii'na ollim: 49.;0.51 Bay Slate Cambriclae, Mau. 02138. Phone 617 UN
editon: Viqinia JC. Cox: Ml, Mollie u. Borlaa; obs,.;,,, Lelf ]. Robi0100. Ad\letllliq
1a1111 ate lilllld i.a STANDAIID JIATB AND DATA SBRvtCB, or lent upoo request; closiq date Ia 20tb of ICC
oad ._cb .PJCCedilll date of issue. rcpmeoa11ive for the 11 weotern lUres: Earl A. ]acboo, 42'
B. Gs.a &, Puadeila. Calif. 91101. Phone 213-681-nH. UOJOiidre.t utidCI aad piawa are welcome, bur
IIUeAdoa or teaUD Ia -
. 'lbe priAciJid udds are indexed io THB :RIWIBIS' GUJDB TO PBRIODIC.U. LlTBRATUU,
. .ri':. r
Quasi- Stellar CalaxJe';:
M
ANY OBJECTS. hitherto .
. as very faint. blue stan in,ideo-r . .
own. Milky Way are actually a .
variety of. exq-emely distant . gal;nda,; "
cording to Allan Sandage ot Mount Wil-
son and Palomar Observatories. Tliese .
objects (which he calla QSG, .for ritiliii .
stellar . differ from the fa!nous ..
quasars. (often. called quaai-stellar source) ,
in not being strong sources of. radio emii-.
sion. ..
In our Milky Way, the vast majority of
faint stan are yellow and red dwarfs. But
back in 1947, M. L. Humason and F,
Zwicky. (both of Mount Wilson and Palo- .
mar) pointed out that a sprinkling of
abnonnally blue stan aa faint aa magill
tude 15 occurs near the north galactic
pole. Very extenalve searches made by
W. J. Luyten (University of Minneaota)
revealed that these dim blue objecta occur
by the thousands in many puts i of me
sky, to aa faint as magnitude 19. At Ton-
anulntla Observatory in Mexico, G. Haro,
B. Iriarte, and E. Chavira discovered
many more of these oddities. .
Up until this year, aatronomers gener .
ally believed that the faint blue objects
were stan, some ot them being relatively
nearby white dwarfs, the othera membeta
of an extensive halo surrounding die
Milky Way galaxy. NevettheJesa. there .
were a few hinu pointing toward an extra
galactic nature. Already in 1947,
son and Zwicky noted that object 46 in
their list was evidently a 15th-magnitude
galaxy, and in 1958 lriarte pointed out
that another example, Tonant.dntla _730,
was on photographs recognizably a galaxy
rather than a star. Last year, Zwicky re-
ported on the widespread existence . of.
very compact galaxies, some of them blue,
and even anticipated that they are related
to quasars (S!tY AND TELESCOPE, Septem
ber, 1964, page 151).
Sandage's discovery u that there are two
kinds of faint blue "stars." Those bright
er than magnitude 14! are for the most
part actually stellar, whereas those fainter
are predominantly enormously distant,
superluminous galaxies. In the Astro-
physical journal for May 15, 1965, he ex
plains how he came to this conclusion.
During the last year or two he luu been
systematically photographing the positions
of quasi-stellar radio sources, and identify-
ing many of them by their exceaa ultra
violet brightness (see picture on page 16
of July issue). But curiously, many objects
were found that imitated the ultraviolet
excess of the true quasars, yet that did
not occur near any radio-source position.
A study of plates taken with the 48-inch
Schmidt telescope showed that such intey.
lopen averaged three per square degree,
down to a limiting magnitude of 18.5.
This suggested a connection with the Luy.
ten-Haro objecu previously mentioned,
(Continued on page 'II)
August, 1965, SltY AND TELIICOPB 67
park at the New York World's Fair, seen (rom atop the Ford pavilion. The tallest of the full-scale
Titan II, complete with its Gemini capsule. All photos are by the author unless noted otherwise.
Space Astronomy at the World's Fair - II
PETER A. LEAVENS
TAST YEAR in June this magazine
L featured some of the science exhibits
at the first se;1son of the New York
World's I'air, with special emphasis on
the space park. The architectural g<m
o[ the 19()5 season is the newly com-
pleted Hall of Science, fn-st of three
adjacent structures planned as a ptnna-
nent municipal museum o[ scienfe. It
was dedicated on September !lth last year.
This $7,500,000 cathedral-like building
was designed by Wallace K. Harrison. Its
serpentine 80-foot-high concrete walls and
stained-glass insets could represent either
the 13th century or a strangely tranquil
fumrc. At night underwater floodlight
beams from small lagoon fountains dance
on the exterior. Directly behind the
building is the space park.
Within the Hall of Science, daylight
68 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, 1965
lilters through thousands of blue-purple
\Villl'ts glass rectangles that arc dotted
with scattered red and yellow jewels. In
the great main hall the principal attrac-
tion for visitors is an elaborate Martin
!\1 arictta production called "Rendezvous
in Space." A Cinemascope motion picture
in wlor by Frank Capra is effectively in-
terrupted to spotlight a lifesize space
station and earth taxi executing a realistic
docking maneuver high above the audi-
ence.
The film has man-in-the-street inter-
views and narration by Danny Thomas.
It shows lift-offs (rom Cape Kennedy, the
Ranger 8 lunar approach, high-power
elapsed-time sequences o Mars, .Jupiter,
and Saturn, and impressive scenes of
stars and nebulae. There is ample
tion to illustrate the rigors of Jiving in
spaceships, although the authenticity of
the Walt Disney-Buena Vista astronomical
movies is not matched in this one, which
is also marred by cartoon footage of dubi-
ous pertinence to the whole.
Downstairs in the Hall of Science,
among gracefully molded reinforced-con-
crete ramps, supports, and ceilings, are II
thoroughly prepared exhibit areas. Sub-
jects the atom for children (pre-
sented by the Atomic Energy Commission),
the brain (Upjohn Co.), marine d1emistry
(American Chemical Society), man (Ab-
bott Laboratories), the phenomena of
color (lnterchemical Corp.). disease (Ames
Co.), and cancer (American Cancer Soci-
ety).
The Hall of Science is operated now
by the Port of New York Authority under
Francis B. Miller, director of the World's
Fair transpor
C. Reiley as
L. l..aurence,
fair, is on t1
Hall o(
Many of
astronomy ar
eral Motors
stars illumir
colored nebu
boring plane
to the stellar
a colonized
Ford pavilio
visitors in ne
alive and n<
men, createe
[ul space ci
vehicles arch
completes t
experience.
Particular
motion pic1
shown at t
suspended tl
Tri-Arc 3!15
projectors a
used separal
is twice repl
of solar-im;
National 01
Palomar M
Amongd
Above a1
New Yo:
an inter
scale sp;
is coupl1
the autb
120 feet
just as
Fair transportation section, with Robert
C. Reiley as building manager. William
L. Laurence, science consultant to the
fair, is on the board of trustees of the
Hall of Science.
Many of the other exhibits feature
astronomy and space travel. In the Gen-
eral Motors Futurama ride, foreground
stars illuminated by ultraviolet light,
colored nebulosity, and images of neigh
boring planets have been added this year
to the stellar backdrops that lead toward
a colonized lunar landscape. The big
Ford pavilion's Magic Skyway transports
visitors in new automobiles past incredibly
alive and noisy prehistoric monsters and
men, created by Walt Disney. A beauti-
ful space city abstraction, replete with
vehicles arching through pressurized tubes,
completes the visitor's unusually vivid
experience.
Particularly worth seeing is the color
motion picture "To Be Alive.'' being
shown at the Johnson's Wax stunning
suspended theater. This film employs the
Tri-Arc 335 process, with three 35-mm.
projectors and three 18-foot-wide screens
used separately and together. Astronomy
is twice represented, with handsome shots
of solar-image projection at Kitt Peak
National Observatory and of observing at
Palomar Mountain.
Among the most popular exhibits at the
Above at right is the Hall of Science (see front cover), which is to become part of
New York's permanent Museum of Science and Technology. At lower right is
an interior view of the blue-purple windows. High over the audience, full-
scale spacecraft go through a docking maneuver in which a three-man shuttle
is coupled to an orbiting laboratory. The picture below was taken at night by
the author, in color. It shows the World's Fair symbol-the enormous Unisphere,
120 feet in diameter. The day and night illumination moves around this globe
just as if it were turning on its axis. Several satellite orbits are represented.
A fanciful lunar relief map decorates the roo of the Spacearium theater in the Travel and Transportation pavilion.
fair has heen the General Electric pavil-
ion, where an actual demonstration of
tontrolletl nuclear fusion climaxes a \Valt
Disney "Carousel of Progress."
This 12-foot-high exhibit demonstrates the brain's reaction to sensations of light
ami sound. It contains 38 miles of wiring and 30,0011 light bulbs. Setlucnres
of light representing brain nll'ssagcs shuttle along metal tubts that depitt ncrw
pathways. Giant aluminum disks "reatt" with geometric light
show mtmory ami the like. U pjnhn Co. phnto.
70 SKy A!IID A II,!; liS I, /I)(,;
Here six satellite auditoriums, each
seating persons. rcmlve around a huh
ol stages in this Lostinating 200-(oot-di
ameter building. noted for its rapid, syn
t hronitetl people-transport. _.\fter watch
ing a dramatitatiou of the progress of
elcnrility spanuiug i5 ytars. ami seeiug a
huge skydome of storms, "solar llans,"
ami spinniug atoms. the spet tators descend
spiral ralllf" to witnr;s tuerp;y released
with a haug ami a llah from plasma
energized to 50.000.01100 Fahrenheit.
The HO-[oot-diamcter lunar-landscaped
spherical rap of the largely wnnnercial
Tr;l\cl and Transportatiou building em
ers a liWI-seat Spauariurn, where KLl\1
Royal Dutch :\irlittcs is screening "To the
:\loon aud Beyond" iu color and Cine
ram;t. Lowell Thomas provides popular
astronomiral narration while the audience
watdH?S lofty sceues of journeying far
through the galaxies, iu a \ iew extendiug
mer au emire hemisphere.
QUASI-S1
(Continu
which occur wi
square degree,
high-galactic-lat
photographic n
Sandage's sec'
from color me
ject, two differ'
determined: 1
blue) and B
It is possible t
diagram, as she
that there was
he made sepa1
brighter than
fainter.
In the form
fell very close
teristic of non
of the points
and instead 1:
determined 1
tion was deal
blue objects '
quasarlike.
Supporting
to different li
latitude blue
of 8,746 of 1
Sandage's dia
in their num
and 15, then
tween 15 an
again indica
object. More
part of the c
slope predic
quasars.
The stati!
photographi1
number qua
to I; by ma1
roughly equ
QSG's domi
As a final
Schmidt me:
pect QSG's
during late

ooJ
Ill
II)
:::;,

....
lol
ooJ
C)

5
-0.4
0.0
-0.4
Each d
In the
Sandag
Q.Utf.SI-ST&UR GA.UXI&
.. . (Cpntinued from. page 67)
Wbii;h Oc:cut with a freqUency of four per
. degree, when counu are made in
fields to. a limiting
pltotOgriphic magnitude of 19.
. Sandage's second J>iece of evidence came
(rqm .eolcir For each ob-
ject, tfiO difterent color indexes could be
U -: B {ultraviolet minus
blue) . and B- V (blue minus yellow).
It posaible to plot these in a two-color
diagral:D, as shown below. Sandage found
that there was a startling difference when
he made separate plots for those objecta
brighter than magnitude 14.5 and those
fainter.
In the former case, the plotted pointa
fell very close to the curving line charac-
teristic of normal stars; in the latter, most
of the points were well above that curve,
ant\ instead lay close to the straight line
determined from quasars. The implica
tion was clear: the brighter high-latitude
blue objects were stan, the fainter ones
quaaarlike.
Supporting evidence came from counta
to different limiting magnitudes for high
latitude blue objecu, from the catalogue
of 8,746 of them by Haro and Luyten.
Sandage's diagram shows a slow increase
in their numbers between magnitudes 10
and 15, then a much more rapid rise be
tween 15 and 19. The change in trend
again indicates two different types of
object. Moreover, the slope of the steep
part of the curve matches rather well the
slope predicted for analogous counu of
quasars.
The statistics indicate that down to
photographic magnitude 12 halo stars out
number quasi-stellar galaxies by about 25
to I; by magnitude 15 their numbers are
roughly equal; and at magnitude 19 the
QSG's dominate by about 25 to I.
As a final check, Sandage and Maarten
Schmidt measured the red shifts of six sus-
pect QSG'a with the 2()().inch reftector,
during late April and early May this year.
-1.2
Of the six, one turned out to be a star,
and two had only continuous spectra.
The remaining three, however, showed
very large red shifts.
A 17th-magnitude blue "interloper"
tentatively labeled BSO 1 showed two very
broad emission lines, at 8475 and 4279
angstroms. Sandage identifies these as the
carbon lines 1550 and 1909, shifted from
the far ultraviolet into the near ultra-
violet and blue regions of the spectrum,
respectively. The shift amounu to z =
1.241, where z is defined as 'Ao)/AO>
where is the observed wavelength and
'Ao the laboratory wavelength.
In the case of Tonantzintla 780, men-
tioned earlier, three oxygen lines, two of
neon, and four of hydrogen could be
recognized. These indicate a shift of z =
0.0877, with no ambiguity. Clearly this
object is extragalactic, and if ita distance
is estimated from the ordinary velocity
distance relationship, ita photographic ab-
solute magnitude comes out about -22.2.
This is exceptionally luminous for an
optical galaxy.
The remaining object is 16thmagni
tude Tonantzintla 256. Its spectrograms
show three lines each of oxygen and neon,
and four of hydrogen. Their wavelength
displacementa amount to % = 0.1807, which
would be a very large shift for a normal
16th-magnitude galaxy.
The three objecu just described resem
ble quasars in every respect, except that
they are radio-quiet.
Sandage gives some preliminary esti
mates of the properties of QSG's. There
should be about 88 of them brighter
than photographic magnitude 12 over the
entire sky. From the red shift data, the
distance of a 12th-magnitude QSG is
about 230 million parsecs (if we assume
a Hubble constant of 75 kilometers per
second for each million parsecs). Inside
a sphere of this radius, there are about
20,000 times as many normal galaxies as
QSG's. Thus the latter are cosmically rare
phenomena.
Nevertheless, they are much common
100,000
10,000
1,000
Counts
of Blue Objects
10 12 1-4 16 ..
PHOTOIIRAPHIC MA.NITI/06
The HaroLuyten catalogue Iiili 8,746
blue objects in 1/20 lky. Here
are AllaD Sandage's counlll of the total
numbers brighter than various magnl
tude limiu, scaled up to repn:aent the
entire aky area.
er than the quasars, by a factor of about
500. Sandage makes the interesting . sug-
gestion that the quasars are in fact quasi
stellar galaxies going through a temporary
stage of intense radio emission.
SMITHSONIAN SPACE SCIENCE
CONFERENCES
To celebrate the 75th anniversary of ita
founding, the Smithsonian Astrophysical
Observatory will hold two week-long sym
posia in Cambridge, Massachusetts, this
month. The first, dealing with meteor
orbita and interplanetary duat, is ached
uled for August 918. It will be followed
on the 16-20 by a symposium concerning
artificial satellite studies of the upper at
mosphere. More than ll50 astronomers
from about 20 countries are expected to
attend the sessions, held in cooperation
with Harvard Observatory.
Two popular lectures will be open to
the public, "Falling Stan" on August lOth
by Peter Millman, and "The Aurora
Polaris in the Magnetosphere" on August
17th by Sydney Chapman.
.
tl
..

v
Q1
'-...
V< 14.41

.,
-o.e
'

't

...
"'-0,4 .\
g

"'

. ..

.\.
.
0.0

b
. -
a

-o. -0.2 o.o +0.2 +0.4 +o.e +o.e -0.4 -0.2 o.o +0.2 +0.4 +o.e +o.e
BLUE MINUS YELLOW BLUE MINUS YELLOW
Each dot repi'Cientl a blue bighlatitude object in these two charu, where U - B color index il plotted B - V index.
In the rixhthand chart, for objecu fainter than yellow magnitude 14.5, many of the high points are Identified by Allan
Sandaxe as quui-steUar galuiea (QSG). Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories charta on this paxe are adapted from
the Astrophysical Journal.
August, 1965, SKY AND TELESCOPE 71
At an altitude ul 40,000 feet, William H. Regan of the Los Alamos Scientific
Laboratory took this long-exposure photograph to show the shape of the outer
corona. Typical for sunspot minimum, the corona extends mostly from the
sun's e(JUatorial regions (lower left and upper right). Some polar rays are
also in evidence. All photographs are by Mr. Regan unless otherwise noted.
Thirty-Six Miles in the Shadow
ARTHUR N. Cox, DoNALD H. LIEBENBERG, and SIDNEY N. SToNE
Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory
F
LYING INSIDE the moon's shadow
at 150 knots above 80 percent of the
atmosphere and its clouds and water
vapor, the Los Alamos Scientific Labora-
tory's NC-1 !J5 aircraft experienced four
minutes -17 seconds of total solar t'dipsc
on May !JO, I!Ui!i. The mid-totality point
was at 08' west and 15" 05' somh,
just over 1,000 nautical miles from our
base on Samoa ami 260 miles northwest of
Tahiti. Ou the sea below us, totality
lasted (our minutes 10 seconds, hut the
best duration on latul was only thrcc miu-
utcs 17 seconds, at Bellingshausen in the
Society Islands. With this long cdipse,
scientists from Los Alamos made measure-
ments to dorumcnt the solar corona in a
year of the ttuiet sun.
Samoa. The Hawaiian-based flights were
predicted to enjoy the longest totality
ever observed, nine minutes 10 seconds,
but our heavier, shorter-range aircraft
(which were prohibited by the French
from refueling at Tahiti), confined obser-
LASL
vations to less than half the optimum
duration.
With an instrumented aircraft and
operating crew available, we were able to
plan coronal research related to our own
normal work, using optics and recording
devices available in our laboratory. A
coordinated program was developed by
our staff members familiar with eclipses
and coronal observing problems. We
sought broad-wavelength photographs in
polarized light, and coronal photographs
in the 5303-angstrom light of the strong
forbidden green line of 13-times ionized
iron. The shape of this line was to be
determined at selected points in the
corona by both photographic and photo-
electric techniques, and photoelectric in-
tensities of the coronal continuum and
selected emission lines were to be mea-
sured. Charles Hyder, of the University
of California at Los Angeles, was success-
ful in a very difficult green-line polariza-
tion measurement sponsored by the High
Altitude Observatory in Colorado.
Intercalibration of all the data with
the balloon-borne coronal observations of
Gordon Newkirk should make the data
directly comparable to times when the sun
is more active. The completely analyzed
results from our flight will give informa-
tion on the temperature, density, struc-
ture, motions, and composition of the
corona.
As with all eclipse expeditions, things
didn't go exactly as planned. Delays in
equipment installation allowed only one
practice flight to check our coronal track-
ers, using the moon as a target during the
early morning o( May 20th over the Gulf
o( Mexico. After a delay of one day in
Hawaii, to pick up spare parts for our
ground equipment that had been shipped
to Samoa a week earlier, we finally ar-
rived over Samoa only to find the airfield
closed by weather. Diverted to the Fiji
Islands, we made a practice sun run on
the way back. With three days out of
seven lost at the operating base, only extra
effort on the part of the observers made
the expedition a success.
In the Los Alamos aircraft, the observ-
,, t i --
,.&ORABORAI,
t I
T- ... __ j ...
i
i
Four American airnaft were aloft fm
this event: a KC-135 instrumented by the
Air Forre Cambridge Research Labora-
tories; a Comair !l!JO newly acquired by
NASA; ami two .\ir Fonc NC-135's, ours
and one sponsond by Sandia Corp. The
first two operattd out of Hawaii, and the
two Atomic Energy Commission aircraft
out of Tafuna ncar l'ago Pago, American
The Hight paths of Los Alamos and Sandia aircraft. !\larks on the longer
rnute show the of the Los Alamos plane at the principal stages of
totahty. Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory chart.
72 SKY AND Tn.r.scoi'E, Augwt, J%5
A maze of
W. Ogle,
erometer1
calibrati01
1
ing instrume
altitude of
forward of
order to vie'll
moon's
an angle of
map. For tb
miles to the
instruments
left, the fligl
the eclipse f
totality dural
minutes 27 s
Detailed F
circumstance!
mos, and out
ingly. The
through
eclipse calib
alternative ol
The Los AI
runway at'
optical-qua
the wing.
were kept 1
A maze of lldentific and Sight-control instruments IIUJTOunds four Los Alamos &dentists: (clockwise from left) K. Williamson,
W. Ogle, D. Liebeoberg, and W. Wolff. They are working around the 10-inch f/8 automatic-tracking telescope. Two inter-
ferometers and one photoelectric photometer are clustered near the focal plane (where Mr. Liebenberg is holding a mercury
cah1muion lamp). Dr. Williamson checks the output from the interferometer that employed a photomultiplier and preaure
scanning system. The photoelectric photometer was wed to observe coronal emission lines and regions of the continuum.
ing instruments pointed upward to an
altitude of 44 degrees, and 15 degrees
forward of abeam on the left side. In
order to view the sun at eclipse time, the
moon's shadow track had to be crossed at
an angle of 60 degrees, as shown in the
map. For the Sandia airplane about 10
miles to the southwest, with its larger
instruments looking directly out to the
left, the flight had to run 75 degrees to
the eclipse path. The Sandia observen'
totality duration was therefore only four
minutes 27 seconds.
Detailed predictions of all the eclipse
circumstances bad been made at Los Ala-
mos, and our flight was scheduled accord
ingly. The Los Alamos plane was put
through tO-minute pre-eclipse and post-
eclipse calibration runs. Plans for an
alternative observing location were ready,
The Lot Alamos NC155 airaaft on the
runway at Tafuna, Samoa. Note large
optical-quality glass windows ahead of
the wirig. During the eclipse, they
were kept clear by a defog mhanisrn.
August, 1961, SKY AND TJtLESCOPE 78
At left, the bright circle of sunlight lies in the focal plane of the automatic corona tracking unit. Fiber optics pipe light
from the image there to the four photomultiplier tubes at the corners of the surrounding plate. In case the automatic de
vice should fail, P. Rudnick is ready at the joystick of the manual controller. At right, Charles Hyder makes some
adjustments to the optical train of the telescope he used for polarization measurements of the green coronal emission line.
Sunlight enters through the window at top center, and passes along the optical bench below. The servomotors at upper
right are used to tum the bench manually or automatically.
but they were not needed because a last wntact position angle and the time had expected. This enabled author Cox,
minute climb to 40,200 feet put us above showed that we were within a few miles scientific coordinator of the expedition,
the thin cirrus clouds. During the flight, of the predicted point, with the duration to inform all observers at the onset of
sun-compass measurements of the second of eclipse within one second of what we totality of the length of time they would
have to carry out their programs.
The inner corona ami bright prominences on tl1e sun's limb are recorded here.
Polar brushes, distinguishable as patterns of bright and dark lines, arc at upper
left and lower right. The small spot %-inch from the left edge of the picture
is the planet JU(liter, less than half a degree southwest of the sun's limb. and
only 1!1 hours after conjunction of planet and sun.
Particular care was taken not to fly over
Bellingshausen, where numerous ground
parties were stationed, because heavy con
trails were being laid by aircraft on eclipse
day. Our closest approach was 30 nautical
miles to the west, and the Sandia plane's
final tracks were never closer than 38
miles. The Bellingshausen observers
viewed the eclipse through light cirrus
clouds.
Some of our instrumentation was un
usual in an aircraft, and included newly
developed corona trackers. These devices
worked to better than one minute of arc
on the interferometer-photometer setup
and reasonably well on the coronal cam
era. Unfortunately, there was not oppor-
tunity to collimate correctly the tracker
used in Dr. Hyder's experiment, and he
had to resort to manual tracking to take
out the maximum t-degree error of the
tuned-up autopilot.
Two Fabry-Perot interferometers, work
ing on the image from a 10-inch telescope
of 80-inch focus, were made rugged enough
to fly, and they worked well. One inter
ferometer swept the fringes over a pho
tomultiplier tube face, using a pressure
'Canning system. \Vith the photometer,
also on the same telescope, six coronal
emission lines and narrow-wavelength re
gions of the cor01
served photoelectt
interference filte1
and the trackers t
the light from the
Author Stone m
tions to an aerial
rately timed phot
ized light and
emission line. T
tained photometr
graphs of the co
five solar radii. J
a clear view of t
defogged optical
All of us are
next opportunity
eclipse, on Noven
tion of totality o
Argentina coast 1
utes; this can b
r.hree minutes in
U nquestionablJ
even greater va
vations will be
Sir:
From the R a n ~
crater Alphonsus
the May issue of .
possible to estim
surface dust laye1
lowing reasoning
Fig. 1!1 on pag(
one of which is c
into a chain of
that these dimpl'
the drainage of
vasse or crack u
that this crevasse
all the moon du!
it. If so, we ma
dimples as equal
layer.
From the scale
the rille is about
ternal shadow ~
about 1,000 feet.
would cast a 1,0(1
be found with tJ
the Alphonsus (
3,300 feet high, t
ow. Thus the d(
hence of the dus
3,300/15,000 or 2
Of course, thi!
locality, and tll
might be very di
over, we have co1
file of a dimple
drainage into a
N. A. Barricell
ing depth of 1
layer with ai1
. un
.. .:t newly
devices
of arc
i)tQinet<er : setup
cam
oppor
'tracker
and he
to take
of the
'
gion ohhe coronal continuum were ob
photoelectrically through dielectric
fl.lterr.> Theae . instruments
arid thf traders uaect fiber optics to pipe
the light from the cical plane.
.. made a number of ada
tiona to 1m .aerial camera and took accu
nuely timed photograph in white polar-
light and in light . of the green
emission line. This oororial camera ob-
pbotomelrtcaily t'lllibrated photo-
graphi of the c:qrona out to more than
five solar radii. All the. instrUments had
a clear view of the eclipse through well
optical windows.
AU of us are looking forward to the
next oppoKtunity to Oy at a total solar
eclipSe, on November 12, 1966. The dura
tion of tOtality on the ground along the .
coast will be nearly two milt
utes; this can be lengthened to about
three minutes in our jet aircraft.
'(Jnquestionably, at future eclipses an
even greater var.iety of refined obser
vations will be possible from planes.
LETTERS
Sir:
Fro1J1, the Ranger 9 photographs of the
ttater Alphonsus that were reproduced in
the May iuue of SKY AND TELESCOPE, it is
possible to estimate the thickness of the
11urface dust layer as 220 feet, by the fol-
lowing reasoning.
Fig. 15 on page 501 shows several rilles,
one of which is clearly resolved in Fig. 16
into a chain of dimples. Let us assume
that these dimplea have been formed by
the drainage of dust into a narrow ere
vaase or ttack underlying the rille, and
that this crevasse is deep enough to collect
all the moon dust capable of falling into
it. If so, we may take tile depth of the
dimples as equal to the depth of the dust
layer.
From the scale of Fig. 16, we find that
the rille is about 2,000 feet wide. Ita in
ternal shadow extends halfway across-
about 1,000 feet. How high an elevation
would cast a 1,000-foot shadow? This can
be found with the aid of Fig. Ill, where
the Alphonsus central peak, said to be
8,!100 feet high, throws a 15,000-foot shad
ow. Thus the depth of the riiJe dimples,
hence of the dust layer, is about 1,000 X
!1,!100/15,000 or 220 feet.
Of course, this value refen to just one
locality, and the dust layer thickness
might be very different elsewhere. More-
over, we have considered the interior pro
file of a dimple as entirely due to dust
drainage into a reservoir below, as aug
N. A. Barricelli'a method for estimat
ing depth of the moon's surface dust
layer with aid of Ranger pictures.
The temperature of the
solar corona can be
deduced from this pho-
tograph Donald Lieb-
enberg took with a
Fabry-Perot biterferom
eter during totality on
May 50th. The bright
fringes are due to the
5805-angstrom coronal
emission line. MeaiiUI'C
menta of the fringes will
yield the width of the
5ll05 line from place to
place in the corona, in
aJcating local tempera
tures there. As used by
astronomers, the Fabry
Perot interferometer is
a teleacope attachment
consisting euentially of
two predtely parallel
glau plates. A ring
pattern ia .f?rmed that
u very aennttve to wave
length changes.
gested by the uniform width of the rilles
visible in the photographs. If, instead,
dimples are caused by the collapse of un-
derground cavities, the thickness may be
very much less than 220 feet.
Sir:
NILS AALL BARRICELLI
Dept. of Genetics
Univenity of Washington
Seattle, Wash. 98105
While observing meteor showen, I find
that the charts on which I plot meteor
paths become soaked with dew after only
an hour's work. I would like to hear
from other amateurs how they prevent
this.
Sir:
KARl. W. PLORAN
111 Southampton Rd.
W. Holyoke, Mass. 01041
For those who enjoy puzzles with an
astronomical twist, I submit the follow
ing:
Five club memben use five telescopes at
a star party, each instrument having a
different color and aperture, and pointed
at a particular object. The observers
possess star atlases, each a different one.
After reading the following clues, can you
decide: Who was viewing Mill in Hercu
lea? Who used a 8-inch refractor? (Solu
tion on page 90 of this issue.)
I. Jack's telescope was blue.
2. Jim owns a 4-inch refractor.
8. Albireo in Cygnus was being observed
through the black telescope.
4. The black instrument stood to the
right of the green one.
5. Ann was observing Epsilon Bootis, a
double star.
6. The telescope of the observer with the
Atlas Coeli was an 8-inch.
7. Norton's Star Atlas was used by the
amateur with the white instrument.
8. The Ring Nebula in Lyra, M57, was
observed with the middle telescope.
9. Bill was the first one on the left, next
to the observer with the gray telescope.
10. The amateUr using the Bonner Durch
musterung was next to the observer
with the 10-inch reflector.
11. While viewing the double star Alpha
Herculis, one observer had Atlas
Eclipticalis for reference.
12. The white telescope was next to the
6-inch reflector.
Ill. Suzy used the Beyer-Graff Star Athu.
Sir:
JOHN H. MALLAS
5115 E. Tomahawk Trail
Scottsdale, Ar.iz.
Here in New Zealand, May
eclipse was total shortly after sunrise,
in a month notorious for cloud and rilin.
Therefore, as director of the Auckland
planetarium, I decided to obsetve from
the air, inviting the public and amateur
astronomers to participate. We charteied
three DC8 airlinen, which carried report
err, newspaper photographer&, and a radio
announcer who broadcast a running
eclipse commentary.
Although at 10,000 feet we Hew well
above any low-level miat arid cloildt,
a cloudbank from a storm center 1,000
miles to the east bid the sunrise. How-
ever, a little before mid-eclipse the sun
rose over the bank and aU phenomena of
totality were observed.
We noted Baily's beads at aecond and
third rontacts, three bright proniinences,
the inner and outer corona, and a wealth
of detail almost impossible to assimilate
in the shortest two minutes most of us
had ever experienced. Immediately after
third contact, the moon's wedge-lbapect
shadow was seen racing away aaou the
ocean. R.. A. MciNTOSH
4 Kingsway, Three . Kings
Auckland, New Zealand
Observing the Eclipse from Peru
Shortly before totality, the waning so
lar crescent was filmed by Amedee S.
Landry (U.S. Embassy, La l'at) at l'un
ta Grama, near Cerro Monson, l'eru.
I
N 1937 the Junior Astronomy Club ol
New York sent an eclipse expedition
to Peru, where some of the first color
pictures of an eclipsed sun were taken. In
1963, 10 of us went to 1\laine to view
totality on July 20th. Our third cxpedi
tion, once again to Peru for this year's
eclipse of !\lay 30th, was by the two club
members making this report.
As we laid out travel plans, it was
obvious that only South America was
within the f111ancial means of the club.
The main equipment a1ailable was a fi-
ind! reflcuor made hy dub members; with
a mounting kill by Richard !.me, it
weighed 75 pounds.
At the time of our flight via Peruvian
t1
ANDREW MtcHALITSANOS and STEVEN GoLDSTONE
]1111ior Astronomy Cl11b, Neu York City
Airlines from 1\1 iami, we knew little of
what to expect in Peru or where to go.
Fortunately, upon our arrival at Lima we
contacted the president of the Peruvian
Astronomical Society, Victor A. Estrcma-
doyro, who with his brother Gustavo was
our host during our stay. They graciously
olfcrcd us free lodging in Casma, 250
miles up the coast, where the various
groups of observers were to a;semblc he-
fore dispersing to their sites.
However, two days before ellipse date,
Dr. A. A. Giesecke of the Peruvian Geo-
physiGtl Institute olfercd us a
U. S. Army truck, with driver, that was
on loan to the International Geodetic
Survey Service. Next day at fi a.m. we left
Lima ami drmc north on the Pan-Ameri-
can Highway, reaching Casma around
noon. There we met a small party from
the NASA satellite tracking station in
Peru, who planned to obscr1e the eclipse
from the coast.
We had decided to usc the truck to
scanh [or a high-altitude observing site.
At I p.m. the two of us and our driver
started [or Huarez, some !JO miles inland.
\\' e were to report back to the coast
groups if we found a suitable place, but
after six hours o drivi11g far into the
Andes, to an altitude of 11.000 feet, we
found the road almost impas,ible. The
strain was he:ny on both \chide aud us.
Near dusk we entered the little lndiau
village of Pira. The mayor greeted us
with informatiou about a party of eclipse
obscncrs only four kilometers farther on.
Rut on laboriously intereprcting his Span-
bh, we realized he was speaking of an
American group from long ago. Photo-
graphs in his candlelit office showed that
we were standing where two .Junior .\'-
tronomy Club members had stood before.
\\'e ha<l stumbled on our eclipse site o[
1!137!
Sime driving 011 to Hamel was too
risky, we wrned hack down and came
into Casma at midnight, hal an hour
Alberto A. Giesecke, executive direc
tor n[ the l'cruvian Geophysical In
stitute, ltnt the authors the 2!ton
trurk sctn below.
befmc the l'enn ian Astrouomical Society
arri1 cd. It was decided that i( coastal
we a thcr was unfavorable at dawn, we
would combiue se1eral expeditions in our
trmk and head back to !'ira. Although
it was near the uorthern limit of the
eclipse track, that high location should
prO\idc very dear skies.
.\s eclipse morning dawned at Casma,
there were absolutely no douds; those
that built up over the Amlcs later in the
day uc1er affected our work. During the
aftcruoon we went dowu the < oast to
near Culebras, choosiug a site a few feet
from a Japanese astronomer, :\ltmumi
lshituka. He was iug radio time
...
Ldt: :\hmhtrs ol the l'l'I'U\ ian :\stmnomiGII Sudety in
spt'< tan niJS<ning site. l'hotos by Stc,en Goldstone.
. :..
. '
- .... -
The authors are seuir
at the lei
ment from y
Landry adjusts
camera and 500-mm. z,
used to take tbe par1
ture on tbe prece
His equipment all
he waits 01
executive direc
Geophysical In
authon the 2tton
seen below.
Astronomical Society
decided that if coastal
mfavorable at dawn, we
several expeditions in our
back to Pira. Although
northern limit of the
that high location should
skies.
dawned at Casma,
no clouds; those
the Andes later in the
our work. During the
went down the coast to
choosing a site a few feet
astronomer, Mutsumi
was receiving radio time
The authors are setting up their eclipse equipment at Punta Grama: Andrew
Michalitsanos at the left, Steven Goldstone at the 6-inch reHector with encourage
ment from young Peruvians. Photo by Amedee S. Landry.
Mr. Landry adjusts the Hasselblad
camera and 500-mm. Zeiss lens that he
used to take the partial eclipse pic
ture on the preceding page.
signals and late weather reports. By an
hour before first contact (whid1 we were
to time at 4:48 p.m. Eastern standard
time) we had set up our 6-inch telescope
for coronal photography.
About 10 minutes before totality a thin
cloud obscured, the low-lying sun, but
moved away in time. Totality arrived at
5:55 p.m. and lasted nearly 140 seconds.
The corona seemed tenuous and weak to
the naked eye, because of mist over the
Pacific. Its outer part was lost, but the
inner corona and chromosphere were
clearly visible. About 10 crimson promi
nenccs were seen and photographed; they
provided good targets for guiding the
reflector. We watched the thin solar cres
cent for almost five minutes after totality.
The spectacle was over. We carried our
instruments a quarter mile to the truck,
where an American from our embassy in
Bolivia joined us for the six-hour ride
back to Lima. During the next few days,
the Estremadoyros took us on several
His equipment all ready, Japanese astronomer Mutsumi Ishizuka relaxes as
he waits for the ecfipse to begin. Photograph by the authors.
In the top picture, taken by the au
thors as totality began, prominences
are seen on the sun's eastern and
northern limb. In succeeding views,
the moon's motion b e ~ s to cover
these, but reveals prommences at the
opposite points. They linger in the
last picture, though totality has ended.
Note the silhouettes of douds.
tours of Lima, its university, and other
sights. We enjoyed especially the beauti
ful planetarium. On Wednesday, June
2nd, return to New York took 15 hours.
The 1963 and 1965 Junior Astronomy
Club eclipse expeditions were planned
and carried out entirely by high school
and college students. We hope that future
members of the club will keep up this
tradition, to demonstrate the contribu
tions that juniors can make to astronomy.
This corner of Manuae in the Cook Islands was occupied by the New Zealand
expedition from Mount John University Observatory. Erecting pillars for its
instruments are three stall members (left to right): Edward Devinney, Stanley
Sobieski, and William Protheroe. Looking on are Ivan Thomsen and Bruce
Orton of the Carter Observatory, also in New Zealand. All photographs with
this article are by the author.
Eclipse Expeditions on Manuae Atoll
FRANK M. BATESON, Mo11nt john University Observatory, New Zealand
S
IX NATIONS sent expeditions to the
small atoll of Manuae in the Cook
Islands of the South Pacific to observe
220 seconds of totality of the recent solar
eclipse. This is the location described by
the writer in SKY AND TELESCOPE last
October (page 210).
Probably this was the greatest concen
tration ever of astronomers on any one
island for a solar eclipse. From the four
supporting vessels came ashore 73 scien
tists and 150 tons of equipment.
On May 30th the sky was clear until
about 20 minutes before totality, when
heavy clouds rolled in from the southeast.
The observers had only a brief glimpse of
totality between clouds-just sufficient to
show that the edipse was a most interest
ing one. An hour later the sky was again
clear.
It is unlikely that the optical ob-
servations will yield results of scientific
value, although for some programs this
could not be known until the films were
developed by the scientists after their re-
turn home.
of sodium oxides high in the atmosphere.
The buildup at Manuae commenced
with the arrival of the New Zealand ex-
pedition on board HI\INZS Endeavour.
Ivan Thomsen ami Bruce Orton (both of
Carter Observatory, Wellington) had
plans to study the overall appearance of
the solar corona, using two 4-inch tele-
scopes of 60-incll focal length. Thomsen
has developed some of the plates, and on
four of them the inuer corona has been
recorded. How useful these photographs
will be remains to be seen. The second
New Zealand party, from Mount John
University Observatory, had a much more
detailed program, but weather prevented
securing any significant data.
After disembarking the New Zealand
party, the Endeavour sailed for Raro-
tonga, where it took aboard both the
United Kingdom and Australian expedi-
tions. The former included scientists from
Oxford University (D. E. Blackwell, D.
Lambert), and from Manchester Univer-
sity (John James and R. S. Sternberg).
Dr. Blackwell had a 12-inch coelostat
and a paraboloidal mirror to form a solar
image 1.3 inclles in diameter. By means
of diaphragms, he planned to isolate por-
tions of the solar limb where Baily's beads
were to appear, measuring their rate of
change of brightness. Dr. James' program
was photographing the corona through a
Fabry-Perot interferometer and filter to
isolate the 5303-angstrom line of 13-times
ionized iron.
The Australian group comprised R. G.
Giovanelli, G. Norton, and E. V. Mug-
ridge. They had twin 5-inch equatorial
telescopes to searcll for solar spicules, one
instrument in red hydrogen light, the
other in yellow continuum light.
One day after the arrival of the Aus-
tralians and English came the Japanese
Maritime Department's training ship,
Shintoktt Maru, carrying a 19-man ex-
pedition headed by Kuniji Saito of Tokyo
Astronomical Observatory. Two scientists
from the Radio Research Laboratories
stayed aboard and made successful ob-
servations of the terrestrial ionosphere
during the eclipse. The intended program
of the Japanese was described in the
However, the radio astronomers were
successful, and useful measurements were
secured of micropulsations in the earth's
magnetic field (d1anges caused by the solar
wind). Observations of the ionosphere
also succeeded, while Michael Gadsden
(National Bureau of Standards) obtained
large-aperture spectra of the sky showing
sodium D lines in emission; these may per-
mit evaluation of the photodissociation
At is the leader of the Japa':lese t;xpedition, Kuniji Saito of Tokyo Astro-
Observatory. He and hts assutant are inspecting the equipment of
Wt!ham Barron. of the Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories. The large
whtte structure m the background is Kitt Peak National Observatory's portable
darkroom. Palm trees and low scrub cover all of this small atoll.
78 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, J%5
Left: Graham Nor
Industrial ResearC:
at the obseJ
Right: This two-m
instrument are AI
p()(
Marcil SKY AND TE
Before the japane1
fully discllarged, there
graphic vessel J'itjaz.
expedition. The see
sembled a wartime be
Hooding ashore. Wall
palms directed unload
the ships and the cal
the observing and livi
The Soviet expedit
M. Gnevyshev of Pu
Kislovodak station. 1
fully planned a wide
tions: spectral studi
cllromosphere;
in white light and ir
studies of the corona;
and the geographical
(A. Glebov's prelimin
latitude 19 15' 4!1",
57' 43", with an uncer
Despite curtailment
observations, excelle1
with a radio interfero
length. This instrun
1.1-meter metal mirro
it was operated by a I
team. They paid pal
solar radio emission
Use of an interfe
eluded instability due
of the receiver, and
registration of first a11
radio frequencies. AI
satisfactory, and will l
the radio brightness
solar disk.
A radio telescope
!1.!1 centimeters, with
used by the Leningr
under A. 1\folchanov.
values for the solar r
pressed in units ol
radius) 1.012 0.00!1
1.071 0.004 at !1.27
Left: Graham Norton stands next to the twin fiveinch refractors sent to Manuae by the Commonwealth Scientific and
Industrial Reaearch Organization of Australia. At the upper end of the frame are mounted the lenaea; small tubes are
at the observing end. With Mr. Norton are R.aiaa and M. Gnevyshev of Pulkovo Observatory in Russia.
Right: Thls twometer telescope was wed to measure the cUameter of the sun at two racUo wavelengtba. Shown with the
butrument are Audrey Molchanov, leader of the expedition from Leningrad University Oblervatory, and Yury Nikitin.
Poor weather ruined many optical investigations, but racUo astronomers were unhampered.
March SKY AND TELESCOPE, page 149. Last to arrive was a party of II from to pinpoint the most probable recovery
Before the Japanese vessel bad been the United States in the auxiliary schoon- area. Although one successful launching
fully discharged, there arrived the oceano- er Goodwill. The leader, Keith Pierce of was made from the Goodwill prior to the
graphic vessel Vitjaz with the U.S.S.R. Kitt Peak National Observatory, bad eclipse, on May 80th a first attempt was
expedition. The stene at Manuae re- wanted to use a spectrograph of onemeter frusttated by the balloon fabric ripping.
sembled a wartime beachhead, with cargo focal length to observe the H and K lines Very strong wind prevented a second
flooding ashore. Walkie-talkies under the in the coronal spectrum at the high dis- launch in time to have the balloon reach
palms directed unloading operations from persion of three angstroms per millimeter. its ceiling height (100,000 to 120,000
the ships and the carting of material to E. P. Ney (University of Minnesota) feet) before totality.
the observing and living sites on the atoll. was at Manuae to measure the intensity Quite apart from the auc:cessful ob-
The Soviet expedition was headed by and polarization of coronal light. Ground- servations obtained by some parties, the
M. Gnevyshev of Pulkovo Observatory's based telestOpes were to record these eclipse was valuable in bringing together
Kislovodak station. This group had care- properties of the inner corona at about so many astronomers from different coon-
fully planned a wide variety of observa- 1,000 points out to three solar radii in tries who work on problems of solar
tiona: spectral studies of corona and both blue light (4300 angstroms) and in- physics. Numerous fruitful discussions re-
tbromosphere; photography of the corona frared (8500). Balloonborne telescopes suited. The feat of getting the many
in white light and in color; polarization were to make similar measurements out- installations ashore and of settling the
studies of the corona; radio observations; ward from three solar radii. astronomers into their living quarters at
and the geographical position of Manuae. Both photography and telemetry were International Camp called for consider-
(A. Glebov's preliminary result was south to be used in Dr. Ney's program, and it able organization. It would not have been
latitude 19 15' 43", west longitude 158 was hoped to launch the balloons from possible without the wonderful work. of
57' 43", with an uncertainty of 5".) the deck of the Goodwill. Several success- the Polynesian residents of the island, and
Despite curtailment of the Soviet optical ful trial flights were made from Manuae the fine cooperation among all parties.
observations, excellent work was done to obtain data on upper-air winds, in All of us who were at Manuae will long
with a r.tdio interferometer at 4-cm. wave order to select the best release point and remember this.
length. This instrument comprises two
I.lmeter metal mirrors, 5.6 meters apart;
it was operated by a Pulkovo fivemember
team. They paid particular attention to
solar radio emission during totality.
Use of an interferometer system ex-
cluded instability due to change of gain
of the receiver, and permitted accurate
registration of first and fourth contacts at
radio frequencies. All records were quite
satisfactory, and will be used to determine
the radio brightness distribution on the
solar disk.
A radio telescope working at 1.3 and
8.3 centimeters, with a 2-meter dish, was
used by the Leningrad University party
under A. Molcbanov. Their preliminary
values for the solar radio radius are (ex
pressed in units of the photospheric
radius) 1.012 : 0.005 at 1.27 em. and
1.071 0.004 at 3.27 em.
While M. Gadaden of
the National Bureau of
Standards looks on, U
linois astronomer Gor-
don Henderson adjusts
his equipment. The
large riiirror tracks the
sun, and reftects light
to a grating at the end
of the lbeam. There
the light is dispersed
into a spectrum, and re-
flected to the recording
equipment in the tent.
A winter view of the new Planetary Research Center at Flagstaff, Arizona. It contains a large collection of copies of the
finest planetary photographs from many observatories, stored for use by qualified scientists. The center was made possi
ble by a grant from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. This facility and a similar one at Meudon,
France, were established after a request by the International Astronomical Union in 1961. Lowell Observatory photograph.
Notes on Some Planetary Problems
BEVERLY T. LYNDS, Steward Observatory, University of Arizona
M
AY !!RD was the official opening of
the new Planetary Research Cen
ter at Lowell Observatory, Flag
staff, Arizona. To mark this occasion, the
American Association for the Advance
ment of Science (Southwestern Division)
joined with the Arizona Academy of
Science in sponsoring a conference on
problems of planetary physics. At this
afternoon meeting, several papers were
presented on new observational finding11
about the moon and planets, in particu
lar Mars.
One question of great current interest
is how much carbon dioxide exists in the
Martian atmosphere. D. M. Hunten (Kitt
Peak National Observatory) reported his
new determination, based on spectrograms
of Mars taken with the giant 60-inch solar
telescope at Kitt Peak. On these he mea
sured the strength of C0
2
absorption (ea
001 mm
Qtmm
I 0 mm
WAVELENGTH
tures near 10,500 angstroms wavelength in
the infrared. This absorption is produced
almost entirely in the Martian atmo
sphere, with only a minor contribution
rom terrestrial carbon dioxide. Dr. Hun
ten concluded that the amount of this
gas on Mars would provide a layer 43
meters deep, if under standard terrestrial
conditions (temperature o centigrade,
pressure 760 millimeters of mercury).
A second attack on this same problem
was described by Guido Miinch (Mount
Wilson and Palomar Observatories) and
Gerry Neugebauer (California Institute
of Technology). They have derived a
method for measuring the absorption in
strong bands of carbon dioxide, while
avoiding uncertainty in the level of the
continuum spectrum of the planet. They
applied this analysis to an infrared band
at 2.06 microns, photographed with the
I 0 em
Left: Temperatures of
planets as deduced from
brightness measure
ments at different in
frared wavelengths (on
ly three for Mars), ac
cording to Frank Low.
Right: Infrared inten
sity curves measured by
Dr. Low. The large dip
at 10 microns is pro
d uced by terrestrial
o ~ o n e . The dashed Ju
,
0
., pner curve represents
a blackbody at 1!10" K.
coude spectrograph of the 100-inch Mount
Wilson reflector.
Planetary astronomers have two reasous
for particular interest in the infrared
region of the spectrum. Not only are
molecular absorption bands observed
there. but this region also contains the
bulk of the thermal radiation from a
planet. Frank Low (National Radio
Astronomy Observatory) told of his new
observations of planetary radiation at
wavelengths from 20 microns out to a
few millimeters, through "windows" in
the earth's atmosphere.
8 10 12 14
WAVELENGTH IN MICRONS
Mara in 1965 is fc
drift of the aurfac
red light, 4:51 U1
light. The while
large dark Boreo.l
Sinus Meridiani ~
He hu developed
cooled germanium t
ates at only a few de
zero-which is aome 1
sensitive than the be
infrared detector.
Dr. Low describe
observations at one-n
using the 200-inch
characterized aa the
highest resolution a
diagrams is a drift c
lowing the moon (tl
to move past a am
focus of the 2CJO.ind
In this chart. the
portional to lunar
and time advance t1
sharp riae at the 1,
Mara in 1965 it followed through a complete axial rotation in theae Lowell Obaervatory photopphl. Note the Jeftw. aid
drift of che surfac:e markiDal from one frame to che next. The caption of the tint view reada: )fan, 1965, Man:h Slat,
red ~ 4:51 Uo.iYenal dine, lonsitude of central meridian 190". In the cecond picture aud others, "Y'* meani yello.w
light. The white aorth polar cap il at the bottom ofeacb image. Just above it, fu the lut frame of the cop row, li
1a1p dark Boreosyrtil. Underneath the very dark uiaDgle of SYrtia Major. In the 549" and 1158" picturft (lleCOad '*");
Slnua MericiWai II the dark blob above center, at the right end of the clwky bar (Sfnua Sabaeua). In the next two viewt,
(51" and 51"), the larp patCh below center ia Mare AddaUum.
He baa developed a new deteetor-a
cooled germanium bolometer that oper
atea at only a few degrees above absolute
aero-which it tome. thouaand times more
sensitive. dlan the be.t exiltlng uncooled
infrared detector.
Dr.' . Low deeaibed in particular his
.obsei:vationa at onemiliimeter wavelength
uaing the 2GC).inch telescope, which he
characterized u the "ndlo telescope" of
highest resolution available. One of hla
diqraml ia a drift curve, obtained by al
lowing the moon (three days before full)
to move paat a small diaphragm at the
fOCUI of the 200.inch reflector.
In thia chart, the vertical ICille is pro-
portional to lunar JUrface temperature,
and time advanc:es toward the right. The
sharp rile at the left is caused by the
moon's bright limb pusing the dia
phragm, the height of this rise indicating
a temperature of about 560' Kelvin for
the sunlit portion. The temperature
dropa teadily as the diaphragm approach
ea the terminacor (aunriae line), and the
unilluminated part of the lunar disk is
represented by a low, mort plateau, cor-
A drift curve at lmm.
wavelenllth, obtained by
l'rank Low with w
200-lndl relector at
Palomar Obeenatory.
Dellectiona are propor-
tional to temperature,
and indicate vatuea be-
tween 120 aud S&O K.
resporading 10 120 K. .In other obltrYa
dona at 20 microns with higher reaolving
power, Dr. Low found that nighttime teal.
peraturea vary considerably with polltion
on the moon.
One chart by Dr. Low p r a e n ~ a in
frared data from I 0 miaona to . wave-
lengtha 10,000 times u long. Since Mara
200-inch Telncope
Lun1r Drift
TIME-
August, 1965, SllY AND TELESCOPE 81
Martian afternoon clouds hover above Amazonis and Arcadia in the same positions during a 30-ycar interval, in these
blue-light exposures with Lowell Observatory's 2-1-inch refractor. In each (ase, the in the Martian northern hemi
sphere was ncar the start of summer. Left to right, the photographs were made on A pnl 11. 1935, at 5:17 UT; !\larch 18,
1950, 6:40; and February 26, 1965, 6:-10. The respecthe lon!;itudcs of the central meridian are_H6', 173', and 144'; thus
we see the same face of Mars as in the final image (longitude 164') on the prccedmg page.
has insufficient atmosphere to trap much
solar heat, its temperature changes little
with wavelength, whereas Venus' increased
long-wave radiation is thought to origi-
nate from a surface heated to around 600'
K. by the greenhouse effect.
As for Jupiter, the increase in appar
ent temperature with longer wavelengths
is probably caused by nonthermal radia-
tion from an ionized region around the
planet, similar to the earth's Van Allen
radiation belts. When the giant planet
is compared with bodies having little or
no atmosphere, such as the moon, Mer-
cury, and Mars, it shows a very different
nature. The dashed curve superimposed
on the Jupiter scan is the blackbody
radiation expected for a temperature o
130" K., which is tltat of the planet's
visible cloud surface.
UBV system). but. early in April a reel
filter was added to permit measurement
of red (R) magnitudes as well. Observa-
tions could be made on approximately
half the nights, and by early May about
100 sets of multicolor magnitudes had
been obtained.
Since about December 1, 1964, system-
atic photography of 1\f ars has been under
way with the university's 12-inch Fecker
reflector (plate scale 1 Ot seconds of arc
per millimeter). Each night a complete
set of photographs has been taken every
2! hours (conditions permitting) in five
wavelength regions: ultraviolet, blue,
green, red, and infrared.
In a third New Mexico program, C. W.
Tombaugh and E. J. Reese are making
visual observations with 16-inch and 12-
inch reflectors.
Taken within a few minutes of one another on February 26, 1965, these pic-
tures show how the Amazonis-Arcadia clouds appeared in different colors.
From left to right, the clouds are hardly visible in red light, inconspicuous in
green, outstanding in ultraviolet, and strong in blue light. The photographs
were obtained with the 12-inch Fecker Cassegrain telescope at New 1\fcxico
State University Observatory.
During the current apparition of l\lars,
a cooperative study has been under way
by observatories in New Arizona,
California. and France. Stuart E. Jones
of Lowell Observatory gave the sympo-
sium an interim report on this joint
activity:
Ari:ona. At Lowell Obsenatory, pho
tographs in blue, yellow, and red light
have been obtained with the 24-inch
refractor by Kent de Groff and Mr. Jones.
They have also been making visual ob-
servations.
California. At Table Mountain Observ-
atory of Jet Propulsion Laboratory,
Charles Capen has been studying Martian
atmospheric phenomena and changes in
surface detail. His photographs are in
ultraviolet, violet, blue, green, yellow, red,
and infrared light, covering a wavelength
range from 3000 to 8700 angstroms. He
has also employed color film and has
made color drawings of the planet.
France. l'ic du 1\lidi Observatory in the
Pyrenees has a new 43-inch reflecting tele-
scope for planetary work. This year Paris
astronomer J. H. Focas has made photo-
graphic and polariscopic observations of
:\Iars. Martian cartography has been a
field of particular interest.
The prcsente of a new feature on 1\lars,
uot risible 011 photographs taken in pre-
\'ious years. was reported by 1\lr. Jones.
It is a small dark marking between Thoth
and Elysium, in the region called Nodus
Laocoontis, that stands out sharply on red
and yellow exposures. The feature is very
nearly at the center of the disk in the
27, 1965, photograph on page 81.
This spring, a remarkable recurrent
cloud pattern was observed on 1\lars:
three clouds that formed anew each Mar-
New Mexico. Photoelectric photometry
o 1\lars is one type of observation being
undertaken at New Mexico State Uni
versity. This work was begun on 1\larch
26th by Bradford A. Smith and T. B.
Kirby, using a modernized Iii-inch reflec-
tor with an f/35 Gregorian follls. At first
only ultraviolet, blue, and yellow magni-
tudes were measured (in the standard
These three images of Mars on February 19, 1965, were recorded at the
Jet Propulsion Laboratoq's Table :\fountain in California. The
rnlor, Unhcrsal time, and <entra!-meridian longitude are (left to right): red,
9:-13: 219:; blue, 8:47, and \'inlet, 8:55, 239'. In red light, the desert
Elysmm 1s large and bnght near the left edge. In the blue and \'inlet \'iews,
note the increased brightness of the sunrise (right) limb of 1\lars.
82 SKY AND TEIF!.COI'E, August, J%5
tian afternoon mc
region. Said Mr. J
strongly on blue 1
on yellow ones, ar
the images secure<
Mr. de Groff m
and latitudes of tl
tographs of 1965
113", +38"; and
three clouds wen
years 1950 and 19
cival Lowell's glc
Within the accura
coordinates matcl
perhaps for 1903.
sible to show any
cloud pattern and
the surface," Mr.
The Lowell Obi
shown a striking
tion picture of tl
black-and-white fi
request of Dr. f,
the sequence of '
sible rapid chang
sphere. The phc
the Lowell 24-incl
with the assistano
The film was
1964, from 4:14 1
at one exposure 1
jected, all 400 fr
16 frames per l
thirds of a comF
25 seconds. Next
ages are presenu
Finally, the first
full.
In summarizin1
Kuiper (Univers
the importance '
such as reported
safely expect a
knowledge of th
tions at infrare<
lengths. Alread)
1-mm. observatio
by the National I
atory at a site o
continued visual,
toelectric observ
together with c<
space probes, intc
is mounting.
The symposiu
Jished in a Lowe
from which som1
drawn.
AMERICAN AS
SOCIETY
On August g.
nomical Society
versity of Mich
annual Russell lc
gren, on spectr
photoelectric pi
sessions arc sch1
tronomy, the otl
The meeting
l\1 icltigan's obse
tain-Portage Lal
visit to McMat
in these
northern hemi
UT; March 18,
, and 144; thua
At Table Mountain Observ-
Propulaion Laboratory,
baa been atudying Martian
phtmOIIIlCIIa and changes in
photographs are in
blue, green, yellow, red,
rovering a wavelength
8700 angstroms. He
color film and has
drawings of the planet.
du Observatory in the
a new 43-fuch reflecting tele-
work. This year Paris
has made photo-
po:lariacopic observations of
cartograp1hy baa been a
tian afternoon over the Amazonis-Arcadia
region. Said Mr. Jones, "They show most
strongly on blue photographs, quite well
on yellow ones, and are present even on
the images secured in red light."
Mr. de Groff measured the longitudes
and latitudes of the three clouds on pho
tographs of 1965 as follows: 135, +19;
115", +liS; and 105", +Ill". The same
three clouds were photographed in the
years 1950 and 1955, and appear on Per-
cival Lowell's globe of Mars in 190ll.
Within the accuracy of measurement, the
coordinates match for each year, except
perhaps for 190ll. "It has not been pos
sible to show any correlation between the
cloud pattern and identifiable features on
the surface," Mr. Jones stated.
The Lowell Observatory symposium was
shown a striking time-lapse 16-mm. mo-
tion picture of the planet Jupiter. This
black-and-white film was prepared at the
request of Dr. Focas, who plans to use
the sequence of exposures to study pos-
sible rapid changes in the planet's atmo-
sphere. The photography was done at
the Lowell 24-inch refractor by Mr. Jones,
with the assistance of Helen S. Horstman.
The film was made on November 7,
1964, from 4:14 Universal time to 10:5ll,
at one exposure per minute. When pro-
jected, all 400 frames are first shown at
16 frames per second, displaying two-
thirds of a complete Jovian rotation in
25 seconds. Next, the 84 best single im-
ages are presented for I 0 seconds each.
Finally, the first sequence is repeated in
full.
In summarizing the symposium, G. P.
Kuiper (University of Arizona) stressed
the importance of infrared observations
such as reported by Dr. Low. We can
safely expect a rapid increase in our
knowledge of the planets from observa.
tions at infrared and millimeter wave
lengths. Already a large telescope for
lmm. observations is under construction
by the National Radio Astronomy Observ-
atory at a site on Kitt Peak. With the
continued visual, photographic, and pho-
toelectric observations of the planets,
together with contributions made from
space probes, interest in planetary research
is mounting.
The symposium papers will be pub.
lished in a Lowell Observatory Bulletin,
from which some of this report has been
drawn.
AMERICAN ASTRONOMICAL
SOCIETY TO MEET IN MICHIGAN
On August ll-6, the American Astro
nomical Society will meet at the Uni
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor. The
annual Russell lecture is by Bengt Strom
gren, on spectral classification through
photoelectric photometry. Two special
sessions are scheduled, one on radar as-
tronomy, the other on radio galaxies.
The meeting will open with a tour of
Michigan's observatory at Peach Moun
tain-Portage Lake and conclude with a
visit to McMathHulbert Observatory.
ASTRONOMICAL SCRAPBOOK
THE EARTH's SHAPE
F
OR an intriguing mental exercise,
sometime pick a familiar astronomical
fact or concept that is habitually taken
for granted. Then, in a skeptical mood,
try to demonstrate its correctness to your
self by simple reasoning from experi
ence. As an example, how do you justify
your belief that the earth's shape is
approximately a sphere?
The mid-20th century has added a
dramatic new demonstration of this, in
the form of photographs of the earth's
rim taken from artificial satellites. Since
the horizon on all such pictures bulges
upward, it is easy to surmise that the
earth's surface is uniformly convex and
therefore spherical.
Navigators, geodesists, and astronomers
have a confidence in the earth's rotundity
that is solidly based on an enormous mass
of experience irreconcilable with any al
ternative. The safe arrival of a trans-
oceanic plane at its destination and the
production of an accurate map of Asia
are hardly possible otherwise. An ama
teur astronomer who observes an occulta
tion of a star at the predicted time for
his location knows that he could not do
this if the Nautical Almanac Office were
grossly mistaken about the shape of our
planet.
Such grounds for confidence are all
relatively recent, as centuries go. How
did the belief in the earth's spherical
shape become firmly established among
the ancient Greeks?
The earliest scraps of information
available about the astronomical ideas of
the Ionian philosophers of the 6th cen-
tury B.c. indicate a very different concept
of the world. Thales is said to have
believed that the earth was flat and
floated on water. Anaximenes, while
agreeing on the flatness, assumed air as
the supporting medium. Anaximander
The world of Macrobi
us (5th century A.D.)
was a sphere, quartered
by north-south and east
west ocean belts. In the
hemisphere shown here,
Britain, Thule, and Eu
rope are at upper left.
South of Africa, and
forever inaccessible be
cause of tropical heat,
Macrobius placed a vast
temperate continent, in
hablted by unknown
races of men. This map
is from the 1560 L y o n ~
edition of Macrobius'
book, Scipio's Dream.
visualized the earth as a cylinder sus-
pended in space, its depth a third of its
diameter, with mankind dwelling on the
flat upper face.
There has been some uncertainty
whether the first Greek thinker to propose
the earth's sphericity was Pythagoras or
his follower Parmenides, about 500 B.c.
In any event, there must have been a
growing acceptance of this concept at
people grew more familiar with certain
natural phenomena suggesting it. Travel-
ers to the north would have reported
that certain stan became circumpolar,
and attention must have been paid to the
1st-magnitude star Canopus which, in
visible from Greece, climbed steadily
above the southern horizon during voy-
ages to Egypt.
An interesting sidelight on the spread
of the idea is offered by the historian
Herodotus, who wrote in the 5th century
B.c. He doubted the story that a party
of Phoenician sailors circumnavigated
Africa, finding it incredible because they
were said to have had the sun on their
right while sailing westward from the
Indian Ocean into the Atlantic. This
story is evidence that some people-
though not Herodotus-were aware of the
consequences of the earth being a sphere.
Among the Greeks, many adherents of
the belief in a spherical earth were con
vinced by abstract ideas, not observation.
Thus Plato argued that the universe, as
well as the earth, is a sphere because the
sphere is the most perfect of geometrical
forms. Aristotle furnished a proof based
on his principle that all heavy bodies
tend uniformly toward the center of the
universe.
But Aristotle also marshaled observa
tional evidence. During eclipses of the
moon, the edge of the earth's shadow Ia
(Continued on page 87)
NEWS NOTES
MOON'S DISTANCE
The first systematic radar measurements
of the moon's distance were made at the
Naval Research Laboratory in 1957. In
this work, which extended over a month,
differences of a few kilometers showed up
between the radar and the predicted dis
tances, changing in a seemingly periodic
pattern.
The explanation of these discrepancies
is that nearly all of a lunar radar echo
comes from a very small area at the cen-
ter of the moon's disk. Because the
amount of the lunar librations is con
stantly changing, this "spotlighted" area
is shifting slowly within a region about
300 miles across, sometimes encountering
low plains, sometimes mountainous high-
lands.
In 1959 and 1960, a new series of ob-
servations was made that extended over
eight lunations. The nearest point of the
moon each month traced roughly the same
ellipse over the lunar surface. Thus, by
relating the range measurements from
each month to the same general lunar
area, it was possible to eliminate largely
the effects of topographical irregularities.
Four NRL radio astronomers (B. S.
Yaplee, S. H. Knowles, A. Shapiro, and
K. J. Craig) have collaborated with Yale
astronomer D. Brouwer in this analysis,
which has recently been published as
NRL Report 6U4.
They find that the mean distance be-
tween the centers of the earth and moon
is 384,400.2 1.1 kilometers. This result
depends upon assumed values for the
radius of the moon (1,738 kilometers) and
for the equatorial radius of the earth
(6,369.836 kilometers).
Expressed in miles, this new earth-
to-moon distance is 238,854.7, putting the
moon about two miles closer than the
value cited in many textbooks.
The precision of the radar distance is
considerably better than in any previous
determination. According to Dr. Yaplee
and his co-workers, the accuracy is lim-
ited primarily by the uncertainties in the
lunar radius and in the velocity of radio-
wave propagation.
SLOW NOVA IN AURIGA
Cuno Hoffmeister, director of Sonne-
berg Observatory in East Germany, re-
ports an unusual faint nova in Auriga
that took years instead of days to brighten.
He came upon the object this April, while
he was intercomparing photographs taken
with the 16-inch f/4 Sonneberg refractor.
On checking, Dr. Hoffmeister found
that this star had already been recognized
in 1960 on Sonneberg plates by a visiting
Bulgarian astronomer, 1\lrs. M. Popova of
Sofia. At that time the star was classified
as possibly a long-period variable, and it
was assigned the preliminary name S 5420
Aurigae.
The nova was invisible on plates taken
84 SKY AND TEt.ESCOPE, August, 1965
GEORGE S. MuMFORD
in early 1959; it appeared that October,
and brightened slowly to maximum (mag
nitude 11.3) in January, 1963. By the
spring of 1965, the nova had faded to
fainter than 15.5.
The total range of this nova is about
6! magnitudes, for it is reco1p1izable. as a
faint blue star of photographtc magmtude
18 in the Palomar Sky Atlas, on a photo-
graph taken in 1951. An earlier maxim.um
about 1943 is indicated by some warttme
Sonneberg plates.
The star is located in the southernmost
part of Auriga, near the Gemini border,
at right ascension 6b 12m 33
1
, declination
+28' 36'.5 (1950 coordinates).
STRUCTURE OF 3C273
When the moon occults a radio source,
the moving lunar limb serves as a high
resolution scanning device. Hence the
occultation of a quasi-stellar source can
provide valuable information about its
structure. However, one complication
arises for sources less than about 10 sec-
onds of arc in size: the recorded changes
in intensity are dominated by diffraction
at the moon's edge.
P. A. G. Scheuer, Cambridge Univer-
sity, has obtained a practical solution to
the mathematical problem of reconstruct
ing the original distribution of brightness
across a small-diameter source. In a re-
cent issue of the Monthly Notices of the
Royal Astronomical Society, he applies
his method to occultations of the impor
tant source 3C-273 observed by C. Haz-
ard on August 5 and October 26, 1962.
It was previously recognized that 3C-273
is double. Dr. Scheuer's analysis of record-
ings at 1,410 megacycles shows that the A
component is about five seconds broad,
with a core 0.9 second in diameter. The
B component has a diameter of 0.5 sec-
ond. There are uncertain indications of
additional, weaker components of small
size.
NEW EVIDENCE
FOR EARLY LIFE
Life is now known to have existed on
the earth for about 2.7 billion years-
almost a billion years longer than hitherto
believed. Discovery of chemical molecules
produced in the distant past by living
organisms was reported in Nature by
Nobel laureate Melvin Calvin and his as-
sociates at the University of California,
Berkeley.
Before some 600 million years ago, no
living things had hard skeletons. This
lack of bony fossils, together with the
great heat and pressure that ancient rocks
have undergone, makes it difficult to iden-
tify Precambrian fossils by their forms.
Nevertheless, earlier this year P. C. Cloud,
Jr., of the University of Minnesota, re-
ported remains of microscopic algae in
Canadian rocks 1.9 billion years old (Sci-
ence, April 2, 1965).
The Berkeley scientists, on the other
IN THE CURRENT JOURNALS
SUNSPOTS FROM GALILEO TO
HALE, by Giorgio Abetti, Leaflet 432
of the Astronomical Society of the
Pacific, June, 1965. "The occurrence
of spots on the sun's disk was known
in the earliest history because at the
time of greatest solar activity they can
often be seen with the naked eye. They
could hardly have escaped notice when
the brightness of the sun was dimin-
ished by the absorption of the lower
layers of the terrestrial atmosphere."
THE MAGNETIC FIELD OF THE
GALAXY, by Glenn Berge and George
A. Seielstad, Scientific American, June,
1965. "Following clues first provided
more than a decade ago by optical tele-
scopes, radio telescopes have recently
traced out a highly oriented magnetic
field in our galactic neighborhood that
may provide the 'backbone' of the spiral
arm in which the sun and its planets
are embedded."
hand, use a new chemical technique based
on the detection of the hydrocarbon
molecules pristane and phytane in rocks.
These molecules are believed formed only
by living systems, yet they are stable
enough to resist long periods of extreme
heat and pressure.
Both these substances have been found
in rocks from the approximately 2.7-bil-
lion-year-old Soudan formation in Mione
sota, the oldest carbon-rich rocks in North
America. While it is not possible to
identify the precise kind of life from
which the molecules came, one clue is the
fact that phytane is a derivative of a com-
ponent of chlorophyll, which is essential
for photosynthesis in green plants. Per-
haps the molecules were produced by
some chlorophyll-containing organisms
like blue-green algae, the most primitive
known plants.
If this interpretation is correct, says Dr.
Calvin, the occurrence of photosynthesis
indicates that terrestrial life was rather
well established 2.7 billion years ago.
Future plans call for a similar analysis ol
South African rocks 3.4 billion years old.
The age of the earth is generally set a1
about 4.7 billion.
LIFE IN AN AMMONIA
RlCH ATMOSPHERE
When the possibility of life existing
elsewhere in the solar system is discussed.
Jupiter is usually discounted because of
its dense atmosphere of noxious gases, in
eluding large concentrations of ammonia
and methane. However, a recent report
in Icarus (April, 1965), suggests that cer
tain life forms might survive even there.
S. M. Siegel and Constance Guimarro
of the Union Carbide Research Institute
are engaged in a long-term study of the
survival of plants, bacteria, and other
forms of life under extreme conditions.
In the course of their experiments, some
plants of the genus Euphorbia-similar to
cacti-were sealed in jars cont
gas mixtures as 15 percent at
percent hydrogen, and 50 pe
ane. When the specimen w
after two months in this e1
their surfaces were coated ~
microorganisms, including ty
teria that can survive without
rertain species of fungi.
According to the authors: "
exposure ... to ammonia-rid
plant surfaces were essentiall
microorganisms, save for rat
sporelike forms. Hence, all o
isms obtained subsequently f1
regions must have been produ
germination, fission, or oth
reproduction under the expc
mosphere."
It is widely believed that
atmosphere originally contair
gases as Jupiter's now does.
these results support the id
forms could have been prese
long ago, before the transitio
ducing atmosphere to the pt
ing one took place. MoreovCJ
of microbial life might eve
upon Jupiter at dense atmos
where suitable temperatur
prevail.
IMPROVED PENDULUM
ASTROLABE
In principle, an observer c
his latitude and longitude b
times at which two (or mor
a particular altitude above
The pendulum astrolabe Is c
instruments invented for 1
tions in geodetic surveys.
Essentially, it is a 60-d
cacti-were sealed in jan containing such
gaB mixturea as 15 percent ammonia, 35
~ c e n t hydrogen, and ISO percent meth-
ane. When the specimens were removed
after two months in this environment,
their surfaces were coated with various
miaoorganiams, including types of bac-
teria that can survive without oxygen, and
certain lpeciea of fungi.
Ai:cording to the authors: "Prior to the
exposUre .. to ammoniarich conditions,
plant surfaces were essentially devoid of
microorganisms, save for rare spores or
sporelike forms. Hence, all of the organ-
isins obtained subsequently from necrotic
regic>ns must have been produced by spore
germination, fission, or other modes of
reproduction under the experimental at
mosphere."
It is widely believed that the earth's
atmosphere originally contained the same
gases as JuJ>iter's now does. Therefore,
these results suppan the idea that life
forms could have been present on Earth
long ago, before the transition from a re-
ducing atmosphere to the present oxidiz-
ing one took place. Moreover, some forms
of microbial life might even now exist . , ,.
upon Jupiter at dense atmospheric levels
where suitable temperature conditions
prevail.
IMPROJIED PENDULUM
lfSTROUBE
In principle, an observer can determine
his latitude and longitude by noting the
times at which two (or more) stan reach
a particular altitude above the horizon.
The pendulum astrolabe is one of several
instruments invented for such observa-
tions In geodetic surveys.
Essentially, it is a 60-degree elbow
The Perkin-Elmer 60-degree pendulum astrolabe. The caging mechanism indi
cated in the diagram below protects the wire-suspended mirror while the
instrument is being tran1p0rted from one station to another. At right rear,
the large box contains the photoelectric star detector.
telescope mounted in a vertical plane,
with a horizontal wire at its focus. Star
light passes through the objective lena
down to a pendulum-aupported horizontal
mirror, where it is reflected upward into
the eyepiece. When the observer sees the
star pass the horizontal wire, its altitude
is 60 degrees.
The latest and moat refined pendulum
astrolabe has been developed by Perkin
Elmer Corp., Norwalk, Connecticut, for
the U. S. Army Engineers at Fort Belvoir,
Virginia. To be used in second-order
surveys, the 54-pound portable device can
determine geographical position with a
probable error of about ::1::0.05 second of
arc-about li feet on the surface of. the
earth.
The teleacope in this instrument has
a S.l-inch objective and magnifies 68
times, with a one-degree field. Its 7x
finder has a field of 10 degrees. In mak
ing a star observation, the observer turns
the instrument around a vertical axis to
the proper azimuth, which is Indicated
by a horizontal 5j-inch finding circle,
graduated at one-degree intervals. The
eyepiece reticle consists of five curved hor-
izontal lines, so an average cari be ob-
tained of the five times recorded as the
star passes over them in succession. When
only bright stan need to be oblerved, a
photoelectric detector can be used to
obtain the record automatically. The ob
servation of a set of stars well distributed
in azimuth yields the latitude and local
time; comparing the latter with Universal
time, known from radio time signals,
furnishes the longitude.
lfugust, 1965, SKY AND TELI!SCOPE 85
1-
i
T
HE HEAVIEST payload orbited
was hurled aloft on june 8th, by a
versatile booster being developed by the
Air Force to carry a variety of payloads,
including communications satellites, nu
clear-explosion detectors, and manned
space laboratories.
The Titan !l has two configurations:
liA is the liquid-fueled three-stage core sec-
tion alone; !IC has in addition two solid
THE DUAL-FUELED
BOOSTER TIT AN 3C
Left: As Titan liC lifts
off, its solid-fuel boost
ers are belching Dame.
One i seen on each side
of the liquid-fuel main
body. A small fourth
rocket is also attached;
its white nose may be
seen in front of the
dark vertical stripe on
the right-hand solid-fuel
rocket. This is the
thrust vector control,
whose stream enters
the solid-fuel exhaust
through a ring of ports,
in such a way as to de
Rect that exhaust in
the direction required
for control.
Below: A camera aboard
Titan !lC views the re
ceding coast of Florida.
At left, 108 seconds af
ter takeoff, the main
body (top of frame) be
gins firing, just before
a solid-fuel booster is
jettisoned. The right
band picture shows this
motor falling to the
ocean below. All pho
tos from U.S. Air Force.
fuel boosters attached. The nearly 500,-
000 pounds of thrust developed by a
Titan 3A is increased to some 2,000,000
pounds by attaching the solid-fuel motors,
each 120 inches in diameter.
In the June launching, the auxiliary
motors carried the core to a height of
about 25 miles before they burned out
and were jettisoned. Then the liquid-
fueled section took over and drove the
transtage and payload into orbit. An Air
Force spokesman points out that boosters
156 inches in diameter could almost dou-
ble the payload, to some 20 tons.
Although the basic Titan had flown
before (February issue, page 95), there
was considerable worry about its behavior
with the two hot solid rockets strapped
alongside. This was the first time such
rockets had been fired right-side up;
hitherto they were tested in stands with
their noses down.
Fortunately everything went smoothly,
and the heaviest space vehicle ever
launched by this country rode into the
sky on a bright yellow flame 500 feet
long. On the pad the Titan 3C weighed
nearly I! million pounds. About 29,000
pounds of ballast and instrumentation
went into an orbit inclined 32 degrees to
the equator. Apogee and perigee heights
were 127 and 103 miles, respectively.
Coming within a week of the successful
Gemini 4 flight, this launching again
raised the question of where we stand in
the so-called space race. Ever since the
first Sputnik in the fall of 1957, news
media have been reporting guesses as to
how many years behind the United States
has been.
The Soviet Union has scored an impres-
sive list of firsts, but the United States
has been far more active. For example,
Soviet scientists placed the first payload
into orbit, Yuri Gagarin made the first
manned orbital flight, Alexei Leonov first
ventured outside a spacecraft, and a Soviet
probe was first to photograph the moon's
far side. On the other hand, we have had
more successful launchings every year
since 1957. By mid-1965, the totals were
235 to 99.
The real differences h:
gram emphasis. Very ea
was able to boost heavy
rockets. Hence they
large manned craft. I
power, we concentrated
miniaturized equipment
sophisticated. With inl
systems, our scientists ha1
and deeper into interpi
At the same time, NJ
Force rushed the devel,
and powerful rockets. 1
booster appears to have a
less than 1,000,000 pour
the 400,000-pound thrust
our successful Gemini J
NASA's Saturn I (thrust
and Titan !IC appear to
erful boosters flown to
Tims the United Statj
lites in orbit (1!17 to
debris of various sorts)
lunar and planetary p
booster power. Nevertl
J\Iueller, NASA's chief j
flight, wisely counsels th
error to believe we hav(
of several years held by
At a press conference
on june 21st, LieutenaJ
nin stated that Soviet SJ
they are still leading th
ing on the Gemini 4 Oi:
"After the first step w
. . . gained confidence
exist 15 or 20 minutes il
suit. Also, I must menti
Several days before Bal
returned to Moscow, th
permission for a small @
to come and have a tall
the Voskod II spaces!
results of the flight.
granted permission. Tl
... and everything was
cans in great detail.
apparatus, equipment,
emerging, and all sorl
were told to them. I t
of great help in the p1
flight."
Thus it seems that
measure of where the
race stands. With a
ideas and techniques,
any manned flight "ra
EIGHT
I
N an unpublicized
at Vandenberg Air
partment of Defense
booster carrying eight
suits have been anno1
its Satellite Situation
All eight payloads a1
et had the same initial
utes. Their apogee a
were all within a
564 miles, respectivel1
inclinations were bet-w
degrees.
The eight satellites,
The real differences have been in pro-
gram emphasis. Very early the U.S.S.R.
was able. tcr boost heavy loads with giant
rockeu. Hence they have tended to use
large manned craft. Lacking booster
p()wel', we concentrated on lightweight,
Jntniaturized equipment that grew highly
sophliticated. With intricate telemetry
systemS, our scientists have probed deeper
and deeper Into Interplanetary space.
At che same time, NASA and the Air
Force rushed the development of large
and powerful rockets. The largest Soviet
booster appears to have a thrust of slightly
leu than 1,000,000 pounds, far ahead of
the .400,000-pound thrust Titan 2 used for
our successful Gemini flights. But now
NASA's Saturn 1 (tluuat 1,500,000 pounds)
and Titan SC appear to be the most pow-
erful boosters flown to date.
Thus the United States has more satel-
lites in orbit (187 to 24, not counting
debris of various sorts), more successful
lunar and planetary probes, and more
booster power. Nevertheless, George E.
Mueller, NASA's chief of manned space-
flight, wisely counsels that it would be an
error to believe we have overcome a lead
of several years held by the Soviet Union.
At a press conference in Sofia, Bulgaria,
on June 21st, Lieutenant General Kama-
nin stated that Soviet space scientists feel
they are still leading the way. Comment-
ing on the Gemini 4 flight, he said:
"After the first step was made, everyone
. gained confidence- that one could
exist 15 or 20 minutes in space in a space-
suit. Also, I must mention another detail.
Several days before Balyayev and Leonov
returned to Moscow, the Americans asked
permission for a small group of specialists
to come and have a talk with the crew of
the Voskod II spaceship regarding the
results of the flight. Our government
granted permission. This talk took place
... and everything was told to the Ameri
cans in great detail. The systems, the
apparatus, equipment, the procedure of
emerging, and all sorts of other things
were told to them. I think that this was
of great help in the preparation of their
flight."
Thus it seems that there is no good
measure of where the space exploration
race stands. With a freer exchange of
ideas and techniques, there need not be
any manned flight "race" at all.
EIGHT SATELLITES AT ONCE
I
N an unpublicized feat on March 9th
at Vandenberg Air Force Base, the De-
partment of Defense launched a single
booster carrying eight satellites. Some re-
sults have been announced by NASA in
its Satellite Situation Report series.
All eight payloads and their spent rock-
et had the same initial period: 108.5 min-
utes. Their apogee and perigee heights
were all within a few miles of 585 and
564 miles, respectively, and their orbital
inclinations were between 70.09 and 70.12
degrees.
The eight satellltes, bearing serial num-
hera 1965-16A to If, are being used in a
variety of experiments. Gravity Gradient
2 and Gravity Gradient J are exploring
stabilization mechods for future space-
craft. Precision tracking techniques are
being improved with Surcal, and amateur
radio enthusiasts are tracking Oscar J.
Greb and Solar Radiation are studying
energy from the sun. Geodetic investiga-
tions are being made by means of EGRS J,
which carries a ranging transponder. The
eighth satellite is called Dodecahedron,
a Navy vehicle for radio tests.
Some of these spacecraft are continuing
programs of several years standing. For
example, the first Greb was launched
June 22, 1960, and became 1960.,2 (SKY
AND TELESCOPE, August, 1960, page 85),
ASTRONOMICAL SCRAPBOOK
(Continued from page 8J)
always (very nearly) circular, so that the
earth itself is a sphere. This philosopher
also noted that travel norch or south puts
different stars overhead, and since even
a short journey makes an appreciable
change, the terrestrial sphere cannot be
a very large one.
From this conclusion, it was no great
step to attempt a crude measurement of
the size of the earth. No firsthand ac-
count survives of Eratosthenes' experi-
ment in the 8rd century B.c., but some
details were preserved by Cleomedes. At
Syene in southern Egypt, on the day of
the summer solstice, the sun at noon
shone on the bottom of a deep pit. On
the same day, a sundial at Alexandria
showed the noon sun standing south
of the zenith by I 150 of a total circle, or
7.2 degrees. Thus the places were separat
ed by I I 50 of the earth's circumference.
Eratosthenes estimated their distance as
5,000 stadia, from the time it took to
travel between them, making the earth
250,000 stadia around. Because the length
of his unit is now uncertain, no precise
conversion of Eratosthenes' result into
miles can be made.
A very similar result for the size of the
earth was derived by Posidonius (lst cen-
tury B.c.), who noted that Canopus just
grazed the southern horizon of Rhodes,
but attained a meridian altitude of 7!
degrees at Alexandria, an estimated 5,000
stadia farther south.
Further evidence of the convexity of
the earth from east to west was advanced
by Adrastias. At any eclipse of the moon
seen from different stations, the eclipse
occurs at an earlier hour of the night
(local time) the farther west the observing
site is. If the earth were flat, noted
Adrastias, all watchers would see the
eclipse at the same hour.
Another "proof' familiar two thousand
years ago is the fact that on shipboard a
ma11thead lookout can sight land sooner
than a watcher on deck can.
Thus, by late classical times knowledge
that the earth is a sphere had become
general among educated classes in all
the Mediterranean world. But this wide-
while Oscar 1 (196laK2) was launched on
December 12, 1961, reentering the atmO-
sphere January 81, 1962. .
EGRS 2 was launched two days after
the cluster of eight, on March
Called 1965-J?B, it had an apogee height
of 682 miles and a perigee of 180. Its
inclination of 89.98 degrees correi,POndl
to an almost exactly polar orbit. ' .
RAYMOND N. WATTS, JL
Smithsonian Astrophysical
CORllECfiON
On page 17 last month, the names of
the two astronauts in the top picture ate
interchanged. Major White is on the left,
Major McDivitt on the right.
spread familiarity waned 'With the rise
of Christianity and the breakup of the
Roman Empire. As the new religion
supplanted the older ones, a strong reac-
tion set in against pagan philosophy and
pagan science, The concept of a tet
restrial globe was pushed more and more
into the background in favor of a flat
eal'th that would accord with in
terpretation of Scripture and with theo-
logical analogies. .
One of the most inftuential critia of
earlier astronomical ideas was Lactantiul,
who wrote at the beginning of the 4th
century A.D. He heaped ridicule on the
doctrine of che spherical earth, urging the
absurdity of supposing that there are peo-
ple whose feet are above their heads, and
where rain and snow fall upward. It wal
impossible, he said, for the heavens to be
lower than the earth.
Particularly bizarre was the world de
scribed by Cosmas Indicopleustes, an
Egyptian o the 6th century. To him the
earth was a rectangular plane, twice as
long as wide, surrounded by an ocean that
in turn was surrounded by
From this arose four rectangular walls,
surmounted by the semicylindrical can
opy of heaven.
It would be wrong to suppose that such
extreme views as these were everywhere
held in the Christian world, for the
doctrine of the earth's rotundity was
never quite forgotten; particularly in
western countries. Moslem thinkers had
no objection to the concept, since the
Koran was silent on the matter. The
English scholar Bede (who died about
785) openly taught that the earth is a
sphere; indeed, from that time onward
this idea slowly but steadily began to
resume its place among generally
cepted facts. JOSEPH ASHBROOK
CORilECfiON
In the Newa Note on Jupiter's rotation,
page IS of the July issue, Elmer J. Reese
should have been described as a ataft mem
ber of the New Mexico State University
Observatory (University Park), not as
associated with the University of New
Mexico (Albuquerque).
Western Satellite Research Network
G. A. McCUE, J. G. WILLIAMS, and R. C. HoY
Space Sciences Laboratory, North American Azitltion. Inc.
I
N 1956 AND 1957, a worldwide net
work of amateur astronomers and
volunteer observers was established
by the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observ
atory to track artificial satellites in >Up
port of the International Geophysical
Year. When the Soviet Union launched
its first Sputnik in I 957, this networl..
(Moonwatch) became the United State;'
first optical space surveillance system.
With experience, these observers greatly
improved their satellite searching skills,
but the refinement of photographic and
electronic tracking systems made it appar-
ent that routine visual obsenations by
1\foonwatch were of comparatively little
value for "well-behaved" satellites.
It was then that several of the more
experienced teams organized the \Vestern
Satellite Researd1 Network (WSRN), in
the belief that visual observers could
make significant contributions to some of
the more specialized problems of satellite
tracking. In 1959 eight WSRN teams con-
tributed more than half of all American
visual satellite observations. By mid-1964,
the organization had grown to 25 teams
and 82 observing sites in North America,
Australia, South America, and South
Africa.
Our visual work is of \'alue primarily
when photographic or electronic methods
are inadequate, that is, if an object is too
small, too distant, or has poorly deter-
mined orbital elements. Consequently, we
concentrate on recovering lost satellites,
tracking faint problem-objects, observing
unusual launches and satellite decays in
the atmosphere, and recording the dis-
tincthe optical characteristics of individ-
ual objects. As a result of these efforts,
\\'SRI'I: teams have become an integral
part of the national space surveillance
system.
From the start, WSRN activities have
been coordinated by North American :hi-
ation's Space Sciences Laboratory in
Downey, California. Here an IBM 7091
computer is used to predict passages ol
problem satellites over WSRN stations.
If an object is lost. the computer make>
predictions with corrections to be applied
at intervals, so that the observer <an scan
the orbit plane for a long time, thus in-
creasing the probability of his seeing the
object. The computer can produce about
!!,000 "look-angle" predictious in a miu-
ute.
It also performs orbit analyses, usiug
obsenational data to determine or reline
a satellite's orbital elements. This pro-
gram, together with the WSRN prediction
work and the contributions of individual
observers such as Arthur S. Leonard, has
led to the recovery of the following objects
for the U. S. Air Force Spacetrack opera-
tion. This was after they had been lost bv
all other tracking systems.
1960,-1 An aluminized-mylar fragment
of the Echo I launching.
1961 ,,I Explorer II, which carried out
gammara\' measun:ments.
Spent rocktt of Relay I, a com-
munications repeater satellite.
HH SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, J9n5
America's first satellite, Explorer l,
was launched January 31, 1958. Onlv
80 inches long, it proved much more
difficult for :\loonwatch teams to de-
were the Soviet Sputniks.
Tlus first photograph, taktn in South
Africa on !\larch 18, 1958, when Ex-
plorer 1 was 800 miles high, shows
it as a short streak among star trails
caused by the camera's tracking mo
tion. Smithsonian Obsenatory photo.
1963-138
1963-30A
Tclstar 2's spent rocket.
Unnamed satellite; near-pola1
orbit.
l!l61-3B Relay 2's spent rocket.
19652iD { Debris from Snap-lOA nudea1
1965-27E \ reactor launch.
Curreutly, the \VSRN teams arc coor-
dinated to fulfill directly the specific needs
of Spacetrack, for whom they routinely
track most objects listed above, as well as
the following two:
1962.3 Unnanwd satellite; near-pol:n
orbit.
1962a<2 Telstar I 's spcut rocket.
The flow of iuformation to tht tc:nm
The 26 teams of the
\Vtstern Satellite Re
search Network are in-
<licated on this map.
Four of the stations arc
in the Southern Hemi
sphere and can obsef\'c
parts of satellite orbits
invisible to Northern
Hemisphere obseners.
Also, when illumina
tion conditions render
a satellite unohscrvabk
from up north, it rna\
still he detectable frmi1
southern site,.
All illustrations with
this article are from
1 II(' mtthnrs unless oth<r
wise rredited.
The Townsville, Austra
bear in satellite search
telescopes supported by
of a World War II ant
to provide accurate
fiv
is quite efficient. Spacetr:
orbital elements and pr
WSRN headquarters at I
the elements are relined, if
detailed predictions made.
mailed, telegraphed, or te
pending on the urgency ol
to the individual observer!
over 50,000 predictions '
each month.
Gregory Roberts (left:
several radio rcreivers
the transits of several
electronic
ateUite; near-polar
nuclear
1' apent rocket.
i1tfc>m1atiion to the teams
The 26 teams of the
Weatern Satellite Re
ICIItth Network are in
on this map.
Four 'of the stations are
ill tbe Southern Hemi
and can observe
parts of satellite orbits
mvialole to Northern
Hemilphere observers.
. when illumina
dOn conditions render
!l aatellite unobservable
from U(> north, it may
stUI be detectable from
WSllN's southern sites.
' All illustrations with
this article are from
ttie authors unless other
wise credited.
The Townsville, Australia, team can bring a wide variety of instruments to
bear in satellite searches. Here is a fence of low-power apogee Moonwatch
telescopes supported by two movable steel stands. Their site is near the top
of a World War II antiaircraft bunker. Brass pins have been set in concrete
to provide accurate azimuth reference marks. Apogee telescopes are commonly
five inches in aperture and about 25x.
is quite efficient. Spacetrack telegraphs
orbital elements and priority lists to
WSRN headquarters at Downey, where
the elements are refined, if necessary, and
detailed predictions made. These are air
mailed, telegraphed, or telephoned (de-
pending on the urgency of the situation)
to the individual observers. In this way,
over 50,000 predictions are distributed
each month.
Sightings are then attempted with either
a low-power, wide-field telescope or a
high-power, dark-field instrument, depend
ing on the brightness of the satellite and
the estimated accuracy of the predictions.
At Townsville, Australia, the low-power
"apogee scopes" are mounted on two steel
stands, each of which can be set separately
in azimuth to obtain observations of the
same satellite at different points, or to
Gregory Roberts (left) of the station at Durban, South Africa, adjusts one of
several radio receivers. He and co-observer Arthur Arnold have taped directly
the transits of several manned spaceflights. Many WSRN teams have similar
electronic recording and communication equipment.
observe two satellites at the same time.
Usually WSRN observers track satellites
that are between 4th and lOth magnitude.
Occasionally, however, sightings are made
of 13th-magnitude or fainter objects, at
slant ranges up to 14,000 miles. (Larry
Howard of Van Nuys, California, detected
the Elektron 2 rocket under these condi-
tions.) Needless to say, observing and tim
ing the passage of such a satellite to about
lfl 0-second accuracy takes considerable
skill. For such work, Gary McCue of the
Whittier, California, team uses an 8-inch
fjl5 reflector. At Cleveland, Ohio, team
leader Dan Snow employs the lOrinch
refractor of the Cleveland Museum of
Natural History, while at Kansas City
M. T. Sanford uses Kansas University's
Russell Jenkins of Rochester, New
York, observing a satellite transit de-
spite snow underfoot. He claims his
"arctic" station has the worst weather
of any in the WSRN. Here he is
using a 6-inch f/10 telescope with a
two-degree field of view.
27-inch reflector for tracking difficult sa tel
lites. The team leader there, C. R. Lin
tecum, has used this same instrument
photographically to determine satellite
positions with great accuracy.
After an observer reduces his observa
tions, he telephones, telegraphs, or air
mails the results to Downey. The data are
recorded for future analysis and tele
graphed promptly to the Spacetrack cen
ter in Colorado Springs, Colorado. WSRN
team members code their reports for im
mediate use by the computers at Space-
track, thus assuring that their observations
will be analyzed in time to be of value.
This rapid flow of data between a profes-
sional agency and groups of volunteer
observers is essential to the success of our
entire program.
The importance of rapid communica
tion and versatile predicting techniques
is best demonstrated in attempts to ob
serve satellites that are reentering the
earth's atmosphere. Because of atmo-
Sputnik 4 and its rocket one day after launch on l\lay 15, 1960. The con
tmuous line from left to right is the satellite, the dashed line above it the
rocket. The latter shows a half-second tumble period-nne of the typical optical
characteristics studied by WSRN team members.
spheric drag, the orbit of an incoming
object changes quickly, so the predinions
must be frequently updated. Only the
most recent orbital clements can be used
for prediction ephemerides, and "look an
gles" must be sent out to the teams with
out delay, prelerably by telephone. By
this means, WSRN teams have obtained
pre-reentry observations of H different
objects, and the fall of Cosmos 23, I !lli3
50A, was viewed directly by the team
at Madison, Wisconsin, on March 27, 1%1.
variation in appearance o[ nine objects.
Usually, the change is a decrease in tum
hie period, which may indicate a leak or
rupwre of some pressurized container.
Smh "spinups" are occasionally accom
panied hy an alteration in the orbital
clements.
About 8,000 observations of the optical
characteristics of 310 objects had been air
mailed to headquarters by mid-1965. The
computer standardizes the optical data by
removing such factors as slant range and
phase angle. Then the results arc period-
ically summarized and published.
Generally, the success of the \Vestern
Satellite Research Network may be at
tributcd to the enthusiasm and ingenuity
of its individual team members. They
have taken care to observe important ob-
The WSRN optical characteristics study
often requires close personal communica
tion and cooperation. We hope that by
noting such properties as brightness, tum
ble period, and Hash pattern, we can aid
in identifying the nature or condition of
future orbiting vehicles. Often an object's
appearance changes while it is in orbit;
Echo I was launched on August 12, 1960. A month later Tom Walsh of Reseda,
California, took this picture showing the balloon's irregular light fluctuations.
The short breaks in the trail arc timing interruptions each second.
''tt
in such a case, predictions ami other in
formation arc telephoned to observers.
We now have a complete record of the
Creativity is a hallmark of WSRN obscners. Da,id Steinmetz devised this
6-inch multiple-eyepiece satellite-viewing tclcsmpe, which was constructed by
Jack Borde (right) at his home in Concord, California. Donald Charles ob-
serves at left front, and Clarion Cochran at left rear. All arc members of the
Walnut Creek tracking team.
iects and to have the observations utilized
hy others. They often get together to dis
cuss problems and improvements; 30 team
members attended last year's conference
at Denver, Colorado, in conjunction with
the national amateurs convention in Au
At that time, Capt. James A. Strub,
USAF, said:
"As illustrated by the example of the
USAF's Spacctrack system, the various
satellite tracking systems still depend upon
amateur astronomers for some of the in
puts necessary for accomplishing their mis
sions. This dependence will continue in
definitely because there will always be
difficult orbits, there will always be the
possibility o[ unexpected phenomena
such 196lo [Transit 4A, whose rocket
disintegrated into more than 200 pieces],
and there will always be burn-ins."
SOLUTION TO J\IALI .. \S !'UZZLE
(See J}(jgt' i5)
Bill was observing 1\113; Suzy had the
3-inch. The complete amwer to the puz
zlc is:
From left to right, the observers were
Bill, Ann, Jack, Jim, and Suzy, with 10
inch, 6-inch, 8-ind1, 4-inch, and 3-inch
tclcsmpcs, respectively. These were white,
brray, blue, green, and black. They ob
served Epsilon Bootis, l\157. Alpha
Hcrmlis, and Albireo. Bill used Norton's,
:\nn the HD, Jack Atlas Coeli, Jim Atlas
EclifJI icalis, ami Sll1y was using the Beyer
Graff.
A matt
HIGH SCHO
pENNSYLVANIA is 0
states to develop a
tronomy program in its se
aiding local authorities t
scrvatorics and install pl
McKeesport, an 8-inch Sf
reflector was purchased f,
old Port Vue-Liberty Hig
South Allegheny Joint Sci
This January, 12 studen
tronomy club for the pm
their own telescopes, for
from school. Their sciet
J. Takacs, and I was instt
ing a dozen 4-inch f/
standardized design, du
from my job at the Natiot
of U. S. Steel.
Work on the 4-iuch mi
rapidly. Each student cui
and tool from t- and !i
using the drill-press attacl
the picture, and did his
polishing, and figuring.
were made of heavy pip
three carriage bolts fitt,
separators and wing nuts
Each aluminum telesco
feet long and five inches i
chose a fork-type equatori
which a two-foot vertic:
with a "Y" attachment a
on a wheel drum.
In addition to using th
grain telescope, the club I
a 2!-inch refractor. My he
Newtonian will be avail;
as soon as we find a per
At left, student Robe
tables are automobile
Price operates the dr
their interest in astl
two students have re
observations utilized
get together to dis-
30 team
year's conference
In conjunction with
convention in Au-
. James A. Strub,
MALLAS PUZZLE
j;age '/$)
obll!mltr. MtS: Suzy had the
COJ!Ilpl.ete answer to the puz
. the observers were
and Suzy, with 10-
4-incb, and 8-incb
testectivi!lv. These were white,
green; and black. They ob
Epsilon Bootil, M57, Alpha
Albireo. But wed Norton's,
Jack Alias Coeli, Jim Atlas
and Suzy waa using the Beyer
Amateur Astronomers
HIGH ScHOOL AsTRONOMY CLUB IN McKEESPORT
P
ENNSYLVANIA is one of the first
states to develop a coordinated as-
tronomy program in its secondary schools,
aiding .local authorities to construct ob-
servatories and install planetariums. In
McKeesport, an 8-inch Spacek Cassegrain
reflector was purchased for the two-year-
old Port Vue-Liberty High School by the
South Allegheny Joint School Authority.
This January, 12 students formed an as-
tronomy dub for the purpose of making
their own telescopes, for use when away
from school. Their science teacher was
J. Takacs, and 1 was instructor for build-
ing a dozen 4-inch f/9 reflectors of
standardized design, during off hours
from my job at the National Tube Works
of U.S. Steel.
Work on the 4-inch mirrors progressed
rapidly. Each student cut his own blank
and tool from i- and !-inch plate glass,
using the drill-press attachment shown in
the picture, and did his own grinding,
polishing, and figuring. The mirror cells
were made of heavy plywood, each with
three carriage bolts fitted with spring
separaton and wing nuts for adjustments.
Each aluminum telescope tube is four
feet long and five inches in diameter. We
chose a fork-type equatorial mounting, in
which a two-foot vertical 11-inch pipe
with a ''Y" attachment at top sits solidly
on a wheel drum.
In addition to using the school's Casse-
grain telescope, the club has a 5-inch and
a 2!-inch rehactor. My homemade 10-inch
Newtonian will be available to the dub
as soon as we find a permanent location
for it. Up to the end of the school year,
the club members and I met at least twice
a month to discuss our problems.
Of the 12 mirrors started, 11 were com
pleted. (One student dropped and broke
his after it was fully polished.) Next
fall we plan to make 4-, 5-, and 6-inch
telescopes.
At the moment we have two grinding
machines, made by me and by Joseph R.
Levkus of the Pittsburgh Amateur As
tronomers Association. There are four
stands for hand work, but students prefer
to use them only for final figuring. We
expect a much larger group in the fall,
and I will probably make one or two more
machines.
ANDREW 1\fACOSKO
925 Monroe Ave., Port Vue
McKeesport, Pa.
+++ AMATEUR BRIEFS +++
If you are planning to attend the West
ern Amateur Astronomers convention
that is to be held at the University of
Nevada, Reno, from August 19th to 21st,
register by mail as soon as possible. A full
refund will be made (up to 48 hours
before the convention opens) if you are
unable to attend. The bulletin of the
Eastbay Astronomical Society for June in
eludes a registration form that lists the
following expenses: registration, $5.00;
university dormitory accommodations,
$2.00 per night; lunch at university com
mons (including bus service to and from
the Atmospherium), $2.00 per meal; din
ner at university commons, $1.50 per
meal; and the Saturday night banquet
(steall or prime rib), A coollout and
star party are scheduled for Friday eve-
ning (cost not decided). Mail your check
to Board of Regents, W AA Convention,
cfo Fleischmann
ium, University of Nevada, Reno, Nev.
July 31st and August 1st are the dateS
when the Tacoma Amateur Astronomera
will be holding this year's convention
of the Northwest Region, Astronomical
League. For details write club secretary
Clarence E. Stevens, 2207 S. 41st St.,
Tacoma, Wash.
A reminder that the Detroit Astronom
ical Society is host to the Great Lakes
regional convention from August 20th to
22nd. Registration is $2.50 for adults and
$1.50 for juniors. For further information
write G. 1\f. Ross, 18811 Allan, Oall Park,
Mich. 48237.
Any Californian living in the Loa
Angeles-Orange County area who operates
a citizens-band radio station is invited to
join a meteor observing group. The call
letters are KKX 5220 and KKX 9775 on
channel 12. Radio contact makes coordi
nated observing possible.
The San Francisco Amateur Astrono-
mers are holding their annual star party at
Lick Observatory on August 27th. After a
lecture at 7 p.m., observing with Lick's 12-
and 36-inch refractors is scheduled be
tween 8 and 10 p.m. Then the partici-
pants will observe with their own instru
menta.
The Wyevern Astronomical Society, St.
Briavels (near Lydney, Gloucestenhire),
England, held its lint star party May 8th.
Although observing was hampered by
clouds, visitors enjoyed many astronomical
exhibits. So great was the enthusiasm at
At left, student Robert Martin operates one of the two grinding machine&, built of materials from a junkyard. The tUI'Il
tables are automobile front wheels, with their axles and bearin!JS retained but the brake shoes removed. At riKht, Robert
Price operates. the drill press, and Alvin Hays holds a brua biiCUit cutter and three finished gbua blanks. Bec:auae of
their intereat in astronomy and participation in the telescope making group, as well as for acholaatic ability, tbae
two students have received fonr.year scholarship offers from die Westinghouse Corp., with the promile of future job
opportunities. Photographs by the Daily NIIWJ of McKeesport.
August, 1965, S&Y AND TELESCOPE 91
this party that the group gained 20 new
members! A similar event is planned for
next year.
Teen-age amateurs living in the Port
land, Maine, area are invited to join an
ar.tive junior group. Contact either Mr.
Stevenson or Mr. Parker at the Portland
Society of Natural History, 22 Elm St.,
Portland, Me., regarding membership in
the Junior Astronomical Club. Meetings
are at the museum every other week.
May 22nd marked the formation of
the Middle Atlantic Planetarium Society
(MAPS), during a meeting of planetarium
educators at the Earth and Space Science
Laboratory, Frederick, Maryland. For
particulars, contact Mrs. Margaret K.
Nobel, D. C. Planetarium, Cardozo High
DUTCH TELESCOPE MAKING
H
ERE in the Netherlands we amateurs
have our own magazine, Heme! en
Dampkring, but we find SKY AND TELE
scoPE very useful for its telescope making
infonnation. In this country telescope ac-
cessories are hard to get, though refractors
are commercially available. If you want a
Newtonian, Cassegrain, or Maksutov, usu-
ally you have to make it yourself. Each of
the nine members of our local club has
built his own telescope.
My latest instrument is a 4!-inch schief-
spiegler (off-axis reRector) of Anton
Kutter's design (see May, 1961, page 293,
and October, 1961, page 232). Previously
I had constructed two 4-inch and one
School, 13th and Clifton N.W., Washing
ton, D. C. 20009.
Harold Simmonds of the Sacramento
Valley Astronomical Society (California)
sold his telescope mirror for $400 and
donated the entire sum to the club's ob-
servatory fund. Ground has been broken
at the observatory site for the group's
12-inch refractor.
Clarence Ellis of the Rocket City Astro-
nomical Association (Huntsville, Ala-
bama), has just finished a 21-inch mirror
that will be used in the society's telescope
on Monte Sano Mountain. This telescope
will replace the club's present 16!-inch
instrument.
actlvtty to make visual nbservations of
meteors. During this year's first half, C.
Sistrunk and K. Simmons logged 1,502
meteors on 109 nights, averaging five per
observing hour. They send details of
their observations to the American Meteor
Society in Pennsylvania and to the lGY
1\leteor Center in Ottawa, Canada. This
is the second year of observing for these
amateurs, who hope to record 3,000 mete-
ors by the end of 1965.
.-..-n-11 .. 1 ...... 11 II -------
Some Astronomleal
Anniversaries
Two amateurs at Jacksonville, Florida,
do not wait only for nights of peak shower
Aug. 4, 1956: Death of G. A. Shajn, a
leading Soviet expert on stellar spectra
and gaseous nebulae. Born at Odessa on
April 13, 1892, he became director of
the Crimean Astrophysical Observatory.
8-inch Newtonian reRecting telescopes.
The two mirrors for the new instrument
each have 64-inch focal length. My pri-
mary was tested by the Foucault method,
the secondary by interferometry.
The picture docs not show the heavy
steel and wood pier, whid1 carries the
instrument at a convenient eye level. The
pier is mounted on wheels, so it is easy to
move.
I built this telescope for photographing
the moon and planets, but it is so new
that 1 have not had a chance to test it
thoroughly.
A. H. VAN DER BRUGGE
Van Aerssenstraat I 03
The Hague, Netherlands
A. H. van der Brugge's
off-axis reRector rides
in a rugged fork made
of iron braces and ply-
wood. The steel polar
axle is !15 millimeters in
diameter and turns in
ball bearings, while the
20-mm. declination ax
les run in iron bear
ings fitted with grease
cups. The manual slow
motion in right ascen-
sion is seen at bottom of
the picture; its worm
engages a 59-tootlJ gear.
The central white block
is made of plywood.
BeneatlJ hangs a short
plastic tube holding the
110-mm. primary mir-
ror, above it a finder
telescope. The long
aluminum tube carries
the 55-mm. secondary
mirror that intercepts
the off-axis reRection
From the primary and
sends it back through
the block to the eye
piece. Photograph by
the amhor.
Aug. 5, 1864: First observation of the
spectrum of a comet <1864 n Tempel-
Respighil by G. B. Donati at Florence.
Three bright bands demonstrated the
comet was self-luminous, not shining by
reflected sunlight alone.
Aug. 7, 1869: Total eclipse of the sun,
the path of totality passing from Bering
Strait across Iowa to North Carolina.
Discovery of the green emission line In
the coronal spectrum by W. Harkness
and C. A. Young.
Aug. 11, 1908: Premature death <at
38l of Alexis Hansky, br11llant Russian
solar expert. He worked at Pulkovo Ob-
servatory.
Aug. 12, 1923: Discovery of minor
planet No. 1000 by K. Relnmuth at
Heidelberg. He named it Piazzla, after
G. Piazzl <1746-1826), who found No.1,
Ceres, In 1801. Reinmuth's confirmed
discoveries of asteroids total 225.
Aug. 13, 1958: Death of Albert G.
Ingalls, 70. whose books and Scientific
American department taught thousands
of amateurs how to make their own
telescopes.
Aug. 1'7, 1877: Discovery of Mars' two
moons, Phobos and Deimos, by Asaph
Hall with the 26-lnch refractor of the
U. S. Naval Observatory.
Aug. 19, 1868: French astronomer
P. J. C. Janssen fil'St observed solar
prominences outside of eclipse. Having
seen bright prominences during the total
eclipse of the day before, he sought
them In a spectroscope to lessen glare.
Norman Lockyer independently Invented
this technique soon afterward.
Aug. 25, 1822: Death of Sir William
Herschel, aged 83. He discovered Ura-
nus and thousands of double stars, clus-
ters, and galaxies with reflectors built
by himself. He has been called the
founder of sidereal astronomy.
Aug. 26, 1870: The Zurich dally sun-
spot number was 317, the highest value
In the 19th century and a record un-
surpassed until 1947.
Aug. 27, 1962: Venus probe Mariner 2
launched at Cape Canaveral, Florida.
Aug. 29, 1864: William Huggins, an
English amateur, made the first In-
spection of a planetary nebula's spec-
trum, finding It to contain bright lines.
This Indicated luminous gas of low
density.
- - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - - -
92 SKY ANI! TEt.t:scoPE, August, 1965
[ooTo
OPTICAL
JECTOR 'J
GOTO/MITSUI offers
features. Select the ~
"A Dollor's Value for
Modal
tSiturn
"tlupRer
*tMars
*tYenus
If It's a smaller projector
Mercury Model:
Model
tMercury
Goto Planetarium Feature
11 All Optical Lens P
21 tProjectlon our en
to the South Polt
31 Completely automat!
and latitude cbanp
precession!
41 Complete automatic
51 Many other outstam
INSTALLATION, FULL YEAI
SERVICE CALLS BY FAC'
YENTIVE PACKAIE, DOMI
OTHER SERVICES.
Iota A s t r ~
All Inquiries promptly 1
.- .',''
"\ ..
THE LEADER IN
ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS
PRECISION GROUND
OPTICAL LENSES ARE THE KEY TO CRYSTAL..CLEAR
STAR IN YOUR PLANETARIUM.
smLE FOR A PINHOLE PRO
JECTOR? YOU CAN
HAVE A
GOTO ALLOPTICAL LENS PRO
JECTOR WITHIN
THE SAME
PRICE RANGE.
GOTO/MITSUI offers the most complete line of Planetarium Projectors, with many outstanding
features. Select the model that Is most suitable for your technical requirements and obtain
"A Dollar's Volue for a Dollar Spent."
Model 00111 Size Still Ill
tSitlm
&o.a2felt 4CJ0.450
tJIPitlr 411-59 feet 2411-270
tMan
33-40 felt 125-150
tYeau 24-33feat 85-125
If It's 1 ller you llavt In mind, loto/Mitsul otters the
MtrcliiJ Models
Medel
tlllrcury
8ote Plllllbdam Futans
Dome Size
1725 feet
U All Optical IAH ProjectiOn
Still Ill
85-70
2) tPro)lctlou ftlr eltln cellstlll splltn from tilt Nortb Pole
te tilt s..- Pole
3) Ctrlplttely utolllllc dltrul, annul, and pncessloneliDDtlons
and latitude chiP 1Mod1l Mtrcary wltll calibrated ld)ultlble
pnceutol)
4) C011JIIle autolllllc na, 111oon, and planet projectors
5) MaiiJ 1tlltr tutstandlq featans
IIISTAIJ.ATION, FUU YEAR'S WARRANTY, ANNUAL SERVICE CONTRACT,
SE11CE CALLS 8Y FACTORYTRAINED ENIINEERS, DOWNTIME PRE
VEIITIYE PACIAIE. DOME AND BUILDIIII INFOIIIATIDN, AND IIAIIY
OTIIU SERVICES.
(Please specify dome size or seating
capacity In your lnqulry.l
MODEL "SATURN"
' '''
,,
r
,,
am Astronolcal lnstru111nts an IIIDufactured by lata Dpt:cal MfJ. Co., Tokyo, Japan, and an excluslwiJ dlstrlllated by1
All Inquiries promptly acknowledaed.
MITSUI A CO. LTD.
200 PARK AVE.
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
August, 1965, SKY AND TELESCOPJt 98
Astronomy means observation
Identification of celestial objects during summer evenings is easy with our Sky Publications.
Particulatly suited for amateurs and students with small telescopes who desire sky charts
in book form is Norton's Star Atlas, a familiar and famous reference handbook. Covering the
entire heavens, it shows over 9,000 stars to magnitude 6-1/3, nebulae, and clusters. Descrip
tive lisu of 500 objects and sun, moon, and planet data aid the observer. 108 pages, $6.50.
For a more detailed atlas the 16 charts developed by Antonio Becvar and his associates at the
Skalnate Pleso Observatory' in Czechoslovakia are available. 35,000 stars to magnitude 7 .75,
with double multiple, and variable stars, novae, clusters, globulars, and planetaries, bright
and dark galaxies the Milky Way and consrellarion boundaries, are printed in
many colon in th; De Atlas of the Heavens, the 16Y2" x 23" maps being bound in a
heavy cloth cover. 19.75.
Observen at their telescopes will find the inexpensive Field Edition of the Skalnate Pleso
Atlas a most convenient star reference. 16 sheers of stiff paper, 18" x 12\4", are printed in
white on a black background, so they may be illuminated with a flashlight without spoiling the
viewer's dark adaptation. The charts are unbound, $4.00 per set; two sets for $7.50.
Antonio Becvar's Atlas Coeli-11, Katalog 1950.0 is the most complete checklist of celestial
objects ever offered to the amateur observer. Given, with descriptive data, are the 6,362 stars
brighter than magnitude 6.26, with their right ascensions and declinations, magnitudes, and much
other useful information; extensive lists of star clusters, nebulae, and Clothbound,
369 pages, new 1964 edition, $8.75. The catalogue makes a fine compamon to the De Luxe
AlLis o/lhe H1a11ens, and they sell together for $17.50.
Lunar observing is more informative with E1ger's Map of the Moon, a large canvas-mounted
chart identifying all important lunar features. Notes by H. P. Wilkins on 146 areas are given.
The lunar chart itself is approximately 18" in diameter. $3.00.
In two colors, and over 10" in diameter, the SKY AND TELESCOPE Lunar Map identifies
most important features on the moon, including 326 mountains, seas, and craters. The map is
good for use with groups at star parties: individual copy, 25 cetiiS; 3 to 100 maps, 20 cents each;
over 100, 10 cents each plus postage.
The constellations are easily identified from any location in mid-northern latitudes with
the aid of Philips' Planisphere. The world-famous star finder is printed in dark blue and
gold, and can be set quickly for any time of year. Directions for using the device are given in
four languages. $3.00.
Decorative as well as informative is the Color Map of the Nonhero Heavens, a large wall
chart showing the northern sky in polar projection to declination -43 . Such important star
groupings as Gould's belt, the Scorpius-Centaurus association, the blue stars of Orion, are all
indicated by the star symbols, colored vividly to show spectral class. 30" x 34\-2'', only II .50.
"No More Fascinating Chart
in All of Astronomy/"
COLOR M.\P OF THE
SOUTHERN SKY 1950.0
By J. :KLEPESTA AND A. Rfua.
Another triumph of star charting is avail-
able in North America for the first time.
It is a fantastic mine of information con-
cerning celestial bodies of many kinds. By
very ingenious use of six colors, the Czech-
oslovakian astronomers have keyed the
symbolism in a variety of ways and in-
corporated "barrels" of data. At a glance
you can tell a star's position, magnitude,
spectrum and luminosity class, whether it
is double or variable (and the range of its
variation). Clusters, nebulae, and galaxies
are sorted according to apparent sizes and
types. The radiants of meteor showers (day
and night) are marked, and scores of radio
sources are labeled. Other facts on this chart
are too many to enumerate.
COLOR MAP OF THE SOUTHERN SKY
is centered on the south celestial pole, yet
it covers five-sixths of the heavens. It pre-
sents the remarkable reaches of the Milky
Way from Cygnus through Crux to Auriga.
The important objects in the far-southern
sky are represented and their characteristics
stated. By means of this chart northern
observers can better appreciate the impor-
tance of these deep southern objects In the
cosmic scheme. Only the northern polar
cap above declination +43 is not included,
but this is centered in the Color Map of the
Northern Heavens, which is also available.
The color reproduction is brilliant, against
a deep black sky background, on high-
quality heavy white paper; thus the chart
makes a very fine transparency when illumi-
nated from behind. Spectral and other keys
are printed in six colors also, and typical
examples of the different kinds of deep-sky
objects are pictured in miniature. The cir-
cular charted portion is 26 inches in di-
ameter, but the overall dimensions are
about by 3 feet.
COLOR MAP OF THE SOUTHERN
SKY 1950.0 $Z.OO
Color Map of the Northern Heavens $1.50
(Each chart is shipped unfolded in a heavy
protective tube. If southern and northern
charts are ordered together, for mailing
in a single tube, deduct 50 cents-send
$3.00 for the two charts.)
Write/or catalog111 of all Sky Publications.
All items, except where noted, sent postpaitl.
Please enclose your check or money ord11r.
. . ' . . . .
' ,. ' o I '0. '
>h..l 1'1 Hl !:--.111'\J(, POI\.\TION .II I ,, I ()J '" <loo< ' \1, I
0
:
. . . - . . . . . . .
W BOOK
LANDOLTBOR:!
ASTRONOMY AND
H. H. Voigt. editor.
Berlin, Heidelberg, New
pages. DM 814 or $78.50.
A
VOLUME, Astronom
ics, was published
part of the sixth editi<
Burnstein, a series devote
tation of numerical data
relationships in science
Astronomy has expanded
past few years, especially
and space research, that iJ
of Landolt-Bornstein (Gr
Astr0110my and Astroph)
a separate volume, one d1
than a "revised edition."
This five-pound refe11
major contribution to ast
ture, mostly by the lead
tronomers. The 89 coni
only four North America1
Aller (California), who '
tary nebulae; G. P. K
physics of planets and sa
(California), abundances
in the universe; and S.
(Canada), galaxies.
Although the majority
tions are in German, 54
titles of tables and figtJ
summaries are also gi
Chapters in English arE
four above-mentioned '
by A. Behr (Gottinge
Astro Domes art tho Ill
wherever seriOus consld
the study olastronomy-r
by the number of caltllltl,
unlversitlea that have '
Domn. The r1110n 1111
DeiUII Astro DGmll II
IIUIIIttel and dnianedtc
bulrdtna upon which they
trlple
seals out the elements PI
unlflec:ted by hl&h wlndl
c ro Dome drive 1
1 troubltlrH oper
tlnloJmatlon rq,
size 1111 ulrements.
This ....... lllf II .. ,"
lrlr wi .. ICitllo II J
scrttl, cHIIct
AITIIIIJ
IIIIIIIWIIII Art., U. I
lllfONir ClfU
t
1
BOOKS AND THE SKY
. .. . . LANOOLT-liORNSTEIN
.. ... AND ASTllOPHYSlCS
&. Voigt. editor. Springer-Verlag,
Heidelberg, New York, 196!), 711
. I)M or $78.50.
: VOLUME. Astronomy and Geqphys
. iCs/ waa published 15 yean ago aa
the sixth edition of Landolt-
. a ieries devoted to .the preaen-
. . tluon of nUmerical data and functional
in science and
Astinnomy baa expanded so much m the
. paitfeW yean,
apace research, that m th1s New Sertes
of Landolt-Biirnstein (Group VI, Vol. 1),
. Astronomy and Astrophysics has become
a .eparate volume, one that is much more
than a "revised edition."
This five-pound teference tome is a
major contribution to astronomical litera-
ture, mostly the leading German as-
tronomers. The 59 contributors include
i)ftly four North Americans, namely L. H.
: Aller (California), who writes on plane
uiry. nebulae; G. P. Kuiper (Arizona),
physics of planets and satellites: H. Suess
{California), abundances of the elements
in . the universe: and S. van den Bergh
(Canada), galaxies.
Although the majority of the contribu-
tions are in German, section titles, the
titles of tables and figures, and section
summaries are also given in English.
Chapters in English are written by the
four above-mentioned astrOnomers and
by A. Behr photoelectric
OILY ASTIO GOMES
HAVE THE PATENTED
TIIIU LABYRINTII SW.I
Allio Domlt 11'1 thlllandard of quality
wlllrever urloua consideration 11 shan lo
tile studJ or utranomra fact aHntad to
by tilt n1111blr or collqn, hl&h scho<lls, and
nlveraltln that have specllltd llstro
Domas Till reason Is simply quality.
u,!Uit Allro 0omt1 are made ol heavy
aillftiiNI and dallanedtolutthtllltoltht
butrdlnl upon whlcfi lhiJ are trtldtd. Tilt
liakprool trlplalabyrlnth shutter
Ullt out thl iltments and 11
Ulllfftctd bJ hllh winds and storms. Ell
clllllvt Altro Doma drive provideS mrs of
siiiOIItll,troublafrH oparatlon. Writ lor
ad41tlollll inlormlllon reaardlna your dome
llz1 requirements.
nts h..,,,.. ...........
tric suooa, If ytt
IC-,-ctn.
11111 1111 /11.
lllllrtwalll '"" u. c ...... '"'""'
I'HOiflt tlfll oflll .. f
photometry; S. BObme and W. Fricke
(Recheninstitut, Heidelberg), the &ystem
of astronomical constants; G. Hacrendel
(Max Planck Institut, Munich), inter,
planetary space; L. Houziaux
physics of comets; R. Kippenhahn and
H. Thomas (Max Planck Institut), stellar
structure and evolution; H. von Klfiber
(Cambridge}; the sun's magnetic field,
magnetic stan; W. Petri (Munich), arti
tidal. satellitea and space probes; and P.
Wellmann (Munich), radial velocities.
By ita nature, this encyclopedia of nu
merical data and functional relationships
in a5tranomy requirea a minimum amount
of explanatory text, so an astronomer
not ftuent in German should be able, with
some effort, to make effective use of the
incredible amount of information that is
presented. The editor, H. H. Voigt of
Gottingen, should be congratulated, along
with A. Beer of Cambridge, for seeing to
the translation of large parts of the Ger
man articles into English.
Nevertheless, this important and unique
reference book would reach a wider audi-
ence more effectively if it had been writ
ten entirely in English. While it Is highly
desirable that a modern professional as
tronomer know German, it is close to
absolute necessity that he be completely
ftuent in English. On the other hand,
American aatronomen are notoriously de-
linquent in their knowledge of German.
The book is divided into nine sections:
1. AstrOnomical Instruments. 2. Position
and Time Determination, Astronomical
Constants. 8. Abundances of the Ele-
ments in the Universe. 4. The Solar Sys-
tem. 5. The Stars. 6. Special Types of
Stars. 7, Star Clusters and Associations.
8. The Stellar System. 9. Galaxies. An
appendix. includes facts on all announced
launchings of artificial satellites and space
probes in 1965, 19 pages of useful nomo-
grams, and a list of more than 500
journals of interest to aatronomen. Al-
though radio astronomy appean in such
sections as radio-astronomical devices, the
sun and its activity, galactic structure,
and galaxiea, these appearances are some-
what incidental, and an entire section on
radio astronomy should have been in-
cluded. There is no index of any kind-
a serious omission. This is exactly the
type of book that needs a subject index,
a name index, and a star index. .
The editor suggeats that the purpose of
the volume will have been fulfilled if an
astrOnomer can say: 'With the section
concerning my special field I am not satis-
fied, but the other parts of the book are
quite useful." To check. this I looked up
three subjects of special interest to me:
eclipsing binaries, variable stars in open
clusten, and photoelectric observations of
Cepheids.
There are only seven pages on eclipsing
stan and only five linea on variable stars
in open clusten. Despite 49 pages on
PhD in Astronomy, Physics,
Meteorology, or Geophys
ics preferred. Advanced
M.S. or B.S. with related
experience will be consld
ered. Send a resume of
your education and exper
ience to Mr. J. B. Ellis,
Industrial Relations Admin
istratorEngineering,
eral Dynamics/Fort Worth,
P.O. Box 748S, Fort Worth,
Texas. An equal opportu
nlty employer.
GIIIIIIIID.
GIBNEAAL DVNAMICB
..OAT WCIFITH
Fort Worth, Te
August, 1965, SKY AND TELJ.&COPE 95
variable stan ending with a bibliography
of 147 items, long important publications
of the photoelectric observations of
Cepheids by 0. Eggen, P. Oosterhoff,
K. Bahner, H. Weaver, and many others
are not mentioned in the bibliography.
However, so many other sections are so
useful to me that I feel the book has
achieved its aims quite successfully. I
can make it even stronger: I have found
literally hundreds of important items or
references that I should have known
about but didn't.
"Normal" experiences with publication
delays in books of this type. which have
many dozens of authors, is that those
chapters written early in the game by
the more conscientious authors are out
Star Adases and Books on Astronomy
Now: THE SOLAR SYSTEM AND THE
CONSTELLATIONS, by Anderoon .. 18.50
SUNSPOTS, by Bray and Loughhtad . Sl6.00
PLAMMARION'S ASTRONOMY . 119.95
PRACTICAL AMATEUR ASTRONOMY,
edited by P. Moore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
SURVEY OF THE MOON, by Moore . SUS
THE PLANET JUPITER, by B. Peek . 18.25
THE MOON, by Wilkine and Moore . 112.75
AMATEUR ASTRONOMER'S
HANDBOOK, by]. B. Sidgwick ... 112.75
OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY FOR
AMATEURS, br ]. B. Sidgwick .. SI0.75
AMATEUR TELESCOPE MAKING
Book I, 15.00; Book 2, 16.00; Book 3, $7.00
Norton' STAR ATLAS . . . . . 16.50
Beyer-Gralf STAR ATLAS . . .. 115.00
BONNER DURCHMUSTERUNG . 1110.00
Wrill /or {r11 lisl of llllrooomical lillr.tNrB.
HERBERT A. LUFT
P. 0. Box 91
6911 229th St., Oakland Gardens, N. Y. 11364
PRECISION, BEAUTY,
AND QUALITY
of date by the time the book is pub-
lished. There have been examples of
recent books and books-to-be of this type
that are five or even 10 years behind
schedule. The German astronomers are
to be congratulated that all but very few
of the manuscripts reached the editor in
the surprisingly short time of nine
months, thus insuring, along with prompt
editing and publishing, that the book is
up to date. Many of the sections are so
detailed and complete that they must
have taken many months of continuous
effort on the part of the author in ques-
tion. The result is very impressive!
It would be convenient if the references
in the text included the author and year
as well as the reference number. More
detailed data on the transparency of the
earth's atmosphere than is given on page
51 would be useful. The list of celestial
charts and atlases should perhaps include
the charts of the Cape Photographic
Durchmustenmg and the comparatively
recent Lick photographic atlas, which
reaches from the north celestial pole to
declination -39. There are excellent,
up-to-date lists of the brighter stars, the
nearest stars, and stars of highest space
motion, all of which might usefully have
been lengthened. A list of stars of largest
proper motion is needed. Only six double
stars of special interest (page -189) are
given, and some stars are omitted that
have made astronomical history, such as
Algol. Sirius, and Epsilon Aurigae. The
This beautiful observatory instrument is one of
our 21 models; you can choose from the 10" to
the large 24" site, or larger by request.
I. Massive equatorial mounting with precision
boll bearing (over 5'12" diam.); stability ond
beauty built in.
2. Optical accuracy to 1 I I 0 wave, tested in our
laboratories by caustic zone methods.
3. Precision motor drives, free of backlash, oper-
ated by push-button controls for both polar
and declination axes and slewing motors.
4. Specially designed precision polar-axis adjust-
ments.
5. 12-point flotation mirror cell, giving strain-
free rest for optical system.
6. Finderscope 6" diameter; illuminated cross
hairs hove rheostat controls.
7. Guiding scope 3" f/15 refractor with cross
hairs.
8. Lorge setting circles with verniers.
9. Tube of special fiber material, giving mini
mum conductivity. Tube shown here is for 16"
mirror.
I 0. Observer con do most viewing from o sitting
position.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION SHEETS AVAILABLE
ON REQUEST FOR 12.5" to 24" CASSEGRAINS
All Units Designed and Manufactured by the
STARLINER Company
18 YearJ Experience
1106 South Columbu1 Blvd., Tucaon,Arisona 85711
Area Code 602 Phone: 795-3361
96 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, /965
book is full of excellent graphs-but no
pictures-yet docs not give the light curve
of a supernova, a graph of the period-
luminosity law, or a chart of the zone
of avoidance.
The book is necessarily much too ex-
pensive for the individual astronomer,
but every observatory worthy of the name
should have it in the library. Each pro
fessional astronomer will wish to refer to
it again and again for a variety of reasons.
A librarian will find the lengthy list of
scientific journals quite useful. f'or gradu-
ate students the book provides an in
valuable "instant" background for a wide
variety of thesis problems. Writers of
textbooks will wish to consider carefully
the extensive subject matter, logically ar-
ranged, as well as the many useful figures
and tables.
JOHN B. IRWIN
Carnegie Institution of Washington
La Serena, Chile
ALL ABOUT THE UNIVERSE
David Dietz. Random House, Inc., New
York, 1965. 144 pages. $1.95.
T
HERE are not many living populariz
ers of astronomy who have the same
skill as David Dietz, veteran science editor
for the Scripps-Howard newspapers and
1937 Pulitzer prizewinner in journalism.
Astronomy has been his lifelong avoca
tion. "I made my first visit to 1\lt. Wilson
in 1926," he tells us in his latest book. "I
still remember the thrill when Dr. Hubble
CASSEGRAIN 20"
WITH E.F.R. OF f / 16
showed me the photogt
with the I ()().inch telet
had discovered that fir
Andromeda galaxy)."
Ever since, Mr. Diet
touch with astronomer.
advances. All About i
hines the great readal
tive, and the reliable ir
should expect from sue
This survey of mOC:
according to a gumm
cover, for ages 10 to 15.
the book justice, for w
is so straightforward tl
follow it readily, man1
Mr. Dietz's lucid and
planations.
After preliminary ch;
and the solar system, 1
trates on stellar astron
cosmology. There ar
formative sections on ''
evolution of the stan,
bang and steady-state
universe.
The contents are up
find a Ranger-7 moon 1
of the big Arecibo radi
Puerto Rico, and somet
At the same time, the l
lations that make up
paper astronomy are :
fact are practically absc
the light of gaseous n1
been attributed to ~
than phosphorescence.
illustrations include
graphs of Harlow Shap
and Walter Baade.
This is such a succet
that many teachers ar
turers, I feel sure, wil
pointers on how to u
more easily grasped.
MARTH
GALILEO I
Ludovico Geymonat.
Co., New York, 1965.
G
ALILEO'S p e r s o ~
for Copernicanil
leading up to ita tra1
creasingly caught the
torians, dramatists, aJ
serious attempt to elu
roles played by Galil
onists merits our care
altogether appropriate
niversary of Galileo'
marked with a superb
Galileo was born, 1
in Pisa, the site of
tower. Although the sl
weights from the towc
ryphal, it was at Piu
early discoveries in h]
he took a professorsh
he was to spend 18 ol
of his liCe. There he
vention of the teleaco
me the photographic plate, taken
,with the, lOO.:incb teleecope, on which he
dlllc:Overed that tint Cepheid [in the
galaxy].'' . . .
;;: Ever Mr. Dietz baa kept in close
touch with uliOnomera. and aatronomical
advances. 4ll Ab.out th11 Universe com-
' binea the great readability, the penpec
t.ive, and the reliable information that we
' ' . expect from such a source.
. ... Thi8 IUI'VeY of modern aatronomy is,
to a gUmmed sticker on the
< cover, fot' ages to to u;. This scarcely doea
the. book justice, for while the exposition
Ia. 10 sttaightforward that youngaters will
follow it readily, many adults will enjoy
Mr. Dietz's lucid and well-informed ex-
planations.
After preliminary chapters on telescopes
and the solar system, the author concen-
trates on stellar aatronomy, galaxies, and
cosmology. There are particularly in-
formative sections on stellar distances, the
evolution of the stars, and the rival big-
bang and ateady-state theories of the
universe.
The contents are up to date. You will
find a Ranger-'1 moon picture, an account
of the big Areclbo radio-radar telescope in
Puerto Rico; and something about quasars.
At the same time, the insubatantialapecu-
lationa that .make up too much of news-
paper astronomy are avoided. Errors of
act are practically absent, but on page 57
the light of gaseous nebulae should have
been attributed to fluorescence, rather
than phoapborescence. The well-chosen
Uluatrationa include interesting photo-
graphs of Harlow Shapley, Edwin Hubble,
and Walter Baade.
This is such a successful popularization
that many teachers and planetarium lec-
turers, l feel aure, will be reading it for
pointers on how to make difficult topics
more easily grasped.
MARTHA D. ASHBROOK
GALILEO GALJLEI
Ludovico Geymonat. McGraw-Hill Book
Co., New York, 1965. 260 pages. $6.50.
G
ALILEO'S personality, his campaign
for Copernicaniam, and the events
leading up to its tragic climax have in
creasingly caught the imagination of his-
torians, dramatists, and novelists. Every
serious attempt to elucidate the complex
roles played by Galileo and his antag
onists merits our careful attention. It is
altogether appropriate that the 400th an
niversary of Galileo's has been
marked with a superb new analysis.
Galileo was born, studied, and taught
in Piaa, the site of the famed leaning
tower. Although the story of his dropping
weights from the tower is probably apoc
ryphal, it was at Piaa that he made his
early discoveries in hydrostatics. ln 1592
he toolt a professorship at padua, where
be was to spend 18 of the happiest years
of his life. There he got news of the in-
vention of the telescope, constructed one
A Maximum Performance Cassegrain Reflector
Optics and drives made with the greatest possible care give this instrument
precision for the most exacting observatory studies. Its heavy, enclosed
base, off-axis equatorial mount and large polar axle provide uttnost
rigidity. The telescope accommodates a wide variety of Cassegrain
mounted accessory equipment - up to 100 lbs. and three feet in length.
Built-in balance provisions and motor-driven focus minimize set-up time.
The 30-inch diameter tracking drive gear is preloaded for zero back
lash. Skirt-mounted dials and handset controls are convenient and
efficient. Boller & Chivens a complete line of standard
observatory instruments and accessories. Write for specifications on the
24-inch, or other instruments from 16-inch to as large as you may
require. You'll find that at Boller & Chivens precision is a way of life.
BOLLER & CHIVENS
enflnterl
916 MERIDIAN AVENUE BDUTH PASADENA, DALIF'DRNIA
American Anroraomical Soc'-ty
August, 1965, SKY AND TEUtSCOPJ 97
--ASTROPHOTOGRAPHY AND SOLAR STUDY---.
fasF l.ow-C'ost Way
ro Iafoy .,,.,.
Of Atflop6ofogaoplty
CIRirt ,.., ,..... 35--. e-n
wllt11is ....
Dovdopcd by Crirerioo espccial1y ro.. siask-
lat rellu 35......,, ,......,.. wilh
able ldsd. SimpiT tciii09I! pr.,.,.. Ids III08Dt
IGii add mil precisioa-llllde aduomoric Ieos
diM ad:apa amera tO eyepiece cf ...., frie.
JCDpe- rdractor .... rda:mc. WileD order
illlo ..... ,. ,,ecif:l ...... .., :10,
For """"""" wim 5CJlEW -TYl'E lrm
-
C.. #(PA-36 fiW I 14 I!J<Pieu holdm $11.11J
Ca. #(PA-37 foe taadard
o,....copa .................... $17.511
!'or 35-IIUIL am&!DI wim BAYONET-TYPE
!em IDDUIU
Ca-. #BPA-36 ro.. I 1'.0 eycpi""" holden $22.!11
Car. #BPA-37 m 11211dard
............... $21 ..
Takes guesswork our
of by pro-
dsnl fH'ItiSI of cam#
era ovtt eyopie. Smooth rack .. nd-
pinion adjusunmr. Easily amach<d or deachtd
fr_o!D tube, rigid clamp for maximum
brhry. Spccral arm leu you swing camera
away from eyepiece for visual observation.
wirh instant return for phorographing. Can
be used with almost any camera. POOIP'lid.
Car. #CS-4 to 6r all 4" Dynascopcs .. $17.50
Cat. #CS-47 to 6t all 0.0. rubes $11.15
Car. #CS6 7 to 6r CUllOm 6" Dyrwcope
and 7 W' 0.0. tubes ............ $11.15
Catalog P, describin1 other acceswries and
pam, cheerfully senr on r<quCSL SatisfaCtion
guaranr<ed, or money refunded. All irems senr
- ponpaid, 11 we pay all poltage COlli. No ship
pin,, crarins. or packins cbaraes. S.od check,
cash, or moooy ordtt for imintdiare delivery.
98 SKY A!ljO TELI::scoPE, August, 196;
llW SBtSATIOIIL.
SOUl EYtPIBl
Now -finally- <M
liJSWtt lor perfr IW1
viewiiJII. IODabl"' eli
"'" tioabl .. !r ob-
serr.uioo cf rhe mn
Uling wbame:r power
vou dcsim. Pils eli
<.mr iaw relcscope
oyeptett bolder and
accrpa ynur eyepiece.
Tercd sa&.tv romuuc

infu>ircsimd fraction
of the sua roys get>
duougb. Comfomble
brigbt:JeH le'fel mahles prolongel. oblenation.
Att1 icr isual 1t1e- ...mca>r.
decror. compound. oif-uis- ao
be instandy ad:apted for '!Oiar vi.,...ing witbour
modiiiario11 of equipment or opria.l el......,...
as euily ., aay ro......noml eyepiece.
Wirh a single-lens rdes amera tel50ttlble
e'Spo5UftS ca11 be made. rordi.a3 UJlUSIIal IW!
poG, f.Kulae. 1nd gnnuLuion oo the surface
of me mn. Only after intmsie reni1lg dur
mg ia deTelopmmt were we tansfied that the
.. rorJJ".!J:
cell ( pending) Thi> is truly <ref?
mport:IDt droclopment for solar srudy, and
ufem ux.
c ... ::S--1 Only $tl.50 pntpaid
Now--oae d0<1 the work of many.
The objea ""I' sharp ., ill powm duril:s&
Zoom fO<.... foal lengrh """' 8.\ lllJD, tO
ll mm. nnse deprDds oo youz
<fPicU magnilicarioo ro
Pre<ision coosrmction. Wide iidd of vi.,..,
coated lcmd. fully orthoscopic. Uocoodirioo-
Jlly gu;ar.mrred. Ull abo be u>al itb our
B.ulow for dramatic resula.
Z.().().M Eyopie<e .... Only $2I-M ,_..
IHP-Perfnaace Aclratic Bartew
Gives sharper imap:s, widet 6eld ond more
bghL Ammm .lDd prof.,.ional asrrooom<n
IJl;li'Td at the superior pcrformaJKe of our
CP-4 B.ulow. Thi> pr.cuioo unir is !lllll'e
rban an ordiauy Barlow. V!N io coojuoc-
rioo wid! any eyepiece of low or high power.
lr views that are truly oaaunding and
superKX ro what yoa may bae experienced in
other type S.rlow lema. Speriiially ddigo<d
ro work with all kinds of e-yepieces and for
phorognphy. All iaud are shHP ond ci<u,
hud ro d!e very ..tie. Accloim<d by many
expert5 ., rhe 6ncsr they h>.Ve .,.-cr US<d. In
tefl'sivd.y resrrd aod proven superior loaeue

field The Criraion CP-4 fearure5 an e:nremdv
Accu.rau:. achroau.ric. coaud nrearive lm.1, per'-
fecdy centered and corrected for fintr rcsolu-
rion ar highrr power dun fOu,e t"C1' nperi
meed. Grortr illumination and wider 6dd
art by ove-rcoming rhe tiny .aperture
of highp.lllitr l'ocoa
danon.allv
Model CP-l fiu uandard ll>" oyepi<l $17.50
MoJel CP-2 fin ma.ll<r 0 946" oyepies $15.50
Complete
Eyepieces
Ill

Cm rakrn apan for cltaning De--
signed ro give sharp a .. 6dd cie:lr ro edge.
Huygen 18-mm f I. ( '4") ........ $7.50
Kellner 9-mm. f I. ( }B") . . . . . . 7.10
Kellner 7-mm. f.l. ( 9/32") . . . . . . . . 1.50
Kellner 12 7 -mm. f I. ( }1") . . . . . . . 1.50
Kellner 18-mrn f.l. ( h"l . . . . . . . . 1.50
Kellner 30-mrn. f. I. ( 1-3/16") ...... 12.50
Onha.coprc 6-mm. fl. ( \4 ") ...... 12.50
Onhcmopic 4-mm. I. I. ( 5/32") . 14.50
Makers of Famous Dynascope
CRITERION MFG. CO.
Dept. STP-76, 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.
for himself. and turned it to the heavens.
with dis1.:overy following in
brilliant procession.
But Galileo Wa$ not content simply to
list hill findings. for he saw in them
evideno:e to support the Copernkan sys-
tem he had recently espoused. His dis-
coveries of lunar mountains. satellitn of
Jupiter. and phases of Venus provided
the foundation for hill ambitious educ:a-
tional and polemical program against the
entrenched Ptolemaic and .-\ristoteli.an
svstems of the universe.
.\ccording to thill author. Galileo
astutelv realized that his battle would be
won if he could swing ecclesiastical au-
thorities to his point of view. He Wa$
egoistic enough to suppose that his argu-
mems would easih win the dav. He
mo\ed to Florence." where he
much of his scientific activity, devoting
himself instead to writing on behalf of
the heliocentric S'lstem.
Op(>O'Iition to Galileo's Sl.'heme was
not long in de,eloping. In 1616 he was
called to Rome and Wa$ presumably asked
w abandon his Copernican \iews.. We
must say "presumablf' because this is one
of the most controversial points of the
S<H:alled Galileo affair. Stillman Drak.e,
the book's translator and the outstanding
.\merican expert on Galileo. has added
his own fascinating appendix concerning
this problem: "The Galileo-Bellannine
A Historical Speculation." By
wa} of reply. Giorgio de Santillana. of
:\lassachusetts Institute of Technology.
has contributed a second appendix, sug
gesting that the principal document was
a forgen. This argument is based on his
own The Crime of Galileo.
For years Galileo kept his silence. In
1623, however. the liberal Cardinal :\laf-
feo Barberini was t'lectN.l Pope, raising
high hopes in the mind of Galileo and all
the more progTesshe Catholics. The
Florentine astronomer realized that then.
if e,er, was his opportunity. Thus he
began to write his Dialogue Co11cerning
the rwo Chief Jrorlcl S)'Stems, with which
he hoped to arouse a gener . .tl interest in
Copcrnicanism among cultured persons
and to influence the highest Vatican
authorities. Galileo's optimistic but naive
uelief in the power of his personality
and the persuasi\eness of his arguments
led to an intensification of his struggle
and the ultimate wllapse of his program.
His trial and imprisonment by the In
quisition are presented in chilling clarity
by Professor Geymonat.
Following his condemnation, Galileo
began a careful reworking of scientific
results obtained mud1 earlier, and '"TOte
his lJISwurses a11d Demon
slmtiom Concerrri11g Tuo New Sciences.
From a scientific rather than polemic
1iewpoint, Two New Sciences is Galileo's
masterpiece. And here Professor Gey-
monat's work, subtitled "A Biography and
Inquiry into His Philosophy of Science,"
reaches its intellectual climax. His anal
ysis is particularly significant for the light
FIB
TELES

GJass.Sil
Agdc
No til<
N01h
Abe\IN'I
w.
18015
Too
SEQUEMC
CAMEU
Mode for
recording and II!
lot' o YOriety of
poses. We offer
ccmplte c:omero
with - ond
mogozine. Wide-
stops to t/16. 2
shots on 35-mn
adopted for man
recording
devicn or ):lCIMb
titlcation of -
data cord IF\Mrt,
ot $11
Shipping weight '
Zt.VOLT Ill
SOLID-S
115-volt, 60
19-inch I'Q(k
l,tSOOVOLT
SOLID..$1
I 15-volt, 60
panel mount.
AU material f.o
of UII-IIO'V
JOE
s ..
19
..FJBBRGLASS
TELESCOPE TUBES
. . . .. Prtwlff' . qtuli11
' Llghr Jlugged. strength
GlasiJ-Sillooth beauty
. 'e Agdess durability
No thllfflJIIl
. Nolliing can compare
Also .top.pm aiMIIIIull mr cella.
W. R. PARKS
18015 St. Andrews Place
Totrance, California
-.- ........ ,
..SEQUENCE
."CAMERA
oscllloacQpe
ond !Mble
fOf 0c wrltty of put
. ..,.. We offer the
corilplete .camera bOdv
. . . wltll ln. and film
: !\'IGOCIZint. Wlde-onole I,.. Inch, f/2.3, with
stoP& to flU>. 24-volt Qperotlon, tokes aequence
shots. on 35"mm. 100-foot roll film. Moy be
for many applications In the lob, 1111ch os
recordlllg time-lapse llhotl or monitoring various
dtVlcn or panels. Recording chamber permits Iden-
tification of each frame with sequence number,
do!a cord.lnsert,-and ttmell5Jowel, 24hour watch
ow liable at $10.00 extra I . Condition excellent.
ShiPPfng weight opprox. 23 lbl. Lew wetch, $75.00
.. . . . With wetch, $85.00
29-VOLT D.C. 50-AMP. REGULATED
. SOLID-STATE POWER SUPPLY
TIS-volt, 60-eyc:le Input. 0.5% ripple.
t . rack . ponel mount. $65.00
D.C. 1.8-AMP. REGULATED
SOLID-STATE fiLTERED SUPPLY
115-volt, 60-cyc:le Input. 19-lnc:h rac:k
panel mount, $75.00
All -tedal f.o.b. LJIIII, Mall. Illllltdll!d Cll&lctr
ol IUml1JI matuill aftilable fol
cbe uldaa.
JOHN MBSHNA; JR.
s.,, BJiaroek MMm.l
19 Allenoo St., L)'Dll, Mall.
617-LYilll 5-2275
!f!il!=.......,----- ei....,
it sheds .. on the role of experiment in
Galileo's Did Galileo ever
fully understand the nature of the ex
method? "Decidedly no,'' says
Professor .. Geymonat. uHe oaciDa.ted be
tween to the purest
method. and appeal. . to empirical
observation."
Throughout this book, the author i,n
dicates that Galileo generally consideteid
mathematiC& as a study connected with
technology. Its function was tO get close
to the physical wodd, not to a world of
ideal entities. Thus the author rejects
a Platonistic interpretation of Galileo's
outlook. Nevertheless, "to be faithful to
Aristotle, [Galileo) must deny the Aristo-
telian theory of the heavens; to place ex
perience above reasoning, he muat wage
open battle with the AristoteUanism of
his contemporaries."
Professor Geymonat concludes that "the
Two New Science$ was in reality a Coper-
nican work. . But unlike the Dialogue, It
was not a Copernican manifesto; rather,
it was a work developed entirely in ac-
cordance with the new Copernican di-
rection of modern science, deepening its
principles and broadening its develop-
ment." OWEN GINGERICH
Smithsonian Observatory
CATALOGUE OF GALAXIES
AND OF CLUSTERS OF GAlAXIES
F. Zwicky. California Institute of Tech-
nology, Pasadena, 1961 and 1965. Vol. I,
519 pages, $6.00: VoL n, 571 pages,
$10.00.
T
HIS CATALOGUE presents two
kinds of information. First, it includes
a listing of individual galaxies, designed
to be complete to photographic magni-
tude 15.5. Second, it tallies rich clusters
of galaxies down to the limit of the 48-
inch Palomar Schmidt telescope, a _rich
cluster being defined as one that has at
least 50 members within three magnitudes
of the brightest member galaxy.
Vol. I (of which E. Herzog and P. Wild
are coauthon) coven the Palomar sky
survey fields centered on declinatiom of
o, +6, and +12, between right ascen
siom 7h and 1811. This strip, 18 degrees
wide, stretches from the winter Milky Way
west of Procyon nearly to the summer
Mllk.y Way in Aquila. It covers seven
percent of the alty and is confined to
northern galactic latitudes. Vol. II (with
Dr. Herzog as coauthor) covers the _Palo-
mar fields centered on declinations +18,
+24, and +30, between right ascensions
6h 3()111 and 1811 8()111. This belt spans an
additional seven percent of the sky and
abo lies entirely in the northern galactic
hemisphere, stretching from Gemini at its
western end nearly to Cygnus at the east.
The layout of these catalogues is uncon-
ventional but very well conceived. Hither
to, as a rule, whole-sky catalogues have
tabulated objects in order of increasing
right ascension. Here, however, at least
Sll .. Set a ..
139-:-Springhl_u. meteor __ tGtiM
I oblerVCitlon b\llldlng
141.-..Vlsuot O!IH!vlng . . .
-142-:-Perseld fireball : , . .' .. . , : :: .
rocket ond towu:ktncr .
144-Sporodtc firtbOII rl\ool'ltl!dt :-8 .
145-Super.Schmlclt cornera. . . :
meteor photog1'01111
147--Multlple .meteor. spec1regrilph
14a-:-Two Pt!Mid spectra
149-FirebOII &pedrum .
150-Meteor radar control center
151--Meteor radar tcn-. . ...
Glacoblnld rneteor
153-Giacoblnld rodlont plot .. \ .
154-Mete<lr shower lilting .
!55-Auroral corona 111 BIQ Dlpj:ltr
I 5&-Aurorol bonds . .. . .
157--Muttlple rayed bbndl.
158-Roy4d arc . : .
159-AIIIky auroral
160-AII-sky cornlioslte .
161--Aurorcil. spectrogram
162-Auroral forma lchortl . .
Sttil. w with

. ,
... .. _._....
SIW. Set 7 with lnfomlotton .
........ 8 ...... 9 .......... $1$0 ,,..: .
I E
. IERS"IH
E'ITEIIIISES
15158 Jeffel'IOft Ave., lltill# ,lliliiOft
,._ ati-7411117
WANDERERS
IN THE SKY
Edited by Thornton Pap .
and Lou Williams P
The first in the new .
SKY AICD TELBsCoPB
Library of Astronomy
. ThiS m&gnificent book
over 100 eelections from arid
Tels1cope ita . '
(The Sky and The l'elelrCD,.t).
338 Pll8et with over 100
tiona ittells of the motiou of
planete and Utmcial eatenibia, .
the DiOOD and interplartetuy . .. .
Other boob in. the .. aerletl:.
NefPbon of the .
Orlpa of the Solar Syai_,
and MaJdDs anel Uelitg a T:
1e0pe. Also in preparation . .re
volumes on the stare, intentellar
matter, Milky Way, and
Begin your Su AND Ta.UcoPI
Library of Aetrononr, today, With :
'Wanderen Ia the Sky. t'7.9S
SKY PlJBUSlDNG
COIU,'OBA110N . .. .
Cambtidle. Mau. 02138 . ..
August, 1965, AND TELESOOPE 99
Precision Diagonals
You will get the beat pouible performance
(rom _your telescojle with one ol our clear
FUSED QUARTZ dla&onalo. Accuracy
1uaranteed 1/20 wave.
Ellipse 1.25'' x 1.77" . . . $12.00
Ellipse 1.5" X 2.12" . . . $15.00
PYREXbrand 11laas diagonals, 1/8-wave
aecuracy.
Ellipse 1.25'' x 1.77" . . . $ a.oo
xU2" ...
Without aluminum coating, deduct $1 .00.
Stflll for o"' NBW liJI of J0/1/>IiiJ,
q-lz ml"orJ, bl.mAJ, ocol"
&olll;,.gs, .fill
E & W OPTICAL, INC.
2420 East Hennepin Ave.
Minneapolis 13, Minnesota
two (acing pages are devoted LO each
6-by-6-degree field. The beauty o( this
arrangement is that clusters and galaxies
that are neighbors on the celestial sphere
are also neighbors in these catalogues.
Vol. I, for example, begins with the field
centered at 711 17m and o and proceeds
eastward in six-degree steps. Then it
moves north and begins over again with
the field centered at 711 17m and +6.
On the left-hand page for each field is
a map on which are plotted several ref-
erence stars from the General Catalogue,
all tabulated galaxies (with different sym-
bols according to their apparent magni-
tudes), and the outlines and assigned
numbers of all tabulated clusters of
galaxies. Below each map are its GC
SLI MODEL A-3-P
PLANETARIUMS
have been ordered by
University of Southern California
los Angeles, California
Warrensville Heights City Schools
Warrensville Heights, Ohio
James Madison Senior High School
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
*
YORKLYN, DELAWARE
ASH-DOME IN BERMUDA
Th,is 18!/;J-foot steel all-electric.controlled ASH-DOME is located at High
Pomt, Ham1lton, Bermuda. The dome 1s supported on a wood-framed wall cylinder
also prov1ded by ASH-DOME. Erected in May of 1964, this unit has already withstood
hurricane winds approaching 170 m.p.h. The 18!/;J-foot ASH-DOME lists for $3 750.00
f.o.b. Plainfield, lll. Six diameters are available from 10 V2 :hrough
feet. Sixty-day delivery. Brochure on requesi.
SHDOME
100 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, /965
Produced by
ASH MFG. CO., Inc.
Plainfield, Ill.
stars, with wordiuates and magnitudes.
At the top of each right-hand page are
tabulated the clusters of galaxies, with
such information as serial number, equa-
torial coordinates, degree of compactness
or openness, estimated population, and
estimated diameter. Below this are listed
all individual galaxies in the field whose
magnitudes, estimated on schraffierkassette
(jiggle-camera) plates by Zwicky, are 15.7
or brighter. Included here are coordi-
nates, NGC or IC number if any, magni
tude estimate, the radial velocity if known,
and remarks on structure, sud1 as duplici-
ty and degree of compactness. An addi-
tional listing gives magnitudes and types
(or the small propol'tion of galaxies
previously studied by other astronomers;
included are the measures and estimates
of Bigay in 1951, Pettit in 1954, Hurnason,
Mayall, and Sandage in 1956, and Holm-
berg in 1958.
In some fields at low galactic latitude
the right-hand page is mostly blank, be-
cause the great interstellar extinction cuts
down the census drastically. The first field
of Vol. I, for example, is centered at
galactic latitude +6 in the Monoceros
Milky Way; it contains no galaxy clusters
and only seven galaxies, all fainter than
photographic magnitude I5.0. But, be-
cause this catalogue has a much fainter
limiting magnitude than many broad-area
surveys, it seems likely that these galaxies
and most others are getting into print for
the first time.
In some fields at high latitude, there is
not enough room on one right-hand page
to list all the clusters and galaxies. The
field closest to the center of the Virgo
cluster requires six pages of tabulation,
for 24 identified clusters and about 230 in
dividual galaxies, almost 70 of which have
magnitudes or types deduced by others
and recorded here. A welcome addition
to Vol. II is a large-scale chart of the very
crowded central region of the Coma clus
ter. Here are tabulated over 50 galaxies
that occupy an area only the size of the
full moon. Their radial velocities remind
us that the Coma cluster is not only reced-
ing at about 7,000 kilometers per second,
but that the individual galaxies move
rclati\'e to the cluster center with typical
speeds of some 2,000.
The introduction to Vol. I contains a
general description of the catalogue and
definitions of all symbols used. In addi
tion, five pages arc devoted to an inter
csting discussion of the construction of
the catalogue. Basically, the individual
galaxies were selected and identified on
Palomar IS-inch Schmidt plates, and en
largcrncnts were used for identifying each
candidate on the 48-inch survey plates.
The latter were also surveyed for bright
galaxies that may have been missed with
the 18-inch. The schraffierkassette pho
tornetry is described briefly, though not in
detail to allow one to judge the
prec1s1on of the method. Identification
and criteria for inclusion of clusters arc
also discussed.
These volumes, one ho
lowed by others of simila
contain a great store of i
seems generally to be c
They provide an effectiv(
the shorter lists of bright
as the recent revision a1
the SbapleyAmes catalc
Vaucouleurs; see page lll
which each biography i
the deep galaxy counts
Lick Observatory), in v
have no identity but the
tell importantly of the
ment of galaxies in the '
For an average 6-by
galactic latitude +45", tl
list about 100
clusters of galaxies. Ex
whole northern galactic
a depletion allowance f
scuration, it appears
catalogue would give i
tion to some 10,000 ch
30,000 galaxies-someti
before.
sTAr
University of II
WE ARE NO
Walter Sullivan. MeG
New York, 1964. 325
T
HIS BOOK is of
curiously difficult 1
The author's princip;
on the present status
of the problem of wh
exists elsewhere in 01
accomplishes through
quotations from the '
of persons in many
contribution is to sil
source material and tt
net around it.
The 19 chapters
half a dozen group!
traduction, the first
torical background.
enth chapters carry ;
of the recent work
Kamp, and Huang,
ing the probable site
F, G, and K mainse'
mentioning warm,
mediate between stl
other group summa1
relevant chemical a1
Chapters 10, 11, all(
chemical, biochem:
studies of meteori
Four chapters de;
possible methods fc
with other civilizati
Ozma and several
Here the importa
munication-at-a-dist
transport is rather
with the use of be
posts.
Walter Sullivan
to Frank Drake's e
ble number of civi
STANLEY P . WYATT
Unlvenity of Illinois Observatory
WE ARE NOT ALONE
. .. .W'@ltcr Sutuvan. McGrawHill Book Co.,
llfev(York; l!Jll4. 1125 pages. $6.95.
T
.. BOOK is of an unusual kind,
. curiously difllcult to review and aaseaa.
:' 'Iiie author's principal aim is to repon
OD the present Status of V;trious aspects
tile problem of whether intelligent life
. exiSts elsewhere. in our galaxy. This he
.. ac:tOmplishes .through direct and indirect
quotations from the writings and lectures
of peJ'SODI in many sciences. His own
. .contribution is to sift a vast amount of
. source material and to weave a connective
.net around it.
The 19 Chapters fall naturally into
. haU a dozen groups. After a short in
troouctlon, the first ones review the his
torical background. The sixth and sev-
enth chapters carry a very good summary
of the recent work. by Struve, van de
Kanlp, and Huang, convincingly restrict
ing the probable sites to planets orbiting
G, and K main-sequence stars, but also
. mentioning warm, dark bodies inter
. mediate between stars and planets. An
. other group summarizes early and recent
. ' rel,evant chemical and biochemical work..
Chapters 10, 11, and 12 look. at the latest
Chemical, biochemical, and biological
. studies of meteorites and planets.
Four chapters deal in some detail with
possible methods for establishing contact
with other civilizations, including Project
. Ozma and several ways not yet tried.
Here the important question of com
municatlon-at-a-distance versus contact-by
transport is rather fully treated, together
with the use of beacons and surveillance
posts.
Walter Sullivan devotes some little time
to Frank. Drake's equation for the proba
ble number of civilizations in our galaxy
1",. '. ' ; ., , .
U. S. SURPLUS BARGAINS
. IN HIGH flUALITY OPTICAL PARTS AND fflUIPM[ NT
f/8, 1ZW tL AEIOSTIIMAT
BY EASTMMI KODAK , '
InSY.!"Ionacone. 1114
11
to6-3/16"
diam: No ihuuu. IriJ
01M!111 Y.!"ID2""
dtsian. Proat 'leDI cleat
2)i'W; rear, 25/16". l'rlce !JIO.OO
LENS ASSENILY, 48" f.l., f/8.3
This wu wed wirb the K_.O
aerial camera. which ulrel a
X 18" plate. l\l&llufaawcd

IOQ&. Coolllns bullt-la 61
tera and lril. Lctuet IDDIIllced
ia aluminum hoasln1. Appros. Wcial!l of unit. 125
lbs. All io oriaiaal aares. Approz. lhi.PPIIII weilbt,
200 lba. Prico $19f.OO
WBE ERnE EYEPIECE
C.tcd, wide aqle, appm.
I K" f.l, Tbmo ichiOiilatt:
56;mm. dlam.. 190JIIID. 1.1.;
56-mm. dlam., 95-111111. 1.1.;.,50
IIIID. cllam., 75llllllo f.l, ua.t
apmure of field Ieos 1-13/16",
of eye lens 2". G.rearer tiro
of lens """ laaeued rye
relief and awdmum brilliance, ncelleat coauut
Ia bell cal !OCUJia mouat wllh I" wwl: housloa
2-11/16" O.D. fdeal for rich-field or u
viewer for 55-mm. color alldct. Price $11.95
8.POWER WIDE.fiRD WOW
TWSCOPE, COATED LEII$ES
Pielcl of orl., 8 45'. lat&e foaWq J!lfte
Eye lens dillDCICr 2-1/16" with
clio...- Kale +2 to -4. Pour
built-in 6hns - dar, aeuual,
red
1
amber. 15'1i",
wiatb 6)i", ;;t' 7K",
welaht approx. 9 lbs. Ex
O!lleat uaUJCd cooclidon. nee $19.95
f/8.3, 8" f.L MmOBON
COATED I.EitS
BY BAUSCH & LOMB
IJl lclll coae wirb iris lltld llhuuu.
LeDI coae O.D. 11

POLARIZINI flllwtaaJ IIH
Wbea ""'' II bel!l liP to the . '"' I
aeria of ialllhow<OIOicd c:oACeDrric riiiJI
is - !Uap 10 felt oa l.be
oblt ti&Jlted, wlifther it it a ftftl
or 1 mile y be Ulld. Ia. 6oal
. of a bi-..Ju or ,a a relee!lope
reude. Abo makes 1111 !iahr fw a C11J111!tL
Appm.. oullide cliam. 17/16", Coautlete will!
mDWidna braclm. Price $2.50 JIQIIPIIcl
ta.-. AERIAl lUll
IIODD.'AHI
TW. IIWIIIarcl 16-mm..
load ('0'). Tabs US,
lnma tiCOIIcl. Wcilk!mU .
V- 55-mm. f/M.
coadltioa. u ... l.f...olc d.c:.
Price $19.9J
Augwt, 1965, SII.Y AND TELEIOOH 101
NOW IN FULL COLOR
24" 36" photo-quality prlntl from fa-
moue Mt. Wllaon and Mt. Palomar plates,
Cl CNGC 19521 Crab Nebula
In Taurus 1200'' Hale)
C2 CNGC 69921 Veil Nebula
In Cygnu1 148" Schmidt)

postpaid
C Unmounted l
ASTRO-MURALS, Inc.
P. 0. Box 7563-T Washington, D. C.
Phone 703-280-5216 20044
SJO:" GLIZERS EXCHANGE
Classified edvertlslna costs 30 cents a wordlt Including
address; minimum charae, $5.00 per ad. emittance
must accompiiiJ order. I nsertlon Is suaranteed only
on copy received by the 25th of the second month
before publication; otherwise, Insertion will be made
In next Issue. Only one classified ad per Issue per
advertiser. Ad must contain the Individual advertiser's
name (plus company name If desired), number and
street address. No post office box number will be
printed In a classified ad without a street address. We
cannot acknowledge classified ad orders. Sky Publish-
Ina Corporation assumes no responsibility for state-
ments made In classified ads, nor for the quality of
merchandise advertised. Write Ad Dept., SkY and
Telescope, 49 Bay State Rd., Cambrldse, Mass. 02138.
INDIANA AREA asrronomers: New and used refrac-
ton. reflmon to 6'': mirrors, eyepieces. No cata
lo8\le. L. Stoerck, Camera Shop, 53 Franklin,
Valparaiso, Iod.
MIRROR ALUMINIZING: Siliconmonoxide overcoat,
d2rable, and 6"-$6.50;
8-$8.50, 10 -$12.50, 2--$16.50, l.o.b. Los
Pancro Mirrors, Inc., Attn.: ]amos W.
Dou.dteny, 2958 Los Feliz Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif.
90039.
QUESTAR in perfect condition, wlar filter, l?hoto
The Quar-
GOODWIN rosolving power lens 1Y-l" or 0.93" with
fining, S 17 .50. Brandon 16mm. 1 !1.!" onhoscopic,
S 10.00. Unirron 7 nun., $6.00. All excellent.
H. Hasbrouck, 1157 Palms Blvd., Venice, Calif.
90291.
BINOCULAR SALE! F.u color catalogue, 100 mod-
els, $9.95 to $250.00. Write United, Attn.:
L. Thomas, 90H S. Western Ave., BCAT-249,
Chicago, Ill. 60620.
WANTED: Used Linhof tripod with geared center
deluxe r.n head. Gtve condition and price.

Web 12H E. Loren St., Spring1ield. Mo.
NEW EDITION of Voc.uionland Pro/mional .\lono-
1'1/>bs: Allroomy as a Caretr, by Dr. Freeman D.
Millrr. Gives upro.-date information on personal
qUAlifications, scholastic training, and job opponuni-
ttes. $1.00 posrpaid. Sky and Telescope, Box B,
49 Bay State Rd., Cambttdge, Mass. 02138.
TELF.SCOPE drive po'll'er supplies, variable frequency,
12-volt source, 5watt capadty. $62.50. lnguire.
H. Blackburn, 1177 National Ave., Chula Vista,
Calif.
ASTRONOMY FILMS. 35mm. color slides, 20 lor
$4.95. Bmm. 50' color movie, "Our Vast Uni-
verse," $4.95. H. Eisenberg, 2230 Cruser Ave.,
Bronx 67, N. Y.
COLLECTOR'S ITEM: Highest-qualiry 'los" local
lengrh Kellner tyepiece manufucrured by Brandon.
Sraoclaed I O.D. Brand new and sealed in poly-
ethylene bags. Price $7.95 posrpaid. Don V.

Co. [no str<et addrml.

attempting to communicate with others.
Finally, a chapter on message coding is
followed by one on the sociological ef-
fects and religious implications of success
in contacting an outside civilization.
Of course, some of the material in the
book is highly controversial, but Mr.
Sullivan does an unusually good job in
maintaining a distinction between scien-
tific analyses and personal opinions. That
is to say, by the device of extensive direct
and indirect quotation, the author has re-
moved himself almost completely from
tlte center of the controversy; if the reader
differs, it is with Oparin or Sinton or
Cameron, not with Sullivan.
However, the author of any popular
or semipopular work, especially if he is
of high repute, has a special obligation to
write and to picture with precision. Un-
fortuna1ely, in this book there are at least
a score of statements either untrue or
misleading, and there are simple diagrams
incorrectly labeled or drawn. For exam-
ple, Mr. Sullivan frequently confuses mass
with size, and on page 54 focal length and
PRACTICAL MEI'HODS for Amaler Tlescops
Ma.tors. A small book conrainins original ideas
and methods tbat may help you solve the problems
found in making mirrors. $2.9S. F. Prazine, 6404
Haines Rd., St. Petersburg, Fla. 33702.
CAVE 12\-2" rransF.nable reflector. Mirror accurate
to 1/20 wave, 3' guide refractor. cquawrial mount,
dock drive, sening circles, 5 eyepieces. For in
stirution or serious amateur. Over $1,300.00 in
vested: will sacrifice for $850.00. George Gaetbe,
301 Medial Ans Bldg., New Orleans, La. 70115.
NEW deepsky binoculars. 15 x 65 (Japan) $60.00.
22 x 80 (German) $250.00. John T. Hopi, Hopi
Phorography, 10 Red Cross Terr., Newport, R. I.
TELESCOPE MIRROR kits. Finest materials obtain
able, everything needed to finish your own mirror
supplied 1n generous quantities. Sizes: 4 \1.1 ", 6",
8', 10", and 12\l.z". Also materials sold separately
in any amounts. 'Immediate delivery. Postage J?lid
except 10" and Write for more informatJon.
Myron N. Emerson, 52 Wheelock Rd., Waltham,
Mass. 02154.
QUESTAR and camera attachments, $750.00. Also
Nikon F and accossorios. Howard Rumsey, 2287
Santa Rosa Ave., Altadena, Calif. 91001. 7942463.
WOULD YOU like to bave your telescope mirror

also available. Mail your mirror to A. R. &nswold,
38 High St., New Haven, Conn. 06510.
USED 6" 1/8 mirror and matching diagonal, eyepiece,
Barlow. $30.00 postpaid. Clarence Born, 1833
State St., Choster, Ill.
MIRRORS made to your specifications. Old mirrors
refi!lured, returned ready to use. John
McQuaid, 2003 High St., Logansport, Ind.
SKY AND TELESCOPE, most issues, 50, each post
paid. Discounts on large orders. Amateur Astron
omen Association, Attn.: Richard Borri, 212 W.
79th St., New York, N. Y. 10024.
8" CAVE Deluxe, 1/7.2, excellent condition, 8 ev
pieces, Goodwin Barlow, sjant 2'' Ertle, filters, orher
enras. $300.00. Robert Birch, 513 N. Sunset Dr.,
Lodi, Calif.
ZOOM ORTHOSCOPIC eyepiece. Swift 1.25", 84
to 21 mm., $26.50 H. Bethel, Penin-
2421 I mino Real, Palo Alto,
OBJECTIVE: I 0" dear apenure four-element coated
achromat, If 10, Baker Ftg. 4, mounted $1.200.00.
hJ1
1
Ahlgren, 6800 Hantpshi"' Rd., McLean, Va.
ALUMINlZING. Nonhwost, save postage. $1.00 per
inch diameter. Satisfactory resulu suaranteed.
A. F. Spaulding, 1400 S. W. 84rb, Ponland, o..,.
ANTON KUTfER's bookler on making oblique rc
ftecrors is available as Gleanings BlllliiJ A at
25j. Sky and Telescope, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.
QUEST AR for sale. Stanclard model, with star-diagonal
P Smith, 300
102 SKY ANn TELESCOPE, August. 196'i
iocal ratio arc mixed up. Absolute zero
has no place at the bottom of the tem-
perature chart on page 65, nor 0 on the
planet size chart there. The number of
such errors suggests that the manuscript
as a whole was never read by a single
expert, but only piecemeal by several.
Such blemishes are minor, however,
against the excitement of live research
and of human scientists that Mr. Sullivan
has imparted. His chapter headings show
his touch: "The Origin of Life: Creation
or Evolution?" "The Uniquely Rational
Way," "What If We Succeed?" and so on.
Read the book. You will sometimes
scoff, sometimes chuckle, but you will also
learn.
JOHN E. MERRILL
Morrison Observatory
Fayette, Mo.
NEW BOOKS RECEIVED
RANGER TO TilE MOON, Willy Ley, 1965, New
American Libra!). 127 pages. 60 cents, paper-
bound.
Willy Ley's latest book d'als primarily with
the astronomy of the moon, rather than
spacecraft. It contains a great deal of sele-
nographical information of interest to ama-
teur astronomers. The 24 pages of halftone
illustrations include drawings of lunar craters
and some Ranger 7 photographs.
ARIZONA'S METEORITE CRATER, H. H. Nininger,
1956, American Meteorite Laboratory, Den-
ver, Colo. 232 pages. $2.25, paperbound.
This 1956 summary of known facts about
the Barringer meteorite crater, by an expert
in the field, has now been reprinted as a
paperback. It was reviewed on page 487 of
the August, 1957, SKY AND TELESCOPE.
THE FOUNDATIONS OF i\STRODYNAMICS, Archie
E. Roy, 1965, Macmillan. 385 pages. $10.95.
A University of Glasgow astronomer pro-
vides engineering students with an introduc-
tory mathematical textbook on astrodynamics.
He defines this subject as "the rapidly devel-
oping branch of space science that deals with
the study of the behavior of manmade mis-
siles in trajectories within the Solar System
under the action of Newton's Law of Gravita-
tion," extended to include powered flight,
atmospheric drag, and radiation pressure.
DYNAMICS OF STELLAR SYSTEMS, K. F. Ogorod
nikot, 1965, Pergamon. 359 pages. $15.00.
Dynamics of Stellar Systems is an English
translation by J. B. Sykts of a treatise first
published in 1958 at Moscow under the title
Dinamiha Zvezdnyhh Sistem. Its author, a
professor at Leningrad University, investigates
mathematically the statistical properties of
motions in the Milky Way galaxy, in star
dusters, and other galaxies.
THE QUIST-A REPORT ON EXTRATERRESTRIAL
L;n:, Tom Allen, 1965, Chilton. 323 pages.
$1.95.
Tom Allen, a former :-.lew York Dail) Nw.<
feature writer and coauthor of a book about
sharks, now champions belief in extraterres-
trial life. This popular account of interstcJlar
communication, life forms in meteorites, and
alien intelligence is enthusiastic rather than
critical.
Or TIME AND SJAcE AND OTHER TIIINGS, Isaac
A.imm, 1965, Doub/rday. 204 pages. $4.50.
St\'cntccn popular essays by a wcJI-known
Rosl<tn Uniwnity proftssor and science writer
cover many topics that arc of interest to
amateur astronomers.
Alway& pepalar
2.4" ALTAZIMUTH
America's most popular
long been a favorite with 1
vanced amateur alike. It d\
once of =or er telescopes of
with trl , sturdy mount!
slow-mo ion con trots, UN II
Selector, four eyepieces, J
sunglass, and suitcase-type
ASTRO-CAMI
A lightweight camera for
prime focus or by enlargem
operated curtain shutter I
bulb, ond timel, three d
34" x 4114" film, ground-gl
mm. f.l. phatooculor, fl
clamps, cabinet, and lnstruc
UNITRON VIE
VIEWFINDER. 23.5-mm. I.'
VIEWFINDER, 30-mm. CI.:
VIEWFINDER, 42-mm. I 1.C
I Ox eyepiece. This finder
16" overall. It Is light It
small enough for use as a
lng spectacular wide-field
Mtnco'l MOSt popular low-priced refractor ho1
tang a favorite with the beginner and ad-
amateur alike. It duplicate& the perform
OI'U of teleacopes of other Complete
. :::. . : withe trl , sturdy mountlnJJ. WI mlcrometrlc
.. , ; on cantrall, UNIHEX Rotary Eyepiece
four eyepieces, Achromatic: Alripllfier,
:. and suitcase-type carrying case. $U5
' ,;,
ASTRIJ.CAMERA 220
A lightweight camera for photographing at the
prime focus or by enlargement. ComPlete with air-
.. OperQted curtain shutter. 11/10 to 1/90 second,
: bulb, and time 1 , three double piateholderl for
3JAx414" film, ground-glass foc:using back, 30-
. mm. f.l. photo-Ocular, filter, extension tubes,
: .: c!OmDI, cabinet, and Instruction&.
'. ' . $69.50
UNRRON VIEWFINDERS
VIIWfiNDut. 23.5-mm. 1.93"1, 6x eyepiece.
Only $8.50
VIIWPIMDIII, 30-mm. 11.2"1, Bx eyep= $l0.7S
VIIWFJMDIR, 42-mm. 11.6"1 air-spaced ablectlvele,
lOx eytplece. This finder measures approxfmat y
t6n owerall. It Is lloht In
&mall tnOUgh for use ae a hand te "" '""''"
tno 'l*facular wide-field views of the ct'r; $1I.OO
28, XXVI, 1WENTY.SIX
lltiTRON REFRACTORS
TO CHOOSE FROM
UMITROM'S N- "'100 ......... ........... -de
tcrlbed In detell for you .._ lnt .,._...,, AHI-
tlon of thfte MW modell lodotl te 2AS the _...,
of UNITROHS o'JtiUallle, 'rtllt Is surety tho lridest
Hlectlon, 111 telllll ef lloHt 1111ttty .,.., prlo,
that hat IY&r hett.,..... the piOipeefiYe llu1er.
DeliverY on IUtt ohut aU Modell, llltkiAit the
"''OO't,'' cell .. mede IIIIM........, friM ttoc1r.
All UHITRONS - c-plete wltll 11101111tlllg,
tripod or pier, eyopl-, Achi'OIIIatlc A111pllflor,
acc-oriH, o11d ceMIIOte. The otnlflcetlolls
show" .. low are thOH of the .,..,._ '-
Whlll the Amplifier It IIHd, .,.,.._. ,..,., It
doubled. While oddltlollal eyepl- Clll4l accn-
ortes ort avalleWe fw MOlt modele, the anort
rne111s lnclu4od 01 lfolldard wiU ..
found l'llllal'bMy compfote.
1.1" ALTAZIIIUTII, Modtl 740 1$1.10 Dowl) $55
with eyeplec:n for sex, 39x
2" ALTAZIMUTII, Model 750 ($'1.10 lim) $70
with eyepieces for 7h, 89x, 2h
2" SATEUITI ($1.11 111111) 61, dlqOIIII $75
eJiplece, altulmuth mOOIIt with cln:lll, stand
2.4" ALTAZIIIUTII, Model 760 ($1,10 DIWI) $15
with eyepieces for 78X, 39t, 28x
2.4" ALTAZIMiml, Model 114 ($12.10 Dnll) $125
with eyeplecea for 128x, 100X, 72x, !!OX, 35x
2.4" EQUATORIAL, Model 128 ($22.10 Din) $125
with eyeplects for 128x, 100X, 72x, !!OX, 35x
2.4" EQUATGaiAI., Model 128C ($21,10 DIWII) $175
same 11 Model 128 but wltll motor drive also
3" ALTAZIMUTII, Model 140 1$21.10 Dwl) $165
with eyepieces for 1111, 1311, eex, 8711, 48X
I" UUATORIAI., Model 142 ($4UI DWI) $455
wHh eyeplecea fat 200X, 1311, 98X, 6711, 48X
3" EIUATORIAL, Model 142C l$4f.IO Dwl) $495
ume 11 Model 14Z bUt wltll motor drive also
3" 1'11070-RUATORW., Model 145 1$11.011 $550
llftll) with plde telesc:ope, etc., and 6 IYIPiecea
3" PHOTD-RUATORIAI., Model 145C ($11.00 $61 0
lltWII) 111111 Model 145 IKit with motor drive 1f10
4" ALTAZIIIUTII, Modtl 150 ($41.10 Dowl) $465
with IYIPltceS for 2501, 214x, 167x, 1201, 131, 60X
4" EIUATORIAL, Model 152 1$71.10 "-1) $715
with eyepieces for 25011, 2141, 1671, 120x, 83x, &Oi,
3SX
4" t:IUATORIAL, Model 152C ($14.10 .... ) $145
111111 II Modal 152 but With motor driVIIIIO
Get UNITRON's FREE
OIJserver's Gurlle and
Cllllllltllllclude:
OlllerYfftl tilt""" -
r::'; lftd Wllldirs of
Caatlllatloa 111111
llilll fot olllemrs
. '
., PIIOT.... TGilAL. Model .,,
IIIR) wltllaulde teiesc:ape, etc.; tad 7 .
,.., ....-. -ttso
11m) 111111 .. Model 155 IIUt tlll\lllllotor 111M tT
., IIUATGIIAl, Modii180V 1$11.81 11111111) . hiS
Willi wtltflt-dtlven clock dtlvt, etc., llld 7 IJipltiiu
_, PIIOTMtVAT.IAL, Model110 1$11'1.10 Sl t'JS
.... , - a Model teov 11at wllll auld telliCoPI,
estroamtra, aod a eyepJecee .
_, EIUATORIAL, Model 15e'l 1$111.11 .... ) . $1075
wllll walpt-drlven clock dtlvt, metll pier, etc.,
and 7
_, PHIITO-RUATOIIAL, Model SIZIO
D ... ) S111111 II Model 168V but With pldt te)Mcopt,
1SIJ'Ootlllltr11 SUper.UNIHEX, etc., IIIII 10 tJIPI... .
II" PIIOTMIUATDIIAL, Modtl 510, with $2275
clock driVe, plde tlltiiCOPI, lllflooelmerl, ete., iid
10 I11Pfectl
II" PHOTNIUAfDIIAL, Model 530, 111118. .. . $Zil5
Modtl 510 but with metal pier IIIIIUCI of tripOd
II" hUATORJAL, Model eoo, with clock $5125
drive, mehl pier, 1tc., IIIII 10 IJIPiecee .
II" PJlDTO.UUATDIIAI., Model 610, 111118 It S5e60
Modal &00 but wltllauldt lllucopa; lltrO<Inllra,
II" PHOTNIUATOIIAL, Model 620, ume 1t . $e07S
Model 610 but with 60-mm. utropapltlc Cllllt111
(Special ,.,.,.,nt plan IYtlllbte for 5" and II" Models.)
HOW TD OlDER A UIII1110N
lltod claeck or oM, ..., hi full or - r
hey Pll)'l!leot ..... _. ..,..
cotlftt. lend 2M lepOelt ,_ c.o.D. illlp-
MIIt. UMITROM -liMfl'tilltellf - ,.., ...,..
ellteed for 1111011t11 olid
,__, oni1111- Meet ....,.yaer ._.,...
or yaar _., Mc1r. Pr1cu of UNITRON ...
frem.re IIIChide .... C OCC.......... 8YIIIIIcel.
tl'lpod eod RllfiH. fftte4 ......_ eod
lllitftlctl-. For "flllli" ordtn or ""-IIIII,
ttl.,.._ Arlo Code 117, 969-BCOO.
US OUR EASY PAYMENT PUll
UNITROH't -'er lew PQ!Hat .... II o
COilVaollllt eiltl -feel
UMITROH bfrottor. Tile dew -
....... ,096. Th ............
fllfor 12-..ntll period, eld t11ore Iii o 196
....... the ull!llkl ........ v-
flnt IIOY!IIIIIIt II oot ,.. 111111 SO ...,. otter
you ....... till 1Mt111lllellt, ..... If,.. .......
wut to pey till llltiN ..,._ dR ot tltot
........ ........... _.....
n- .... "fOil ..
J011 -1r fUI 111 t1ie UNITilON IOir I
....... .,., ..... retlll'll It ....... wltfl
dOWII IJ!I!YIIIont, -tile 111edlf ef
,_ chlce ............ , ... lit -
.,. .............. -........ """" ...
--, .......... ., ..... .........--1111\'
till .... 111111 JNtr111111tt1. Tile ta
pelftlllli ood .... .._,_
the - ef ,_ UNITRON ......
...... for lt. . .
t./NI T/?ON
, ' 't "
P,_ lUIII to -. frlt tl clwp, UllmoN'I -
Ollllmft8ulduncl TllelcGpa Cllalot 2M.
August, 1965, SKY AND Ta.r.scon lOS
ASTRONOMICAL SPECTROSCOPE
Unique deslan combines three optical systems. First
produces pr111111ry band; second the comparlsonsource
bind; third the wavelenath scale.
Fer 24.a-. lftplece Holders
#SPEC1:1-2 $149.15
fer 1\14
11
EJIPIKI Nthltrl
#SPICtJ1 .. $1114.50
-
FILTERS
for wllul OHmtloa 1nd astrophotqraphy
ltdtlct IWI, &In and Increase centrist
Prtftllltellt u11 lftd recommend them
ILU!-IIllN-YELLOW-ORAHGE-RED-IIARK RED
fer 24 ....... lFtPIICIS ftr I V4111Ch lf&pleces
licit . . $UO hch $4.50
let tf I .. $17.10 Set of 1 $22..40
-----
"FILTERS FOR OBSERVATION AND
ASTROPHOTOBRAPHY"
Moat comprehensive covera1e-the "Why and How."
flltlfl are recommended for each of the caleatlal ob
Jectt mtntloned. lllultrtted. $1 ..111
-
ACCESSORY CASE
Protect accessorlet acalnst
ahock, dust, and scratches '
with an OPTICA b/c mold
ed, ll,htwelcht attache
cese. t's eaay and In
aKpenalve-outllne Items
on foem pad and cut out
with knife.
5" I I" I 14" $18.11
5" I U" I 18
11
$28.11
FIBERGLASS MIRROR
MOUNTS
for Price
4W' . $4.15
$t.tll
. . $12.15
OPTICA b 1 c Mounts are produced from solid black
fiberstass, accurately machined and finished with anti
reflection black. Consider these advanta1es: llaht
wellht, fully adjustable, amazingly strong, shock resist
ani, low thermal conductivity, and corrosion resistant.
---
Send 25' for cataloi(U<I and price lists.
OPTICA b/c
4100 MacARTHUR BLVD.
OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA 94619
GLEANINGS FOR ATM's
CONDUCTED BY ROBERT E. COX
VERNIERS FOR SETIING CIRCLES
W
HEN an amateur's telescope is per
manently mounted and equipped
with setting circles, he can readily find
objects for which coordinates are known.
In almanacs and atlases, declination is
usually given in degrees and minutes of
arc, right ascension in hours, minutes, and
tenths of minutes of time.
On many amateur telescopes, however,
the declination circle is graduated to
whole degrees and the hour circle at five
minute intervals. But it is a simple mat
ter to attach a vernier scale that provides
accurate readings to If I 0 or 1/20 of a
division on the main scale, says Hans
Pfleumer of North Brunswick, New Jer
sey, who some years ago added a home-
made vernier to the 10" hour circle of his
telescope, enabling him to read to Om.]
in right ascension.
A vernier is a secondary scale that abuts
or overlaps the main one, moving along
it as the telescope is turned to a new posi
tion. The zero point of the vernier
corresponds to the index mark that would
be used otherwise. But instead of attempt
ing to interpolate by eye to tenths of a
division, the observer scans the vernier
until he finds its mark that is most nearly
in coincidence with a mark on the main
scale. The reading of this mark, on the
ternier scale, gives the desired interpola-
tion.
In its commonest form, a vernier reads
to tenths of a mainscale division, since
the vernier's intervals are constructed 9/10
as long as those of the main scale. In
other words, I 0 divisions on the secondary
scale have a total length of only nine on
the primary scale. Such a vernier reads
decimals directly, as in the first diagram.
But as the photograph of Mr. Pfleumer's
\'ernier shows, he introduced several modi-
fications of the basic principle. His entire
right-ascension circle has 720 divisiom
Hans Pfleumer made this vernier for
the hour circle of his telescope. His
nonstandard method of vernier mark
ing is explained in the text.
MAIN SCAt.. It
0 s
10
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
.
I
.
I
I
0 o.s 1.0

0
10
I I
I
I
I I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
t 0.$
1.0
The main scale can be read to tentlu
by using this standard vernier instead
of a single index mark. Above, the
zeros coincide and the reading is 0.0.
Below, 0.4 on the vernier scale coin
cides with a line of the main scale,
and thus the indication is 1.4.
(every half degree), so only the even min-
utes have lines. The odd-minute lines
must be imagined, but this is no handicap
when the vernier is used, as somewhere
along its length one of its lines will be in
coincidence with a line on the main scale.
In order to read Om.l on the circle with
two-minute intervals, the vernier reading
must interpolate one part in 20 instead
of one in 10. For this, the length of 19
main-scale divisions is divided into 20
parts. For better readability, however, Mr.
Pfleumer expanded the scale to have 20
vernier intervals in 39 on the main scale,
as can be seen in the photograph. He
points out that a three-times expansion,
to 59 main intervals, would have made
the vernier needlessly large, but might be
desirable for a primary scale with very
close lines. When reading the scale, it
helps to use a magnifying glass: marine
sextants and theodolites usually come al-
ready equipped with such lenses.
It will be noticed that the Pfleumer
vernier is labeled in a different manner
from the diagram, since the setting indi-
cator is at the vernier's center. If thr
coinciding line is in the left half (UE),
the decimal reading is to be added to an
odd number on the main scale: if the
coincidence is in the right half (E), the
reading is added to an even number. Each
half of the vernier is read from left to
right, from 0.0 to 1.0.
HINTs ON VERNIER CoNSTRUCTION
1. Length of Vernier. Lay a thick
piece of paper along the main scale (flat
or curved as on the setting circle's rim),
and with a very sharp, hard pencil mark
the end points of the length to which the
vernier will correspond. In Mr. PHeumer's
case, this is 39 main-scale divisions, which
ha\'e a total length of 43.2 millimeters: he
divided this distance into 20 equal parts.
2. Proportional Parts. There are sev-
eral ways of producing precisely spaced
vernier divisions. One is to draw on a
large sheet of paper a fine line, AB in
the diagram, the exact length of the re
FULCRUM --
NEEDLE--

1 --- --- --. --.
1------- 64.3 em.
Mr. Pfleumer wed this pi
are four millimeters apar
to get1
quired scale. At a convenien
one end of this line draw
Against this line tape down 1
millimeter scale, and divide
required number of equal di
easily read millimeter
fives or lO's. Mark these dh
v
E
A
N
I
E
A

t
I
A
sharp pencil under a ma1
Draw the line BC, precil4
outermost points on the sea:
orientation is not critical,
not cross AB too oblique)
right angle is best. Place
drawing triangle exactly a
and against the adjoining
other triangle or a gooc
Tape the latter firmly in !
the first triangle downw1
straightedge, and mark in
AB the points that corresf
visions on AC. Use a magJ
better accuracy.
3. The Pfleumer Methoc
of masonite served as l
drawing board, and a 4' 11
12-gauge galvanized sheet 1
the straightedge. At one
horirontal line he hammeJ
to serve as a fulcrum; at
119.1 centimeters away, he
pendicular line. Along th
meter intervals he punch
shown in the diagram.
Into the wedge formed t
from the fulcrum to the I
needles, he fitted perp
vernier scale length of 4
.. 'Hr. 'Pflewner wed this plan to graduate his vernier. The pinholes at the right
.. : ilte four mtiUmetm apart, and the braa blank (daahed) was placed u shown
to get vemier marka 2.16 miiUmetera apart.
qtiired acale. At a convenient angle, from This crossed the central line 64.5 em. from
one end of this line draw another, AC. the fulcrum. Ita divisions were marked
Agairast thJt U11e tape down a high-quality by. placing the straightedge against the
millimeter and divide AC into the fulcrum and against a needle inserted 8UC
required of equal divisions, using cesaively in the pinholes in the 80-mm.
ea.By. read ulilllrneter values, such as at scale.
fi.v'etc>r IO'a. Mark these divisions with a 4. Scribing the Vernier. In fact, Mr.
ahai'p pencil under a magnifying glass.
Draw the line BC, precisely joining the
. . outermost points on the scales. This line's
orientation is not aitlcal, but it should
.... not AB too obliquely-nearly at a
right angle ia best. Place one aide of a
drawfng triangle exactly along this line,
and against the adjoining aide place an-
. o!ber triangle or a good straightedge.
. Tape the latter firmly in position. Slide
the lint triangle downward along the
sttilghtecJse, and mark in succeaion on
AB the points that correspond to the di-
visions on AC. Use a magnifier again for
better accuracy.
3. The Pftewner Method. A 5i' length
of nwonite served as Mr. Pfleumer'a
drawing board, and a 4' strip of 2" wide
12-gauge galvanized sheet metal furnished
the atraightedge. At one end of a long
horizont.tl line he hammered In a needle
to serve as a fulaum; at the other end,
119.1 centimetets away, he erected a per
pendicular line. Along this at four-milli
meter intervals he punched pinholes, as
. shcnm in the diagram.
. Into the wedge formed by lines (dashed)
the fdcrum to the top and bottom
needles. he fitted perpendicularly the
vernier scale length of 48.2 millimeters.
An alternative method
of diriding a Une (AB)
into any desired num
ber of equal parts.
AUTHENTIC
ORTHOSCOPIC
OCULARS
$19.50, ......
Truly ort,hiii(Opk In design, wide flot fltld of
45", malmum color and deflnltlon, - fl-
ma<M. focol lengths include 4-rnm., 6mm,,
7mm., 10.5mm., 16.8mm. and 28mm.
All Galland optlcol surfaces ore pollthed on
plld! lops, frft of pill ond chips, -..ratelv
centerod and hord coorttd. Bodies ore 1 Y
Inch In dlometlt, bran, act\WCirtly turned, and
chtOtMplot.cl. Wa<kmanshlp Ul\tOndltlonally
guoronteed.
ORDER NOW DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULAR
HAIURT-AilUitA OPnCAL SYSTDI
World's most modern
Must lharplll resolve o mllllmeter at hoff o
mile In - final testa. Thl1 Ia 14
second of ore, far exc:Mdlng fOr
o 6-lnch aperture. The RciYielcih etlterlan It
zero which llltCIN that all colors comt to the
SAME FOCAL PLANE!. In .dladIMrP
resoll.ltlon. AQuila o-lnch hoW
clearly tpllt ffie dwarf Slrlua 8
from Ita primary 1t0r with dcirl( skY be'-
- proof of uMxclllect opttca equaling many
forger observatory telescopee.
The Aquila mounting fa not a at
ore most other moUntings. You have virtu
oily o Springfield flxed-iyeplece position far
all angln af sky viewing,
Technlquea recently dlscovtlrtd In our labanl
tory far flgwlng our optical con and
do In the prlma'Y. mirror haVIng a --
face accurate to better than 1116 WOVtltnclfh
of light. If requeat*!
1
a summary _of Jilt f!Jo
and graph shoWing me flnol fidelity of thi
surface will be furnllhed the purc:hciW.
6" portable. Two dellgns:
Aqullo Universal Ecauotorlol ....... $tfi.OO
AquiiiJ Altazlmuth ............. $111,00
May we send you complete details?
HAIIART OPTICAL EIIIIIEDINI LA1.
1t. z, Ia Itt, llnlpt CIIJ, tin.
EXTRAWIDE FIELD 11 .
GALOC
ASTRONOMICAL OCULAR .
$19.50, ......
Speclol optical combination rtndeta wide OP
parent field al 90". Has oil choroderiltlo of
orthoscopic acular, UM wllh Iori- ltna. or
telescope. fal 16.3.nvn.
fl. 0, aGX &14 e ltOt DfiUYE
NOftMAN.
Augwt, 1965, SltY AND TEt.ESCOPI 105
OPTICAL CRAFfSMEN
Optical craftsmen for precision grinding
and polishing of crystals. Experience
in precision optics required. Unusual
opportunity in modern plant of ex
P!lnding ecientific company in northern
New Jersey within easy commuting dis-
tance of New York City. Write or call I
Personnel Manager:
Plleumer used the straightedge as a guide
in scribing the scale directly onto a piece
of springy brass sheet 0.025" thick. The
rectangular blade, indicated by short
dashes, was later trimmed to the shape
pictured on page 104. There it can be
seen that this method results in converg
ing scale marks, which the North Bruns
wick amateur finds do not matter in
reading the scale.
It would have been better, howe\'er, if
the bottom up, and weighted down. I
used a slender scriber, frequently honed
to needle sharpness, the point held hard
against the straightedge. I made two or
three passes, the first one light, being
careful not to bend the needle point. Af
ter all the lines were engraved in, I
polished the surface of the vernier with
crocus cloth.
"Should some of the lines wme out
1\fr. Plleumer had constructed his \'ernier
lines parallel to earh other, so they would
' ha\'e been perpendicular to the edge of
the \'ernier blade. The eye is much more
sensiti\'c to slight departures from precise
coincidence when this has been done.
ISOMET CORPORATION :
433 Commercial Avenue
Park, New Jersey
Ttle{>horo 201-W'/ftJtor 4-4100
An equal opponuniry employer.
too thin, they can be rescratched freehand,
as the scriber will follow the groove. To
make the lines stand out distinctly, ruL
drop-black enamel over the surface and
polish it again after it dries. After the
vernier blade's other edges are trimmed
as desired, it is bent to the contour of the
circle's rim and fitted to the indicator arm.
The numbers and letters were put on
with India ink and coated with nail
polish." R. E. C.
* * BERAL COATINGS * *
The ideal coating for front-surface pred-
sinn mirron for these reasons:
I. Berni has HIGH reftectivhy.
J. Boral is HARD; does not sleek easily.
J. Beral can he cleaned easily - no porous
OVERCOATING of quartz.
4. Derol is NOT a Chromium alloy, so can
he removed easily.
Prices for Beral coa.tinjt telrscope
4", $3.50; 6", $5.00; 8 $6.50; 10", $8.50;
$12.50. Price& for oizes up to 37"
diametr on requeot. Add rootage - lnour
ance for return ntail.
DUDLEY LEROY CLAUSING
BOSS &lonUeello Ave., SkokiP, IU. 60016
Mr. Plleumer writes further: "The
metal is held to the drawing with masking
tape. In cutting each line the straightedge
is brought gently agaimt the nndks. from
A professionally m;ult
,ernier, part of a ma
rine sextant. The atT is
read to single dtgtets,
minutts giwn
the graduated drum on
tbe tangent screw, and
tenths of minutes an
obtaint'<l from the ,er
nier. The setting is 29'
42'.5. From Bow
ditrh .. lmt'rimu Practi
cal Natigator, edition
of 1958.
The Celestronl 0
Schmidt-Cassegrain Telescope
There arc few JWs>essinns that the indt,idual can aspire
to which will matrh the pride of ownership. the lasting
nttlttv. and free<lom frnm ohsnlesrence of the Celestron 10.
The .proud owner of thts fuu 111strumcnt wtll find it to be
the centPr 0f nllmclion nt star p.utie> by amateurs
unci prnfes:<iPnals ultlP. Thml nf the enjoyment you will
realize when """" y<'ur fnemk and youn(!
strr> tlwtr ftr,;t truly nnprC':<>tve \'ICW> ,,f the !1l0<'n. planets.
nr rcnh)h" nl'hul.tc.
Tbt Ctltstrn 10 ;, trrJ1 siAl
I spill of iu
'".""'" Jtul ui,.ttss is
""'"' it i>tl..,s. TH ;u,.,nt
Jt,J,ilih nt lt-orttt tostraf'
t;n ... J fitri 1ir1 tilt
(t/t>hU /0 as,.JJ,
fM..J .,eJ, iu ... uitC" ltsrn..:Of'1
,..u. P,.,ftuia.l k,.,....
(i\t\ Jt4.J4FJI tf'fTt ti-.t pQ.Jt i
tl>t Joip f Cr/ntn>tJ 10:
\(l.it ,, .. "'"' ,;.t ,, tiH
U"' fr\1111 ...
13214 Crenshaw BoulevArd, GardenA.
Telephone OA 3 6160
A TEEN-AGEll
A
LTHOUGH my 8-ir
with commercial Oj
instrument, on a family
years ago it proved not
and I decided to build a
instrument. I was
junior in high school. A1
my first attempt at
rors, I chose the Dall-}
whid1 has elementary opt
ellipsoid and a sphere. (SI
scoPE, January, 1962, pa!
cations on an erect-imag1
In a swap with a friet
6-inch mirror kit, and tl
smoothly, except for scr:
6" f/10 SUI
of the lines come out
be teiCl'lltchell freehand,
follow the groove. To
. out distinctly, rub
over the surface and
after .. it dries. Mter the
other edges are trimmed
bent to the, contour of the
fitted to llui indicator arm.
and letters were put on
ink and coated with nail
individual can aspire
ownership, the lasting
of the Celestron 10.
will ftn.d It to be
nttended by amateurs
enjoyment/ou will
neighbors an young
' of the moon, planets,
A TEEN-AGER's FIRST TELESCOPE-A DALLKIRKHAM
A
LTHOUGH my 8-inch Newtonian
with commercial optics is a fine
instrument, on a family vacation a few
years ago it proved not truly portable,
and I decided to build a more compact
instrument. I was then a 16-year-old
junior in high school. As this was to be
my first attempt at making telescope mir-
rors, I chose the Dall-Kirkham design,
which has elementary optical surfaces-an
ellipsoid and a sphere. (See SKY AND TELE
scoPE, January, 1962, page 49, for specifi.
cations on an erect-image system.)
I succeeded here, as proven by tests on
stars with the telescope's fully assembled
optics. But the experts tell me I was very
lucky, especially since the Dall-Kirkham
secondary has a high-amplification func-
tion in the optical system. [In general, it
is difficult to produce a smooth spherical
surface on a convex mirror just by stroke
control, and standard testing procedures
should be applied.-ED.J
In a swap with a friend, I obtained a
6-inch mirror kit, and the grinding went
smoothly, except for scratches caused by
. / . '
I
contaminated emery. Later, cerium oxide
was used for polishing and figuring. The
mirror showed the Foucault pattern of an
oblate spheroid-turned-up edge with a
hill in the center. This was quickly rem-
edied, the hill becoming negligibly small.
By means of parabolizing strokes, I
reached the calculated zonal shift for ellip-
soidal undcrcorrection, according to the
Foucault test, and the mirror was consid-
ered finished.
Attempts to test the convex secondary
through its back proved fruitless, so I de-
cided to rely completely on stroke control.
At all grinding and polishing stages, I
strove for perfection of stroke and con-
sistent working procedures. Fortunately,
Left: Richard Steeg of
Chico, California, was a
high school junior when
he built this 6-inch
Dall-Kirkham telescope.
Right: Compact and
easily assembled, the
Steeg telescope and its
traveling case weigh on-
ly 40 pounds. Photo
graphs by the author.
After studying many commercial mount
ing designs, my father and I developed a
very compact, easily operated instrument.
At the mechanical center of the mounting
is an aluminum drum adapted from an
ordinary kettle. The polar axis' bottom
bearing is supported by a mounting board
for the gear train, the upper bearing by
6" SURVEYOR REFRACTOR
Whether your observing requirements are lunar, planetary, or
deep-sky, the 6" f/10 SURVEYOR Refractor gives you what
you need most-superior definition. Couple this to our rigid,
smooth-working equatorial mounting with its beautiful custom
workmanship. They add up to our best-selling refractor-the
portable 6" SURVEYOR!
The VERNONscope 6" f/10 achromatic objective is air-spaced,
coated, fully corrected for spherical and chromatic
and has a resolving power of 0.74 second of arc. Included 1s
a 54-mm. coated achromatic viewfinder having a U" O.D.
wide-angle Kellner 12x ocular and cross hairs. The portable 6"
SURVEYOR features the massive PAR Equatorial Mount, which
includes precisely machined bronze bushings at all bearing
points, collet tension device on the polar axls, new brake-type
declination clamp controlled from the eyepiece, and lit" chrome-
plated steel shafting. The 15" saddle has hinged rings and
knurled locking screws. Base of mount is fully rotatable and can
be quickly removed from the reinforced steel tripod. Mount
has black wrinkle primer and 3-D space-blue marble finish.
A star diagonal, three finest orthoscopic oculars of your choice
(Gailand: 28, 16.8, 10.5, 7, 6, 4 mm.), 10" dewcap and plastic
dust covers are furnished.
The complete VERNONscope 6" f/10 SURVEYOR .. $795 f.o.b.
(Instrument weight 85lbs.)
The 6" f/10 Deluxe Model VERNONscope Refractor includes
the Bodine Mark III Clock Drive and matching 6" setting
circles, a 3" f/15 guide scope, manual slow motion independent
of clock drive, 230-pound permanent pier-pedestal, and five
Gailand oculars. Price: $1,285. Instrument weight 330 lbs.
6" f/15 Models available.
6" f/10 SURVEYOR with manual drive-$845
VERNONscope & Co.
Candor, New York 13743 Phone 607-6594301
August, 1965, SKY AND TELESCoPE 107
OPTICAL
CRAFTSMEN
Optical specialists are sought with
experience in the fabrication of lenses
and mirrors for diffraction-limited
systems of the order of one-tenth
wavelength. As a member of ltek's
Optics Group, you will work in a pleasant,
modern environment, using the
facilities of one of the world's
newest, most completely equipped
optical shop"
Disc..ssioft of INs# oi>f'ortllnilin u-flb
,,bn-s of o11r tedHi<4fl Jt.,tJ
""') bt by /C>MJmic yowr
to:
The Steeg compound telescope is here
set up as a tabletop altazimuth.
a doui.Jie-thick lid of aluminum sheeting.
Four leg !Jolts hold these elemems to-
gether, and the drum provides a protec-
tive cover.
A two-watt synduonous clock motor
drives the telescope in hour angle. Both
the manual slow motion and the clock
drive work on the same gear fastened to
the central shaft. The change from one
control to the other is through a plate
mounted to the stand. This plate carries
two worms, one on each side of the
doublepurpose gear; when one worm is
engaged the other is disengaged, and there
is a third, neutral position at which the
telescope can swing freely. A spring-
loaded ball bearing slips into holes to
pro\'ide accurate gear settings.
The manual control gear reduction is
I J50 to I, !Jut the declination ratio is
6,500 to I, whidt is ,-eT)' convenient for
slight corrections during guiding.
A small telescope located within the
hollow polar axle takes all the work out
of alignment on the celestial pole. The
obsen er sights up the axis through two
holes cut in the sides of the telescope tube
for this purpose. During obsening these
holes can be closed by little Sll'ingout
"ears... The tube is CO\'ered with light
imitation leather, which we also
uStd (or the outside of the carrying case.
:\t the serondary or "Cassegrain .. focus.
the miXln has been photographed ,.-ith a
spccialh built camera. The eyepiece and
eii.Jow unit arc rcmO\ed so the camera
em I.Jc fastened directly to the mirror cell.
wht"t-c it abo prO\ ides the focusing sc::reen.
!"he lllmholder is homemade.
:\!though a is usually recom
nwndNi (,,r an amateur's first insnument,
.1 lhll Kitlham is \'l'n C<\mpact and pro-
'1do hi!o).h (l<H\'C'I"' f,,l planetan
In mY itNmment .. a 9-mm. onhoscopic
'1<'lds and at 450x
m the lll<'klll tht'l'C' is n,, trace o( image
hrt'ald,,wn--tar hn-..,nd m, expectations.
l"tstin!o': ,,fth(' aS'S<'mhl<'<l relC'S<--ope by
r'na-1<-..al and the l..nife-
1'1\!<f "' a hris:lH Har un<icr seeing
<\\lllit"'"' 1'<'\'<'al<-<l ll' 7'nes.
RlCHo\RD STEEG
In St.
Ch!CI\, C'.alif.
GET READY FOR T
a:"A
.a/.*'. I
"MAKEYOUROWH" 4V4'
stock #110,074-Y .
Tbe-fi
our wescop
miolzed, lia
diaapoal, t
recnoos hid
----
INEXPENSIVE OPTIC
FOR I
Now, a
lion hlp
- foCil

meotalo
colllisu of hardwood meter rod
in incha and miilimeten. Can
end 1upporu. End support it re
surface mirror anached. lnclw
lens holden which adlllll .enlc
slidins sp_rins for holdl
complete wnstructiOill.
Stock #80,084-Y ............ .
Eztta Ieos bolder with sprlns cia
Stock #IO,OIIY ............ .
PRECISION ERFLE
STANDARD
20-mm. lc
...
. relractOn.
---- - telacopet,
scopes, ett. Coated lelllelo ezc
lens 22-mm. cllam.; 26-mm. 1
imported. chrome and black fin
stock #10,41111-Y ............ .
NEW EDMUND ST
With cbla p
suu.ment. u
locate and 1,
vilible co tb
11111 involved
4" wide, 71
deliped lc
graphic uiJ
cSuaestiOIII
iYCD.) Pu
Steck #'181
RIIDIN, RtpiiCI Rtlllalq
HI
SPI
Dlaut"
Completely
cool Idea
mentsl optics, or iusc plaiP dnl
Alum num bex-bCidied dill ails
and lock ..... -we--wlU liCK roc
V." ro 7" dltcaeter retainiq
ban. Adluable lqs PI
I co below apatl!lt1'
2 sb-tcnslle hft bars
(1-i" acroa 8a11), .-In 8
.02,"-tbick 8at dpt, IWO
two .062"-dlamerer Dlo-cype t
specialpurpose dpe from limP:
Stocll #70,711-Y .......... .
THE ORIGINAL
RESOLVING PO'
For
macl
=:
the
Mr. Praok GoodwiP, il bl<
rwo yean. We DOW olfer t
corclance with the orialnal 1
chia Barlow Is acluomadc
1
blackened tube, and u IJP'!I
cision cralamen can malai It
tiom, IP a 4"-1001 adaJIICf
Stocll #80,122Y ......... .
ORDE
EDMU
dod motor
. ilrtgle. Both
and .. the dock
futened to
.................. from one
aplate
carries
of the
The - fiDe mirror at aaed In
out DOlllhed aDd alu
llllobed, lioMs :,:repieca. aad
pua. Dl
" .. . " ......... $11.21 ppd.
INEXPENSIVE OPTICAL BENCH
fOR WS, HOBBYISTS
Now, a bimpnd
lion blal!-Q benc6. .!olea
- flxl1 cbeck opdcal
gualily
1
or UIC as a <'OIIilJIItor.
Saft Doutt poaidoolna ele
raena Ia oDtic81 1J1W111. Due
CllllllitiJ ol bardwoocl rod 4o loq, paduated
Ia ladles and mil1lllleten. Can be mounted oo metal
eocl End Ia reticle plate with front
llldllct mirror albldM!d. lacludel 4 low V .aJJalled
._. bolden wbitb td)UIC ftfdcaUy aod boriaonally;
alldlll8 aprina clampa for boldlna lentet in posldon;
compllllll
Stlell #IO,IJM.Y .............. , , ....... $14.811 ppd.
s- kill bolder whb sprlq clamp .
ltllll #10, .... , .. " .......... ' .... ' ' ... $2.110 ,.d.
PRECISION ERFLE EYEPIECE
STANDARD 1W' 0.0.
20-mm. focal 1:. Extremely
:U
6
':c!

dona. Goad WWU for Ullt with
refraaon. relleaon, ricb-6eld
....., ecc. c-.t
leoi 22oJIIID. dlam.; 26-mm. &eld leal. Haodloaie,
lmpocwd, cbtome and black liDIIb.
1t1111 #10.411-Y ....................... $22.10 ppd.
NEW EDMUND STAR FINDER
With rhll preciaionmade metal in
Rrumerat, aoy obtervu can quickly
locate aDd identify aoy cbaned star
tiaible to the oakfd eye. No oerla
.., Involved. Oterall size ia 8 by
4 wide, deep. The 6nder Is
deailllll!d for UIC on any pbotO-
IIIPnic rripod or simple mount.
1 SuJII!I(iooa for moundn& ...,
,P-. ) Pull dlsecdODI iacluded.
StiCk #70,1CIIY ...... $1.00 ppd.
"' Replace lltalnlq llap wltll
NEW, LOW-COST
SPANNER WRENCH
Dl.......-11 Leist .. Cllllll'llo etc.
Complerely .enadle IOJHiuaUIY
toni. Ideal for iDRN
DI!IDU. opda, or IUR plain linkeriQI. ticeUenr delip.
Allllllloum ba.fJcidled dPI allp Into haboUowcd arms
and lock oor ,_re, l'ully adjURabJe for
10 7" on.- reaaloloa rinp. ema areater with
but. AdlURible lep pemur mendiq dPI from
10 3" below body. Includes:
p.ceadle _, &a boan 3v.t 1ona and 7" lona
( H" acrnu Jlaa) 3 pain
025"olblck 8at rwo .062"odalck 8at apa. and
rwo . 062..ua-r Dln-cype lips. Or make yow own
IJIIdalpwpote Upt fmm limpli 7/32" A11eD WleDCbH.
ltllll #'Jt,'li1Y ....................... $1:UO pptl.
THE ORIGINAL GOODWIN
RESOLVING POWER BARLOW
l'or many tbla achro-
matic coated Bulow lens bu
bel!a the pride and joy of
t1071001uuonomen. Due10
the death of tbe
Mr. Pllllk Goodwin, ir bad noc been anllable for
rwo ,..,._ We now olfu rbae 1colel, in aaa ac
totda1lce wicb the orlaiaal aped&a.dODL Remember,
tbil Barlow Ia acbiOIIIAdc, coated, tDOUDtcd in a
b1adteocd rube, aod 11 perfea as only P..,..
cillon aafamea ce make lc. Complece with iiiiUilC
doal, Ill a 4"-loq tube 101 114 eyepieces.
111ft #11.112-Y ....................... $21.10 ppd.
3-llch
am-mJcal
Reflector
60 to 180 Power
An Unusual Buy!
Auemblcd - ready ro
use! See Saturn's rinas,
the pl\Oft MAn huac
craters on the moon, phases of Venus, stu clutten,
moons of Jupiter, doutile stan, nebulae, and plaxi.,!
J!quatorialtype mounrina with loeb on bath ax ...
Afuminizcd and overcoared :!"-diameter f/10 primary
mirror, ventilated cell. Telescope comes equipped
with a 60z eyepiece and a mounted Barlow lens,
pvioa you 60 to 180 power. A finder telesmpc: is
10duded. SIUtdy, bardwoocl, pomble rtlpocl. Plft
with ICOf.l!: Stu Cbartz.. 272-pase "HandbOok of rbe
Heatens, ' plus "How Use Your Telescope."
Stock #U,oao.Y .. .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . $21.15 ppll.
414 Anronomical Reftecror Telescope! 225 power.
stock #111,101-Y ...... $71.10 t.o.b. Barrington, N. J.
Superb 6" lte8ecror Telescope with equarorial mount
and pedestal bole.
Stock #811.011-Y ..... $111.10 f.o.b. Barrington, N. J.
ExcHin& New Low-Cost MOON MODEL
l!zcidq outer space rlial>lay and con
venation piece. EDct repli<a, thouaanda
of formauons- peakJ, craters, Ocean of
SIOrJDJ, ere. - aU lo relief. Scaled 10
aizc. Ac:curate dillllllce ruarionships.
Proper liahdna abowa moon phaSe;
"blick liaht" ltatlllna Clfecu.
l'uullb, Wlllhable plaStic. Tblee colon. Par aide
blank - an be uJcd for ..P!ce data. EzceUent aifr
Item. 12" diamerer, weiahr lb.
Stock #70,115Y . . . . . . . . . , , ...... $12.50 ppd.
Take Moon Pictures Through
Your Telescope wHb the EDMUND
CAMERA HOLDER for TELESCOPES
Bracket alllltbea permanendy 10
your lllllecdq or refncdna tele-
scope. Remotable rod with ad
jusrable bracket holds your cam
era OYCr KOpe'a eyepiece, and
you're ready 10 take addq pic
rures of the moon. You an abo
cake terrauial relepboro abors of
distant objeca. Opens up aew
fields of picrure rakiq!
SUN PROJECTION
SCREEN INCLUDED
White metal 1Cre1!D Is eaaily ar
racbed ro balder aod placed be-
biad eyepiece. l'oinr SCDpe ar
IWI, move saeeo 10 focus
aad you can see IUDipou!
Includes brackets. l844" rOd, projection acrceo, Kti!WI,
and directions. AlumiJlum; brlclretl black crinkle.
Stock #70,18:Z.Y , , .................. , .. $1.H ppd.
SIIIC_,
10,412Y
80,41J.Y
80,484-Y
NEW KELLNER STANDARD
1'14'' EYEPIECES
Wide, Bar fields, ezcellent color
corllltdon coated lenset. All
haw .,.;;;!.rd 114" onaide dlam.,
50-dcpee IPP""nf field of view.
Ample eye llllief. Atuacdw
chrOme and black finiab, euily
visible markiJ181.
E,.. Focal Ere Fltld Price
PltCI ltDitiJ ltal Ina ppll.
A 9mm. 5mm. 7.5mm. $1.711
a 12 mm. 7 mm. 8 mm. 1.25
c 18 mm. 15 mm. 18 mm. IJIO
Klrs CODtala 6De IUIDaled
pyrex minor b1aDk. 11101,
abruiftll, tllqoeal lolrror.
and eyepiece lenses. You buUd 1-- raaaiDI
in value from f75.00 10 of doUan.
Stock# 01111. Mlmr Tlllellallaa Prlta .
70,00:1-Y 4V4" $ 7.10 ppd.
70,CICJ4.Y 6" 1" u.- ppd.
70,0011-Y 8" 1Va" 11.10 jlpd,
7D,DOI-Y 10
01
7W' 10.711\
70,007Y 12th" 2Va" a ... ff.o.b.
FAVORITE COHSTRLATIONS
OF THE NORTHERN HEMI
SPHERE ON 40 SLIDES
35mm. mounted ldmtl6ed de
luzc blackaodwblte alicles r11..
play aw.,.inapirina vii!WI of
noitbem b.mlsl'bere coomUa
tions. lncludl!l ratle slide, 5 -.JODLI and roealooal Rat
maps rbat inuocluce 34 comrellatloo .Udei Ideodly
46 - DIOie than one on some alidel.
Stocll #101117Y ...................... $11.01 !11111L
Selecrcd SUde SeL I 0 moR popu1u CODRaliadou.
SIDell #40,715-Y .. , ..................... t4.10 PPd.
NEW ZOOM
TELESCOPE EYEPIECE
mttiaa new eyepiece piOfidel ap!ll and wr
atiUrr your lelelcOpe. Doet woric of maor aod
Rafl lh_atp at all pow:en. lllgol6cadon deDeaill on
Jout l'el_,pe - rypicallt 50x to 12'x. 1'leclaloo
CODIU\ICtioo, RIDdard 1 V.: O.D. Fully

coated leales, focal 1eDatb 8.4 mm. to 21 mm. UM or
Barlow incraaes powers by 2 to 3 rimes.
Stock #IO.IY ...................... , $21.10 PPd.
ORTHOSCOPIC EYEPIECES
Wide, nat field -IIIHM' cerrectlft
uadtr bl&ll l!lllllflcatloll- unl
lent ere nllef
The onboacopic eyepiece Is one of
the mosc importanr tu1d bear cor

deaisn. with coated le-. aod are
standard outer dlameler, precision made of
chrome-plaltd brau and alllllllnum.
Stock #10,314-Y . . . . o4 mm. . .. , .. $14.10 HI!.
StiCk #30,404-Y .. .. . . 6 mm. .. , .. 14.11 jljlt!,
stock #30.4011-Y . . . . . . 12.5 mm. . . . . . . 14.11 jljliL
stock #30,4H-Y . . . . . . 18 mm. . . . . . 14.111 -.
Stock #30,4D7Y . . . . . . 25 mm. .... 14.11 '"-
M/,ll leo FREE CATAlOG I
j CIIIDplettiJ - 1NI ldltlll.
1 141 ,.... ....., 4.000
I
I IDMUND SCIIIffiFIC co.
I a.rtqtlll, IL J.
I Please nub I'm Glanr Cataloa "Y."
I Name .................. 1
IAddtea ........................... , .... 1
L
l Ciry .. "" '"" ... Zoae ...... Slate ...... I

ORDER IIY HOCK NUMIIE!l . , SEND CHECK OR MONEY ORDER SATISfACTION GUARANTEED/
EDMUND SCIENTIFIC co. BARRINGTON, NEW JERSEY
!
The Astronomical Journal
Publishes original ohscrvations and researches
in astronomy, with the CX!'Pption of thme
that nrc cssentinlly astrophysical in charac-
ter. As the puhlication of the American As-
trouomkal Society, it also symposia,
ahstrads nf pap<'rs the entire field
of nstronomy ( inclmling astrophysics) pre-
sPntl'd at of the society, and re-
ports of ohservatoriPs.
SllDSCHII'TIOi\;: $15.00 pPr year in
U. S. curnncy, payable in ad vane<'.
Addr<ss Astronomical Journal,
Anll'rimu I nstitutt of i'hvsies, 3:3.5 E.
4.5th St., 1'\tw York. :-;, Y. IOOli.
IIIIII!I!IIUIIIIliiii111111NIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUt11111111UIIti1UUIIII111\IIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIliiiiii\IIIIIIIIIOI111"11UIUUII
""''''llllllllfltl>lltll11111nlltl1tlll.tltllnltttiUIIIImtlllllltorllttllltmn"''"''''''m'''''''1'''''''''''''''''''"
SPIDERS
Designed for absolute "l'd'ly, fils tube diam
elers of 6" to 16". Collimation angle 3", also
adjustable up and down. Made of brass and alu-
minum, finished In dull black. For elliptical
diaaonals with minor axes of,
1.050" $12.00 1.850"
1.306" 12.00 2.142"
1.550" 12.00 2.61 0"
$16.50
17.50
18.50
Prices listed plus parcel post
ORTHOSCOPIC OCULARS
---l
"I
---- _j
Rn
All hard coated, standard H<" 0.0.
28-mm ....... \
16.3-mm. (Erfle) (
$19.75 each, ppd.
10.5-mm ..... I
7-mm. . ... I
Warranted to equal or surpass any oculars ob-
tainable anywhere or money refunded.
BARLOWS
. '
-: t
'
. '
The negative lens lf.l. -31h"l hu been care
fully ray-traced to insure excellent image qual
1ty. It Is achromat1c, coated, and mounted in
a standard 1\4" chrome-plated brass tube
lona fits Into the focusina device). Mlli
mum multiplicatiOn of eyep1ece power is three
t1mes. Price $19.75 ppd.
Recommended for use w1th our "Galoc" eyepiece.
7tltJe1piu
55i5 Romaine St., LIS Anplu, Calif. 90031
Send for catalo&ue.
OBSERVER'S PAGE
tJ ( UT) is used unless otherwise noted.
JUNE'S PARTIAL LUNAR EcLIPSE
D
ESPITE widespread cloudiness, ama-
teurs from Arizona to England wtiT
able to observe the partial eclipse of the
moon on the night of June 13-1-1. In this
relatively unspectacular eclipse, the larg
est "bite" by the earth's umhral shadow
amounted to only 18 percent of the
moon's diameter. However, the rest of the
lunar disk was entirely inside the tenuous
outer shadow (penumbra) of the earth.
The general appearance of this eclipse
is well described hv Samuel \Vichess, a
high school student' in Tnwmend, Dcla-
warr: ".\t my location, the moon first
appeared abme the treetops at H:IH p.m.
Eastern daylight time. It already dl'l'l'
in the penumbra. In the bright twilight.
the low moon looked like a large orange
ball with a smudge on its eastern side.
First umhral contact occuned about I 0
minutes Ia ter."
:--;car mid-eclipse, the umbra! shadow
looked dark gray to l\lr. Wichess, who
paid particular attention to color. In his
5 x finder, the innermost and densest
penumbral shadow was brownish. This
was surrounded by light gray, thinning
outward gradually to imisibility.
This description tallies well with what
Patrick saw at East Grinstead, Sus-
sex, England. There the eclipse was an
;J[ter-midnight rvcnt, with the moon \ery
low in the southwest. (Its meridian alti-
tude had been only 14 degrees.) "The
l'clipscd portion was iron [,'fay," write'
\lr. illoore, "but always visible, so that
the eclipse was clearly lighter than the bst
two total ones. l'\o [other] color was seen.
! xcept for a faint brownish edge to the
umbra. . . . At mid-eclipse the outlines
of the maria could be dimly seen in the
l'rlipscd portion with my 4-inch refractor."
lle watched the entrance of the crater
Plato into the umbra with his
l cncctor, noting that just after complete
British amateur Alan
\\', Heath tonk this pic
turc of the
moon on June 14th at
I l'ninrsal time.
With nne hand holding
the plate U)> to tht
drawtube of his 1:!-imh
reflector. :'\lr. Heath re
nwnd the tdtsmpe cap
with his nthl'T hand to
make tht t''posun.
Tht darkest portion of
the shadow rcwrdt'll
here stntches nearh to
Ill' large. bright
Copernicus.
Marcos A. Sc\'erin at the Urania Ob-
scnatory in Rafacla, Argentina, took
this 1
1
60-second exposure at 1:12 UT,
se,en minutes before He
used a 35-mm. Contax camera attached
to a 12-inch f/5 reflector.
immersion it was visible as a dark
o1al.
.\nother English observer, A. \V. Heath
at Long Eaton, 1'\ottinghamshire, men-
tions that the eclipsed part of the lunar
limb could be seen throughout his obser\'-
ing. He used a re!lcttor and a
refractor.
Roger \\'. Gordon (:\ckermanl'ille.
l'ennsyl\'ania) states that with his 10 x
hand telescope he had no difficulty in see-
ing maria and rays inside the umbra. To
him the penumbral shading looked yel-
low-green, after twilight had ended. "Dirty
1ellow" was the trrm used by John l\liller,
who watched with a 3-inch reflector at
Hitkory, North Carolina . .-\ New Jersey
.unateur, Ke1in Bromberg of Li\'ingston.
tells of a ICI)' dark umbra edged by a
narrow gray band.
Se1eral reports give numerical data on
110 SK \' A:\n TELESCOPE, .-lugt1st. I o<,;
Beginning at 9:01! p.m.
The ninth (from left)
umbra. Ver
the width of the visible f
ing. Thus, Robert Hay!
s('r\'ed with a 6-inch refle
Illinois, noted that at t
contact this shading re
:\!arc Vaporum, extendin
ccn t of the lunar diamet
similar estimate was a q'
Wichess' drawings give <
the angular diameter of
29'.8, the average of thest
(38 percent) gives about 1
ent width of the penuml
Observing at Solon, 0
lama first saw the moon '
3 above the southeaste
was impressed by the ob
penumbra, but thought it
Brig he

24-inc
Beginning at 9:08p.m. Eastern daylight time, John E. Fuller, III, made a 1/25-second exposure about every five minutes.
The ninth (from left) of the 21 images was at mid-eclipse (9:49 p.m.); the 19th was at 10:40 p.m. as the moon left the
umbra. Verichrome Pan film was used at fjll to f/16 in the twinlens reHex camera.
the width of the visible penumbral shad
ing. Thus, Robert Hays, Jr., who ob
served with a 6-inch reHector at Chicago,
Illinois, noted that at the last umbra)
contact this shading reached about to
Mare Vaporum, extending across 40 per
cent of the lunar diameter. Mr. Miller's
similar estimate was a quarter, and Mr.
Wichess' drawings give one half. Since
the angular diameter of the moon was
29'.8, the average of these three estimates
(38 percent) gives about II' for the appar-
ent width of the penumbra.
Observing at Solon, Ohio, Tony Mal
lama first saw the moon when it was only
8" above the southeastern horizon. He
was impressed by the obviousness of the
penumbra, but thought it was less evident
Brigham
hal an hour later, at mid-eclipse. Both
twilight and the low altitude of the moon
had lessened lunar glare, making the
earth's outer shadow plainer.
A photographic analogy to this can be
seen in the picture by John E. Fuller, III,
at the top of this page. This Silver
Spring, Maryland, amateur took 21 expo
sures on the same film at five-minute inter-
vals, beginning just after first contact,
when the moon was still low. The penum-
bra is most evident in the earliest images,
but in those at higher altitudes there is
only umbra. Thus it appears that atmo-
spheric dimming favored the penumbra
by reducing effective exposure. Hence
underexposure may be useful in filming
the penumbral lunar eclipse of October
29, 1966, the next to be visible throughout
North America.
Other amateurs who made photographs
of this .June's eclipse are Peter A. Leav
ens, Freeport, New York; Ted Szybowicz,
Taylor, Michigan; Bruce D. Strahan,
Bloomfield, New Jersey; and members of
the Victoria Astronomy Club, Victoria,
Texas.
Puerto Rican amateur Michael Suarez
of Santurce enjoys the distinction of hav-
ing observed both the May 80th solar
eclipse and the lunar one half a month
later. During the latter event, he secured
a number of crater timings.
In the Middle West, the first half of the
eclipse was over before moonrise. How-
ever, Jon Thomas, at Fort Wayne, Indi-
A university observatory tel
escape has to be a versatile in
strument-one which must be
equally as suited to the training of
young astronomers as it is for under-
taking advanced research projects.
Brigham Young University's astronomers
specified a Tinsley 24-inch Newtonian
Cassegrainian to meet their requirements. The
result- a basic telescope with a Tinsley- made
Baker-Type Corrector as a custom accessory.
Making accessory items which "tailor" basic telescope
designs to meet specific requirements is a Tinsley spe
cialty. And Tinsley-built accessories such as double-slide
plate holders, prism- or grating-type spectrographs, pho
tometers of all designs and special cameras reflect
the same high-quality manufacturing standards as
Tinsley telescopes. Each accessory item is made
under the skilled supervision of a qualified optical
engineer who is responsible for the total project.
If you are interested in a telescope of any size
or type, send your specifications to Tinsley
Laboratories for a thorough evaluation
and a realistic recommendation.
Young's
24-inch Newtonian
Cassegrainian

TINSLEY LABORATORIES, INC.
2448 Sixth Street,
Berkeley, California 94710
Telephone: 415843-6836
TWX: 4158919316
IDEAL FOR VARIABLE STAR AND
DEEP- SKY OBSERVATIONS
ASTROLA MODEL "B" 8" and ASTROLA MODEL "C" 10"
ASTROLA Deluxe Model "B '-
ASTROLA Deluxe Model "C"-
OUR NEW ENLARGED 1965 COLOR CATALOGUE NOW AVAILABLE FREE.
ASTROLA NEWTONIAN
REFLECTORS
I.'
51H.50
5299.95
5390.00
S495 00
S259 so
5 00
5590.00
5750.00
5115000
$195000
ALUMINIZED PARABOLIC MIRRORS
WITH MATCHING DIAGONALS,
ALL OF PYREX-BRAND GLASS
S60.00
59250
51 60.00
5250 00
s 8 7 5 00
- .:
535.00
550.00
S75.00
s 1 20.00

ORTHOSTAR ABBE ORTHOSCOPIC OCULARS
ASTROLA ZOOM OCULAR-
ASTROLA BARLOW LENS
S 19.50 each
525.95
523 50
ASTROLA ACHROMATIC OCULARS
11 \ 1\
CAYE
': . - I
l'h.
11 ! ., '
511 95 each
OPTIC:\L CO.\IP.\:\Y
,.,...,,,,
.1]11
I JJd ,.j I I It[+ I II',! I It 11 1/,,. IIJIIIJI.l
1j11JIIt rl tJ1r lit "''' Jr11JI, It+ II !It+ f J,Jll I
"'I I 'I I pI I I Jl I I I 111/JI Jl I I 11 1 I I],, ,,. IIIII I I
1, r . , I , I , r f r r , 1 1 , '- \' . ' " " r 1 II ., 1 ., , \ 1' ! ' r 1 t 1 11
,,,..., ,, llitl! Jl II ]Ill ,,,,,,.ttl tlh lq l!tl
11111 r It , d \I , 1' "' t' '' 1f.t 11 ...
'\r 11 \[II \JIIIlftl 1-\lfill'!)t I\ l'dlt\
,r,d \\II \'..ilrlt'd riP ,,Jf,'llt ''"' .d,q\r
r[ 1, [{, ddtrl" \lllliltllt" _'II J/JIItlllt.., .drr 1
I ltd d li!tdll t] I I lqtl llr 1/Jd ,,,..,
/'IIIII \ ,,rl]l d rl. )JIIJtdJ/ tl d Jd I /!//It! ''
r ill l' 1 - 1 '. 1 II 1 I ' r " r J r 11 1 t rl t \ 1 . c u 11
llt/JJII! J! /1 ]1 -lftJill 1IJ. 1/rll
rr . rtlr 1 Ltil''' 1t) tr t r!IJI I 1 trJ/Jtlri!J.tl /!HI
l'r r/1 '/' ll:t- r),, ''' ,,, 1/J/JJr,/ ]''''JII\1
,,J, 'r rtrHt r].r '' IIJ"' \t 11, (. d
d''/ 111 r /( \J1 I ]r I 1 J I .11 I JrJl]\ ,( .IIJIJI r!
r /rt 11 11 I'' r r 1 r' 11 r Jt1 .1 I r I\ f r111lr 1 \\ rt !11 rtr r
''Ill'_' 1/1'. It 111 ,,j I'' /Jll!JIIrli /11/l.JIIJ/ll'...!
I ltllll \dll'lt' Prlt 1 lt ,l\ t th 'tnnd .It
)lilt' Ht .11 h. '' \\ \ rl! tht l'ttti.rlh
tiiiJ'td 11\rlll!\ \1,\, drrt, th .thH\t
\1 .tit I /ol\r t 1 lilt It \I 11111! t 1 !IJ''' J
J t t' t 111 d drt rn""", d r.rrllt'lt r "''
rrr,rdt tlrt l.tl!lr', ,Jr.rdh \l1 I i..J\tlh
1' .I \t (( 1.111 tr 11J"t I
Tht lni!-\hl .,lar 111
(,(,nn [. Shaw. In
on J UIH.' !!i,
DEEP-SKY '
A
('(.('-.1 i> a 1'"
11111111 II fot II II' "
.111d 1 111\ll'" Ill lito
til it '1.11 1 lo11d' ol S.tg
In ill lilt' ..,o
11 <>1\lkd '1.11 !wid' ol
olkt \llllll' ol the lim
\1nid .tll 1hi' 'l'kndo
lll'llld"'il in ,tltd dtl\ll'
IICJ! "'U \\tJJ kiiU\\"11, ,1\'
.lilt.< 1!'111 ll'it'\lllj>C' .
. \l"i'' 'i ,-.;c;c
l11.t1td Ring lli'IHJI.t i1
1!11 J>i.IIII'LII in Ill ill
1
1 r :. / '." l I [) !:3-lr
..:
1
11 f r''.l',
.. , '' r ( 11 ; 1 tc
Tl NSLEY LAE
2448 S"th Streel, Berkt
obaervutlous of the
ng that the umbra
limb ncmr the crater
later, the pcnurn-
MIIl very evident in
pnrticulurly to the
itutla.
Kenneth R. Polley
moon rise above
ns 20 minutes after
cdipse. He and Mrs.
darkening as
he naked eye, con-
y, and photographed
combination.
The bright star to the west (right) of the North America nebula is Deneb.
Glenn E. Shaw, Inglewood, California, made this 73-minute exposure at f/5.3
on June 27, 1965, using a 7inch-focus Ektar lens and 103a-F plate.
DEEP-SKY WONDERS
A
UGUST is a particularly rewarding
month for the seeker after nebulae
and clusters. In the early evening, the
rich star clouds of Sagittarius and Scutum
glow bright in the south. Overhead, the
crowded star fields of the Northern Cross
offer some of the finest celestial scenery.
Amid all this splendor, many interesting
nebulosities and clusters, both famous and
not so well known, await inspection with
amateur telescopes.
Messier 57 (NGC 6720) is the cele-
brated Ring nebula in Lyra, easiest of all
the planetaries to find. Look between
The Tinsley Model 0 81nch Cassegrainoan Tele-
scope with new synchronous motor drive and
super precision gears is designed ann manufac-
tured for perfectionists-astronomers who require
the finest For complete information write:
LABORATORIES. INC.
244B Sixth Street, Berkeley, California 94710
Beta and Gamma Lyrae for this little
smoke ring. It is about I' in diameter, at
right ascension JSb 5Im.7, declination +32
58' (1950 coordinates). Larger reflectors
show it as oval, with a faintly luminous
interior. Yet with mv l-inch refractor
(once the property of \Villiam Tyler 01
cott), it is a Leautiful object, even after
the objective has been stopped to 2-inch
aperture. Looking at this nebula made
me think how long-continuing study with
a relatively small telescope can be more
rewarding than a single view with a large
instrument.
Before leaving Lyra, take a look at its
globular cluster, 1\156 (NGC 6779), just
a few degrees away, at J9h J4m.9, +30 05',
about midwav between Gamma Lvrae and
Beta Cygni. 'Although about as !;right as
an 8th-magnitude star, this clmtcr is small,
and leisurely study with a 1 ariety of mag-
nificatiom is recommended.
One of the most controH'rsial ohjclls
among amateur observers is the 1\:orth
America nebula in Cygnus (NGC 7000),
familiar from photographs as a large dif-
fuse glow. There has heen remarkable
diversitl' of opinion on how small a tdr-
scope ctn show this ohjell visually. At Ill
allv hinowlars will do well, if I'OU look in
right spot on a dark, 1cry night.
The nchul,t is a degree or more a< ross, at
5im, +H
0
.l, and involves a lith-mag-
nitude star. It is about 3' eaH and
I south of Deneb.
\\'ALTER SCOTT HOUSTON
Saybrook Rd.
Haddam, Conn.
n
'
...,
"I
a
i"l
AUGEN 170
ADVANCED

for astronomical
and terrestrial

Specifications: A
4-inch aperture,
combination Cas-
segrainian-Newtonian sys-
tem fii{Ured to 1110-wave
perfection, combining syn-
chronous drive, operating from either 12-voJt
d.c. or 115-voJt a.c., a rangefinder, setting
circles, finder, and ocular.
PRICE: $975.00 complete there are no extras.
We are happy to send further details on request.
EASTMANN OPTICAL COMPANY
Box 1472, Manhattan Beach, Calif. 90266
Tlephon 213-FRontier 4-6536
SETTING
CIRCLES
Made of choice alu-
minum or brass, rna
chined and polished

with hour, half-hour, and

five-minuce marks. Declination circles scribed in
degrees 0-90.0-90. Numben . stamped with
dies. Holes reamed sl3ndard sozes. Fastened wuh
setscrews. State hole sizes.
Aluminum Brass
6" circles, set of two $20.00 $36.00
8" circles, set of two $28.00 $48.00
MounringJ, clock drives, slow motionJ,
selling circleJ.
Large diicoun/J 10 dealer! manufacturers.
Wrlll /or prices.
0. MAGNUSSON
14570 Wesr 52nd Ave., Arvada, Colo.
U.S. ARMY
INFRARED SNIPERSCOPE
H Lets you see In tile
i_ :1 These Army Model M3 snipencore were built
' n In aood condition. They were used
In 19505t by American Optlca Co. and are ... ,
! l_ !. bJ our troops lor observinl the enemy In !"!
total without beinl detected. SUI !"
i i_::,, aested for celestial observln&, mlneralop, 1
, n Industrial and medical research, animal stutly, i:l
i n crime detection, etc. Telescooe IB:Vo" lon1; j
I
i"i clear aperture 50.4 mm. A 5''diameter filter

1
Is attached. Power has &VOlt d.c. lnputil f
i h 20,000volt output. Canvas carrylnl case an
1
.
1
.... shoulder strap Included. Has RCA 6032 Image
1
H tube. Complete unit has steel carbine :
I
I"! and plstotlrlp han
1
d
11
1e

sw
1
8'1t
1
ch
5
cho
1
ntr
1
ot .
1
.
j..l In ClriJinl case, 1 I X PP n1 1"1
I p wellflt, 30 tbs. Price $249.50 ..
' i 1' &-volt Willard drychar1ed battery, unused. :
I
1
Normally used 11 a power source with the
r! M3 snlperscope. Shlppln& weight, 15 lbs. ,.,
j:j Price $9.95, or two for $18.00 :
... ,
t, 11:1!
j ..i C & H SALES CO. :
H p. o. Box 1572, Tucson, Arl1. 85702
1
:
1
1
1].. ,. , .. , .... ...

t ............. - --.. ..... - ---- -
TRIED AND PROVEN
CAST-ALUMINUM FLOTATION CELLS
PHOTOGHAPHIC lll\IITING MAGNITUDES
THE ULTIMATE IN MIRROR MOUNTING
US. Pat. 3182552
points support
your mirror v.ith no
strain to (ausc mir-
ror flexure. Pad!
arc an:urately posi-
tioned, each sup
porting an equal
area of mirror.
LIXking nutS hold
mirror alignment

flar bla(k. quality of and "O.ork
manship is unconditionally guaranteed. In StOlk:
8" fits 91!2'' 1.0. tube $27.75, ppd.
10" fits 12" 1.0. tube $34.75, ppd.
12V2'' fits 15" 1.0. tube $44.50, ppd.
16V2'' fits 20" 1.0. tube $97.50, f.o.b.
G. E. AUDY
2207 Van Buren Place
Witmingron 2, Del.
F
OR 'tdl.11 photo!-\r;ophy. I .un 'till
, a :.!.7-indt It'll' ol illllll'' lo-
! IllS, thOII!-\h SOl\H' III!Hlifitatint" ha\l' hel'll
made in 1111' ;1\tn>LIIllt'ra pi<tured i11 the
.J1111l'. l
1
f1i. i''llt' ol S"Y "'"1Ft t.'i:OI'F.
Rt'll'nth I HLtdt "Hill' l!''" with this
kns and Super l';onthro l'n" plat<'' fuul-
inJ!; th.ll a I 0-minute cxpmun: at [, fi
would just show stars of magnitude 1:1.0
on .\.\\'SO tharts. This n,ult is 1alitllnr

MARK
Sidereal Telescope Drive
Bodine Synchronous Motor, Automatic
Clutch, Automaric Sidereal Time Circle
no calculation for location of
objects, R.A. Indicator, Sidcrl'al Time
Indicator, Lifetime Quality, Precision
Fabrication.
Ramsden Eyepieces
Declination Circles
Hour-Angle Circles
II'' rite for price list.
H & W OPTICAL CO.
6H Milwood Ave., Venice, C..lif. 90291
Phone 213-3969357
I
'
I
I

Fredrick Veio's astrocamera. Its 2-inch
f
1
6 guide teleswpc has an illuminated
reticle and an eyrpieC'e of li-mm. focal
length, giving 50x.
Extra-close
focus
to 40ft.
Mk 11 ZOOM Spotting Scope
Magnification is continuously variable from 20X to 50X. The
9-lens, 2-prism optical system gives you maxtmum practical
power for a 60mm objective. Internal, mtcrometer-precision
focus system provides extra-close focus to 40 ft. for nature
subjects. Hard coated optics and special formula optical glass
ensure razor-sharp definition. Built-in sunshade. rigid 18" tripod
included. Adapter socket fits any camera tnpod. $118 00 Case
for scope and tripod $15.95
Write for free literature and name of dealer.
SWIFT JNSTRUJJIENTS, INC.
BOSTON, MASS. 02125
Dept. SK-8
SAN JOSE. CALIF. 95112
Ill SKY A:\ll TFIESl.Ol'f, :111_!!.11.11, !''";
;o skY de.u for stars
to he 1isihlt to the naked t')'t', ami IT
quin' txllTlllely a<turatc fmu,ing and
(The result is approximate, in
"'far;" the .-\.\\'SO magnitudes arc l'isual
and th<re is smm difl!'tCIIle in rolor semi
t i ity IH't\l'l't'tl the pan< hromatir emulsion
and the l')'C.)
Jla.,<d 011 this rxperimtnt. I haH' toll
'tnHtl'd a tahlc of limiting magnitudes,
a"uming that tripling the l'X(""ure time
will ntonl 'tars ont fainter,
and that the ;tperturc p;ocs 1.5
m;ognitudt' Loint<T.
.f/11'1/llrt' /0 min. 11! min. CJ() min.
I-indt II.:" l:! ..i
h I:Ul 11.0 l:dl
I ituh 115 15.5 IIi.!\
R inch lfi.O 17.0 18.0
.\11 itlltrnting note by F. 1.. \\'hippie
atlll l'l'arl Rubinstein wmerning photo
gr.ophic limiting map;nitudes appeared in
PojJII!ar A.trouomy for .January, 1942, hut
the Sl'nsiti\'ity of emulsions has increased
considerably since then.
FREDRICK VEIO
317 San Carlos 1\\'c.
Piedmont, Calif. 91611
Orion's belt and sword, with the fa
mous nebula, were rernrdcd in a fiH
minute exposure at f 5.6 In :\lr. \'rio
on December 26, 1!151, at.ll:30 p.m.
l'adfir standard time. This tnlarge
mtnt is from pal'l of a mg;ttin show
ing stars as faint as magnitude 11.5.
!\lAY SUNSPOT GROU
.\<n>rding to Casper H. Hoi
the Solar llullelin of the Ameri<
<iation of Variable Star Obser
wnspot group that came into
sun's cast limb on !\fay 14th
largest seen since October, I!)(
an area of ahout 400 million
solar hemisphere, this group
with the naked eye (suitably sh
a dark filter) by Victor \Vi
,\lontreal, Canada, ami Thon
u( :\lount \\'ilson Observatory.
These spots were in heliogr;
tude :.! I' north, and they p
t<ntral meridian of the solar
(:asper H. Hossfield, Rams
sunspot groups on May 20t
used a 11/z-inch f /24 solar
image. The length of the
orientation of the
* 4
1
/4 -inch Pyrex mirror
elliptical diagonal; alulf
* Wide-field Kellner ocul
gree actual field. (If n
at least 125 power.)
* Adjustable mirror cell,
gray with chrome trim.
* Precision rack-and-pin
This very popular RFT reveals
America nebula, as well as II
the Andromeda 11laxy.
A sturdy equatorial mou
Motor drive $30.
Six-inch RFT with oculat
Eight-inch RFT, 28x one
SPECIAl
Messier
each -
. 6,5--magnitude stars
naked eye, and re-
. focusing and
apJpro:rdmate, in-
are visual
dillferenc:e in color sensi-
. emulsion
eye.) .. >
on this e\tperiment, I have con-
n of limiting magnitudes,
tripling the exposure time
stan. one magnitude fainter,
the aperture goes I .5
fainter.
10 min.
ll.li
1!.0
14.5
16.0
30 min.
12.5
14.0
15.5
17.0
90 min.
1S.5
15.0
16.5
18.0
intere!tlno- note by F. L. Whipple
Ruibin.steiin concerning photo-
limiting magnitudes appeared in
Astronomy for January, 1942, but
. of emulsions has increased
since- then.
FREDRICK. VEIO
!117 San Carlos Ave.
Pied.nont, Calif. 94611
aword, with the fa
recorded in a five-
at f/5.6 by 1\fr. Veio
26, 1954, at 11:30 p.m.
standard time. This enlarge
from part ,of a negative show
u faint as magnitude 11.5.
MAY SUNSPOT GROUPS
According to Casper H. Hossfield in
the Solar Bulletin of the American Asso-
ciation of Variable Star Observers, the
sunspot group that came into sight at the
sun's east limb on May 14th was the
largest seen since October, 1963. With
an area of about 400 millionths of a
solar hemisphere, this group was seen
with the naked eye (suitably shielded by
a dark filter) by Victor Williams of
Montreal, Canada, and Thomas Cragg
of Mount Wilson Observatory.
These spots were in heliographic lati-
tude 21" north, and they passed the
central meridian of the solar disk on
!\fay 20th. However, the group had de-
cayed to almost nothing by the time it
reached the west limb. A lesser group
followed it across the sun, after appearing
at the east limb on May 16th; it is at
right in the picture.
In the next column, the monthly
American mean sunspot number for May
is reported as 17.7 (the Zurich value
was 26.4), with solar activity reaching its
highest level since the minimum last
year. All spots were observed in the sun's
northern hemisphere, its southern half
being spotless during the entire month.
Following this surge of activity, May
ended with four spotless days.
Casper H. Hossfield, Ramsey, New Jersey, photographed these two new-cycle
sunspot groups on May 20th at 22:50 Universal time, in mediocre seeing. He
used a f/24 solar telescope with eyepiece projection to enlarge the
image. The length of the larger group was about two minutes of arc. The
orientation of the picture is north down, east to tbe right.
SUNSPOT NUMBERS
The following American sunspot num-
bers for May have been computed by
the AA VSO from observations by its Solar
Division.
!\lay I, 0; 2, 3; !1, 4; 4, I; 5, I; 6, 0; 7, 9;
8, 10; 9, 4; 10, 0; 11, I; 12, 7; 1!1, 10; 14, 4;
15, 29; 16, ll7; 17, 57; 18, 55; 19, 65; 20, 55;
21, 48; 22, 4ll; 23, !19; 24, 30; 25, 23: 26, 14;
27, I; 28, 0; 29, 0; liO, 0; !11, 0. Mean for
May, 17.7.
Below are provisional mean relative
sunspot numbers for June by Dr. M.
Waldmeier, director of Zurich Observa
tory, from observations there and at its
stations in Locarno and Arosa.
June I, 9; 2, 24; ll, ll6; 4, liS; 5, ll4;
6, 30; 7, 25; 8, 17; 9, 19; 10, 9; 11, 7;
12, 0; Ill, 0; 14, 20; 15, 0; 16, 0; 17, 12;
18, 25; 19, 16; 20, 21; 21, 19; 22, 14;
23, 7; 24, 7; 25, 7; 26, 7; 27, 8; 28, 23;
29, 18; 30, 14. Mean for June, 15.5.
SKY AND TELESCOPE BINDER
Very sturdily built, this binder wiD bold up
to 12 issues- one year or two volumes. .Ait
improved feature Ia the all-metal insert with
rods to hold the blades 110 tho maga&inea
cannot slip out.
Instantly available for rr!erence, the Issues
are preserved for permanent binding whenever
that is desired.
Each binder Is 14.00. Add liO centa forjl_ack-
lni and posta1e eaat of the Miaalulppl River,
$1.00 west of it.
We no longer stamp volume numbers or
names, but your own bookbinder can.
SKY PUBLISHING CORPORATION
Cambridge, MassachusctU 02138
HAVE YOU REALLY SEEN THE MILKY WAY?
U nlesa you have explored the lensth of our own Milky Way 11laxy with ono of then opeclal
ized Instruments, you have missed some of the most striking teleocopic views lmailnable.
A Rich-field Telescope Is designed
for one specific purpose -to show
the greatest possible number of
stars at one time for a given aper
ture. Its wide field, high light
gatherlne power and modest mag-
nification bring In the ereat star
clouds and faint, extended nebu-
losities that higher-powered tela
scopes miss. This telescope Is a
perfect Instrument for the coma!
hunter or variable star observer.
It Is ready lor use In a moment -
just cradle It In your armsl
* 41!4-lnch Pyrex mirror, f/5, hand porabolied, with
elliptical diagonal; alumlnllled and overcoated.
* Wide-field Kellner ocular gives 18 power and a 3-de-
gree actual field. (If mounted, acope can be used with
at least 125 power.)
* Adjustable mirror cell, aluminum tube finished in light
gray with chrome trim.
* Precision rack-and-pinion tocuser.
This very popular RFT reveals the Pleiades nebulosity and the North
America nebula, as well as the Yell, and discloses tha rreat size of
the Andromeda 1alaxy. Only $IUS f.o.b. Northridge
A sturdy equatorial mount (pictured) Is available for $35.
Motor drive $30.
Six-Inch Rn with oculan for 21x and 35x $135.
Eight-Inch R", 28x and 45x . . . .... $250.
CONNOISSEUR
Series Reflecton
8" .$U5
10" $825
12Vz" .$1495
16" .... .$4250
Smaller Teltacapea
4'14" REGULUS ... $89.50
.$135
.$185
. .$235
8" DISCOVERER .... $335
4
1
14" ALTAIR
6" CANOPUS ..
6" SIRIUS
THE OPTICAL CRAFI'SMEN
18559 Parthenia Street, Northridge, Calif. 213-3492161
SPECIAL OFFER: Lorge 12" Deacriptive Man Map, lilting 125 featurea, plus Descriptive
Mauler Catolog laver 100 objects with distancea, magnitudes, etc.l. Regularly 50 cents
each - plus our new large 24-poge catolog - all aent po1tpoid for juat 50 cents.
IPTICS
OUR LENSES ARE UNEQUALED
So say the many purchasers at universities, laboratories, and government Institutions.
Prices and quality defy comparison.
ASTRONOMICAL OBJECTIVES
Air-Spaced
Specifically designed for those who demand an objective lens for genuine astronomical observation.
WHY IUY FIOM US?
On the pmallt thlt !he obfdye lcns II the heart of the
ttlncope, 1ny builder would cettainly expect
one that wlll perform 10 ornctlna sped&carions. Some may
ask, "Why t. refractOr o'fflr a !fftector telescope?" In the
&nt place, t. refractOr is much easier 10 build and cheaper
to 1111.ln111n om the yean. A !fAector contains amall
patta that t.re 111blect 10 wur or looaenltll. while the re-
fractor Ia pnerally more compact, easy 10 sto!f or carry,
and needs llnle tntntlon. When explorina the pouibillry
of bullditll In aatronomkal rtfncror relrorope, the question
Ia, "Which objectiye lens Ia be11?" The aDJWer Ia simple,
and antlfed 10 by thouwnda of aatls&ed people In the
know. "A Jaen Aauonomittl Objecrift" ia the only 1473 1471
anawtr. Bxamlne thrat pertinent lam:
l!acb lens Ia thoroulhly rested and auaranreed to rnolve to Dawes' limit. All are corrected for bo!lt the C and F lines (secondary chromatic aberration). The
_.1 spherical aberration ond the chromatic variation of spherical aberration are negligible. The cells are machined to close tolerances so that they lit clirect.ly
Oftt or Into nur 1111ndanl aluminum rubina. eliminarina any mountina problems. Te!t a lens, or have any qualified person test it; we are cenain that you will be saris
kd. U not, ttke 1dYAfttaae' of our mont)'back guar<lnrc-c. u--, orJe,. lht loutiJIPNud, hAflil-co"ecJed, predJion, Americnm4de objtcJWe, mounted in an
aluminum cell. Our !fPurarion for hiah-qualiry lenk"l has esrabli.hed us as the molt !fliable source in the indostry.
HARD COATED ON 4 SURFACES (When specified)
{
Cat Nt 51447 Mounted and Not Coated
,\1&" APERTURE f/11- 41" F. L Cit: Nt: 51471 Mounted and Coated
4V." APERTURE t/11
62
F L {Cit. Nt. 51472 Mounted and Not Coated
- Cit. Nt. 51473 Mounted and Coated
a APERTURE f/10 _
6
0" F. L {cCittt.' NNt'. s
51
1
11
11
0
1 Unmounted and Coaled
Mounted and Coated ..
a APERTURE f/1 s so F L {Cit. No. 51113 Unmounted and Coated
- Cit. Nt. 51112 Mounted and Coated
$32.00 ppd.
36.00 pptl.
$80.00 pptl.
&9.00 pptl.
. $150.00 pptl.
175.00 ppd.
$150.00-
175.00-
NOTE: Dewcap available for mounted 6" objectives. Cal. No. 52613, $1.50 ppd.
"BIG" ACHROMAnC TB.ESCOPE OBJECTIVES
We the relenioa of cliameten and focal Jenaths in the United Stares anilable for immediate d<
li""'. lllqft<aiwn-lluoride coated and <-.-nred asuonomia.l lmses made of 6ntst <ro .. n and flint
optic&lalua. Not mounted. lt<u :iJ __ .,. 10 n1olu 10 rb lirr.il.
e ALUNJNUM 1lJBING
Cat. Dlam. P.l .. pptl.
No.
at411 m. to $11.50
Sl111.
.2"'" 112'
12.50
"'"
t"'"
u . 12.50
...... . t"' .. :: .tw.r 11.11
. 11.50 11141
'"'"
20"
....
:r"'
... 23\41 lUll
S1Qt
:r"'.
.30" n.-
ataa. m. 40" 11.50
cat. lit. 11111 RllTIMAI. 1leiiiiT
cat. -. Utll 111,.
SA\'E :MO!'Io'El'!
Cat. Diam.
No.
51121 . 2V."
s-at
51151 3\41"
$-122 3-3/16"
51112 3\41"
$1113 3\41"
S1UI 3\41"
$-I$S 3\41"
cat. ... UlllTWIAI. .....-r
_.,.... n ..... t.u . ..,..,...,a.t.,$27 ..
and CELLS are in sto<k .

F.L. ppd. Cat. Diam. F.L. ppd.
No.
so $12.511 $-1$7 JJA" 40" $311.00
ts 24.51 SttiiS 4" 341;\1" 10.00
191,1" 21.111 $1410
4""
36" H.OO
241,1 ... $1151* 4'!\" 42" 10.111
26" 21.1111 $1225 4'!\" 42" . 17.51
28" 21.111 51414* 5-1116" 24!1t" 75.00
30" n.
51475 5-1/16" 15.00
)41,1 21.111 Not coated.
Reflector Telescope Kits
Ex.-ru..,, quality mirtOn. polished. aluminiled. sili
CQ.lttd. E.alh kit coouins mirror,
and ltnSC'S h'\r C'\'C'J'IIC'\"'t' I'\() mcul pam
Noullri&lJ instructi0115 indudN.
Cat. No. Diam. F.L.
$2214
$2215 45"
$2%15 6" 60"
Th<St mirron are of the higbe$t quality. .'\lcmini:N
nrh siliroa-tDDt>OXidt coarinc \'oo will
be mort tbao. ._,th thtlr pt"riOrtnaD1."'r
Cat. No. Diam. F.L. pl)4.
SlUt 42" $ ._,.
Sllill 4!i" 14.25
$1507 6" 60" 21.51
UIU 6" parabolot 48" 47.5G
Astronomical Kits
e SPCIIIL OfFtlt: Now you C'ln sa"' mAny rediou
houn of srindina rime. Tool and mirror blanks No
aDd No. S2054 haw a f/8 cune.
Take of this omn-speoat offer. For dJooe
:;
the cmerated cunn.
EACH lliT CONTAIIIS: Mirt\'lf blank, plal<'-f:lass mol.
"""P'"'"" lraxs, brstsurface diagonal mirror, IISS01t'ed
abi'Ulws. rtmpered pitch, in.'l"'-tion ma!l"if<ing lms
Cat. No. MiTT<>r Diam. Thict..- ppd.
S:OSJ 4\41 (1/8 curve l "-" $ 1.51
S2eU .._. {flat) "-" 7 ..
saM 6" (f/8 CUIW) I" 12-.s
SHM 6" !11atl 1 n.
sass s (flat\ 1 11..11
S205I 10 <flat' t"-" a7r
S20Sl 12" (tlati 2"11" 14.71"
........ ""'""' .. '
mt CATAlOC
Nolli(lfts of lenSI'ls. ,...,.....,_
pon1011 mounts, atumilltlln tubln&.
mo!TM. bltlorulal'$, parts, IICCOS
st\Ytn, artd sa forth. Write tl!day!
f)PTI
Special Coated Jed
818 2M!" DIAM. -12" F:L-
These tested acbromadc 1- 1re of t
qualiry as our "Bis LeMa." ezcepc for
because of slight edge chips nr lllllll
cat. No. 11111 .. .. . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. D
Mounted Eyepieces
The buy of a lifetime at a ,rett "
saving. Fine choice of the ama
and professional utrOIIOIDCI.
Perfect lenses set In black uo-
diztd oamdard 1 V.. 0.0. oalumlnum mo
Cat. No. P.L. '1:'ype
52182 ..... a mm. !V."l ...... Orthoecoplc
51151 .... IJBm. V.") .... .. Ramsden
51153 .... 12.5mmJ\\") .... Ramsden
51207 .... 12.5 mm. 1,1) ... ISymmetriCI
S125t .... 11 - "l ..... Ei'fle (wide
51257 .... II-. %" ...... Orthoscopic
11201 .... 11-. ...... SymmetrlCI
11211 ... 22-. 27/ !"l ... Kellner ..
51135 .. 27 mm. J.t/16") .. Kellner ..
51355 .. 32 - ..... PIOIII ...
51253 .. 35 mm. ..... SYmmetrlcl
51255.. . SSiam. 23 6") .. Klllner ..
51485 .. sa 2'14) ..... Symmetrlct
COATED LENSU 75 cents 11
"Giant" Wldi-Anllt Ey1
ErAe eyepieces are bell for low.pow_er
performance. Super!or de-
sign. 6'' &eld, IV!" B.P.L., clear
2M! .. , foaiilnc mount sad I
doopter Combine this eyeplec.
with our,. objectiw No. 81475 for
a rich-field telescope of ttemeacloos
lightgarherln& power.
Cit. No. St405 (Illustrated) ........
Cal. No. Ill RUBBER EYESHIELD for c
piece above ................... ..
CaL No. II 514 1'14"-dlarn. ADAPTER
eyepiece above ................. .
ADAPTER PLATE AND TUBB.

aluminum tubing No. 52362. These
with the above to make 1
scope. Detals in our cawos.
Cat. No. 123110 ................. ..
WldeAnlle &fie Ere
Brandnew eyepiece with 68 field;
1\4 ". Poculina mounr, 3 Derfect acbr
aperture. Similar to 51405, bur sllah
Cit. Me. 11020 Used ............. ..
Cat. No. 12870 Brand new . . . . . .. .
CaL No. 51513 1'14"-dlam. ADAPTER fOI
piece above .................. ..
An Ec--..EJIII
This mounted eyepiece bu two
29mm . ..tiamerer acbromadc
lenses corrected for and
other aberrations. Excellent deli
oition. E.P .L 1\4 . Cell fill
1\4 tubing.
Cat. No. 511111
Rack-IPinlon Eyeplecl
4
Here is a wond
for you to own
ally perfect 1
cusitll eyepiece
able tension and adjustment. Wil
standard 1 eyepiece, poslrite c
body ca1tina is made of lillhnrelah
black crackle ;aint &n!sh, locus!aa
plated brass. Focusinf rube for ref11
of 4", for reOecton 2 . 51976 will
REFRACTOR TYl
cat. Nt. St 414 for 2W' 1.0. tublna
cat. No. S141S for 3'1" 1.0. tubllll
CaL No. St411 for 1.0. tublna
cat. No. 121111 for 4W
1
1.0. tublna
Cat. No. S2S75 for 6'11" 1.0. tublna
REFLECTOR TYl
Cit. No. $1171 (less dlqOIIII holdel1
Cat. No. 51112 IIIAtiDNAL IIOLDEI .
mounu.
..... ......
.... Ramsden . .. . .. .. 4.71
.... bmlden . . . . . . .. 4.10
.. . Symmetrical . . .. 1.1111
. . . . , . Ertle twlde-anale). . 12.10
...... OrthosCopic .. .. .. 12.10
... Sylnmetrlcal . . . . . 8.110
. llellner .......... 1.1111
.. Kellner .......... 1.00
.. Pionl .......... 12.71
.. SYmmetrical . . .. . LH
.. Kellner .......... 1.00
.. Symmetrical . . . . . 1.110
75 cents extra.
(lllustreted) . . . . . . . . . . . . $22.80 pptl.
Ill RUBBER EYESHIELO for l)'e-
llbove .. .. . .. .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . $1.110 ppd.
Cit- h. 111184 1W'odlam. ADAPTER for
iJtpllce lllove . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . . $UI pptl.
AXIAPTBR PLATB AND TUBB. Aluminum ta
Pertd tube llld adapter plet1:Jablack anodized and
-=.: s:
-i with . allow to make a rich-field cele-
DeWJI. io our cataloa.
....... 12380 ........................... $11
4+.::
Here Ia a wonde.rful opponuoit}'
for you 10 own a most loecbao
ldectln callJ perfc:a rack-4cplolon fo-
cnaiq eyepiece IDOWit wiab .... ri-
able tel1lloa aocl adjUSUMOL Will accoiiiiiiOdare a
1 CJCP.Iece, poaldn or aepdn. The
cucla& Ia m.Ge of liabnrelaha alwD!num with
cnckfe D&loc finish, locualna cube of chrome-
pitied .,.._ l'ocullna rube for refracton bu a tt&'l'el
Of 4", for rell1011 51976 will fit aU alae rubiq.
RBPRACTOR TYPB
Cit. Ill. 11414 for 21,\" 1.0. tublnl ..... $12.11 ._
Cit. Ill. 11- for 3'14" I.D. tubiQI . . . . . 12.11 -
Cit. Ill. 11411 for 4W' I.D. tublnl ..... 12.11 , .....
Cit. Ill. 12111 for 4lll" I.D. tubiQI ..... 14.11 -
. ..cat. Ill. 12111 for 8W' I.D. tublns ..... 11.11 iiPIL
. RBPLBCTOR TYPB
CIIL ... 11171 IIIII dllaOIIII holder) ...... $1.11! e
II&.._ 1111211AIOIW. IIOlOII ....... 1.110 ,_.
a-Power Elllow ,....,.
1ft!'@= J::
II 1,000 J&rda, Can be Adjuul for
focuilna 15 feec co ltafioity. 2" achro-
"-dc Obicalve
1
eyepiece of
28mm. P.L, Amici aeCdlll
Jyarem. Turm-mounced 61

IWIIlntte micle for -
Truly lhe barP!o
were mr ofered. "Orlsuw
Gov'c. cosc 1200.
Cit. 111. 11111 Not coated .......... $11.10 ,..,
cat. Nt. 11111 coated .. . . . . .. . .. .. .. . 21.10 pJIL
St.DIItcas r
Guaraotee.t co mab 'flcwina
lhe bea9elll wiab a refracmr '
telescope 100% ealier for abe
obaenir. StoP oecdleas croacb
loa. fomer. O.ooae the STAll
DIAGONAL that belt Alita
your Slides !om
scaodard 1 V.." 100unu. Chromium 11,1bes and
aluminum hi>uain1, atttactive black crackle finish .
AMICI BTAR DIAGONAL
WITH ERECT IMAGE
Por comfortable lewlna of cetresuial or asuonomlcal
objecu. The Amici priam aives an erect lmaae.
Cl1. No. 12011 . .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. . .. .. .. $12.00 pptl.
RIGHT-ANGLE PRISM STAR DIAGONAL
C:orualna a hish-qualltJ alumioiaed riaht-uale priam,
wide field. l'nctical for uuonomlcai
Cit. No. 12011 ....................... $12.00 ""'-
MIRROR STAR DIAGONAL
Dlqonal houses an excellent fina-surface mirror, ftat
to within V.. wan. Important accessotJ for refractor
teleacopea.
cat. No. 12017 ....................... $12.00 ppd.
7 X 30 Wide-Field fildencope
--
Newly dellaoed wide-field tindencope for cellector or
refraaor. Pfarured In chis banclaomely COilcelved black
aoodiaed aluminum rube are a 30-mm. achromatic
objectln, a wlcle-lield Kellner eyepiece, and the all
important crue crouUne mlcle for fast, exact
Compatt and Jiahtweisht. 9" looc
1
1 diam., 9 oz.
MaJ also be uied u a band-befcs riferlns
exceJlent emawlcle-field viewa of abe ak)o. Buf Pinder
Rina MOUllts, Cat. No. S 1963 t below) 10
use with tbil scope.
Cit. No. 12113 .. . . . . . .. .. .. . .. . . .. . . $t2.71 ppd.
Finder - Mounts Q
Made of can alamloum wiab blatk aackle
finish. Eath rit]J bu three locklna w1na
screws for adJimilll- Bale bai two
holes for aDd 6u any
diameter tubina. 10 auacb. lllo
mount No. 51963 w 11 accommoclate lroc1er above.
cat. No. 11113 .. 115/16" I.D.. Per Pair, $1.11 IIJPII.
Cit. No. 11114 .. 2-11/16" I.D.. Per Pair, 3.11 pjld.
Turret Spottill Scope
10-mm. Ob)lctiYt llher 3" Ia slzel
Thla bir so-mto.
lena wU sive JOU
almost awlce as
briabt an lmaae u
our 60-mm. Ieos,
and will resolve
amaller detail. An
Ideal lnnrumeoa
for lonsranae ob
-don aocl aiaht
aeeioa.
LOOK AT THESE FEATURES!
Prism erecdna Rewloins rumr eyepiece
mount. Poor eyepieces, 15:r. 20:r. 30x. aocl '4011.
CbansiOB powen 11 accompllobed bJ a mete ftlck of
the lioau. EJCPiea are it Is nor
tJ m refocus when awttbins AU OJ)t!a
coated. Complete with tabletop tripod. Uabrweishr.
scope and uapod only 614 pounds.
Cit. Nt. 12401 . .. . . .. . . .. . . . .. . $81.110 ppll
80-llftl, 111111. Jectlft T1m1t SpettlDI Scepe. Same
u abcwe.
Cit. Ill. 11110 ....................... $41.71 .... .
4Vl" Reflector T.._
45x22SX - L ''
llld .. er -. '".' .. d Trill .... _ ... : . . ..
.
Way. \Am
bel .. able- til Dick -
.-n - 011 the -
aud 1e11 detail lo the craten. A r5
lunar larld.sclpe Is btoalht tO fOilt
diSWit _,. dote 10 JO!Ii_.!_l- .
- edlpses.=J obJC<U, aall "' ......
lltea. A blab-q ry wiab an 8 llliiiot;
11 bu three eces, 4-mm. < 22,x), 6-m!D. < nos),'
'::on
eluded. CollaDiible wood triood malcct IIXIIIO .P9CI-
able. Pioisheil In 111\Y eoaloc1 with bledc Uial.
lmponed. Shipplna wcliht about 25 lba.
Fill lOOK "1111 TELUCOPI AIIO Till WOIIUt OF Alo .
TIIOIIOMY" (211 P ... l) -s Willi tllll ...... , .
Cat. 111. 12273 Sundant Mouol (IUUJ.) .. .. fltM*
cat. No. 12117. Bquamrial Mouoi . . . . . . . . . . . 11..10
(Bquamrial mount pemdu alOwroodon cOatlot lot
polar and declination axes.)
f.e.ll. LJIIIrllll, Y
COATED BINOCULARS
lleaudfnllJ atyled Imported blooQdarl. Plldlion made
with color<oirected lcbromadc ucl lijbrwapt
aluminum framn. LOW, LOW PIICIIJ :
American Type
Complete wiab catr}'ioa cue a_nd aaapa;
crpe oliers a one-piece frame ind dean ..
SliD. Individual Pocus (IP) or Center PocUs (Cf),
Cat. Pleld at Price,
No. Sbt 1,000 ,.rda Type Sllld
11141 I a111F 360ft. ODera ...... $14.71
114M I 1 m CF 395 "%1111" , . . . . 11.71
UUI I I 10 IF 395 "Zelll" . . . . 1e.11
51431 7 Ill CF 341 "lelll" . . . . . 11.71
St437 7 115 IF 341 ''ZIIII" , . - . . 17
11771 7 115 CF 341 American . . . . IUD
11431 7 115 CF 578 Amlr!CIII : . U.ll
12111 7 110 CF 530 Amtr!CIIIu . . 4:1.11
1111111 7 110 CF 372 "lllll" . . . . . Kll
1-181 7 110 IF 372 "lllet" . - . . . 22.'1
i!5! HiHI !!
St440 10110CF 275 "Zein" ..... lt.71J
11442 20 1 10 CF 183 "Zelll" . . . . 11.10
12117 20 1 10 CF 184 ''lllet" .. . .. 47.10
12122 20 I 70 CF 158 "llill" . . . . . ..71
wlde-aoale 11' Wldetllle
.........
Btand new, Cllllll4 op-
da. compleat Wlab .,...
aldo cue and l*lc Rftll'
Cat. He. 11171 .......... IUO ......... $12.11 -
Cit. Me. 11177.. .. . . .. . I I m. .. . .. .. . 14.11 iJIIIL
Cat. .... 11171 .......... 71JI.. . .. .. .. 14.71 -
Cit. liD. 111113......... 7110 ......... 11.10 '"
Cat. .... 11171 ... " .... 11110 ............. -
CaL fiD, 11110 ......... 20110 ......... 21.11 ... .
z ...........
Sill dilierent at In the 11!1!111
binocular: 111, Bx. 9x. 10:r, llx, and 12a. l'olld'te
fin&enip control bJ ol eya;I!JII.
Popular Center Pocus. Amerian qpo; ab)IC
tives, all coaled optia. Compleq wlab caatJiq cue
aod ltrllps.
CaL lie. 12m .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . .. . .. $42.10 .....
FREE CATALOI
Millions of ltnlll, PJ:IIml, eyeplec:ll, racll-11111-
plnlon eyepiece mounts, calls, aluminum tubiJW,
mirrors, tilescopes, Plrts. accn-
sorles, 1nd 10 fonn. Write
we pay In u.s. except for c.o.D. and wlltrt
noted. Satisfaction or 11101111 rafuiMied In
10 dl)'l.
A. JAEGERS
6 91 S M [ R RICK ii D l 1 t< R f' 0 0 K, y
August, 1965, SKY AND TEuscoPE 117
CELESTIAL CALENDAR
s
Universal time (UT) is used unleu otherwise noted.
THB AUGUST OcCULTATION OF SIGMA SAGITTARII
O
N Sunday night, August 8-9, one of
the year's best occultations will be
visible from most of the United States and
Canada. Many observers will be able to
see not only the disappearance of 2.1-mag-
nitude Sigma Sagittarii (Nunki) behind
the dark. east limb of the 12-day-old moon,
but also its reappearance.
The table gives approximate times for
all but one of the standard stations in the
1965 Occultation Supplement, prepared
at the Royal Greenwich Observatory in
England. Consult this supplement in the
November, 1964, SKY AND TELESCOPE for
more detailed predictions, including the
position angles of the contacts with the
moon's limb.
If precise timings of Nunki's disap-
pearance are attempted, follow the di-
rections in the November supplement
(second last page). However, timings o
emersion at the bright limb are quite
difficult to make.
The southern limit of this occultation
OCCULTATION OF NUNKI
Sta. Immenion Emersion
Ma 12:59 a.111. EDT
Wa 12:56 a.m. EDT 1:57 a.m. EDT
Mo 12:52 a.m. EDT
AG 12:46 a.m. EDT 1:48a.m. EDT
To 12:4!1 a.m. EDT
II 11:21 p.m. COT 12:45 a.m. COT
Te 11:11 p.111. COT 12:27 a.m. CDT
Wi II :05 p.111. COT 12:30 a.m. CDT
De 9:49p.m. MDT 11:17 p.m. MDT
NM 9:42p.m. MDT 11:04 p.m. MDT
Ed 11:05 p.m. MDT
Va 9:44p.m. PDT
Ca 8:23pm. PDT 9:58p.m. PDT
Or 8:22p.m. PDT 9:45p.m. PDT
station abbreviations are: Ma, MaS!Iachu-
setts; Wa, Washington, D.C.; Mo, Montreal,
Quebec; AG, Alabama-Georgia; To, Toronto,
Ontario; II, Illinois; Te, Texas; Wi, Winni-
peg, Manitoba; De, Denver; NM, New Mexico-
Arizona; Ed, Edmonton, Alberta; Va, Van-
couver, British Columbia; Ca, California; Or,
Oregon. For station latitudes and longitudes,
see the 1965 Occultation Supplement.
TREMENDOUS
20
POWER
Power, Performance and Price with our
Quality Prismatic Biamcope. Briop objecu
20 times closer. Giaatalzc 50-mm. objective
lens ( 2" across!) assures sba.tp, crisp, detailed
Yiewios at ail diSI&llca. Feadierwei811t 14 oz.,
7 long. COATED. Ideal for sportS, vaca-
tions, trips. poml iewias.
INTRODUCTORY SALE
Only U9.99! Add $1.25 posta_Be, bandliag.
Made Ia Japan. NO FEDERAL TAX. Uoe 30
DaJ8f DOt pleued, raum for refund.
C.O.D.'s require $2.00 deposit. Order roday.
UNITID BINOCULAR CO., Dept. Z-349
9043 S. Western, Chlcogo, 111. 60610
118 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, J%5
crosses Florida. Along it a grazing occul-
tation may be seen; south of it the moon
will miss the star. David W. Dunham o
New Haven, Connecticut, predicts that at
Sarasota the central graze will occur at
1:24 a.m. Eastern daylight time, August
9th, and about three minutes later at Cape
Kennedy. Additional details and a map of
the southern limit appeared here in May,
page !130.
The chart shows the track of Nunki be
hind the moon for several stations. This
can serve to indicate roughly where to
watch the bright limb [or the star's reap-
pearance; watch well in advance of the
predicted time for the standard station
nearest you.
r------------l...Jwl
w
N
The occultation of Sigma Sagittarii
on August 8-9 will be visible across
North America. Plotted here are the
paths of the star relative to the moon
as seen from six different locations,
identified in the table.

SEASON FOR MINOR PLANET CERES OPENS
D
URING the next few months, ama
teurs will be turning their telescopes
and binoculars toward Ceres, now favor-
ably placed for viewing. Of visual mag-
nitude 7.2 when it comes to opposition on
September 18th, this is the brightest as-
teroid visible in 1965, except for Vesta
late this year. It appears brighter than
the limiting magnitude (7f) o the Skal-
nate Pleso Atlas of tile Heavens from the
end of July to late November.
Ceres' path among the stars from Au-
gust through November is charted here.
At first this asteroid moves southwestward
in Cetus, but in early October it enters
Aquarius and slows down prior to resum-
ing eastward motion in November.
If, in comparing this chan with a tele-
scopic view, there is any doubt whether
an object is Ceres or a star, test it [or
motion. On August 1st the minor planet
moves about 11" per hour relative to the
stars; at opposition, 30"; and on Decem-
ber 1st, 22". If there are stars very near
...
-
0 ....

Ceres, the change in configuration should
be detectable.
On the evening of November 4th, this
asteroid will pass within a few seconds of
arc of the star BD -176797 (magnitude
8.9). West Coast observers can see the
closest approach at approximately 10 p.m.
Pacific standard time.
Ceres will be particularly easy to iden
tify on the evening of November 27th,
when it will be about 4' south of the
4.6-magnitude star .,2 Aquarii.
Here are 1950 coordinates of Ceres at
10-day intervals, for Ob Universal time.
July 29, Ob !!Jm.5, -11 29'. August 8,
Ob 3Jm.5, -12 15'; 18, Ob 29m.2, -13 10';
28, Oh 24m.8, -14 13'. September 7,
Oh 18m.4, -15 16'; 17, Oh 10m.6, -16 14';
27, Oh 02m.2, -17 00'.
October 7, 2Sh54m.J, -17 28'; 17,
23h47m.}, -17 37'; 27, 2!!b4Jm.9, -17
25'. November 6, 23h 38m.8, -16 54';
16, 23h 38m. I, -16 08'; 26, 23b 39m.6, -15"
07'. December 6, 23b 4!!m.I, -1!1 56'.
:
.,

.
f
. ..
.
..
.
:
No
"
.'
..
Oc. 27
O<
"
eo
ol
euu

.o!
.
.
From August to November Ceres moves through Cetus and Aquarius its position
being indicated a! Ukl:'y intervals. This chart was adapted the .4tlas
whtch shows stars as faint as magnitude 9.0.
Til
The sun, on tl
The moon's I}'
Each planet ia
All p01
Mercury is too
seen during most
conjunction OCCUl
ward the end of
will be visible lo
much as I! hours
brightens from x:
gust 2!!rd to +0.8
greatest western 1
2nd.
Venus, at magi'
low in the west
before twilight c
planet's IS" tele
illuminated. 'I
passes north of
August 28-29.
Man shines a1
eastern Virgo, se1
the sun. Telesco
est, its reddish
diameter on A
twice passes no1
on the nights <
The planet will
nitude Spica on
versal time.
Jupiter is oft
Taurus, rising 11
night. On the
disk. will appear
35!" in equato
northeast of }11
August 22nd.
An interestin
visible during 1
gust 24th, whc
passes near th
+22"1032. Bel
Central dayligl
the star might
Jupiter will oc
in western All
event will not
States.)
Saturn. In
planet rises h
Venus sets in
this lst-magnit
is too close to the sun to . be
most of August, since inferior
occ\lts on the 15th. Yet to
of the month, this planet
low in the eastern sky as
before sunrise. Mercury
magnitude + 1.8 on Au
to +0.8 on the 28th, and reaches
western elongation on September
--'""''"- at magnitude -!1.4, is easily seen
the west each evening but sets
twilight ends. On the 15th, the
'18" telescopic disk is 8!1-percent
The two-day-old moon
of Venus on the night of
shines at 1st magnitude in south-
Virgo, setting about 2! hours after
Telescopically It is of little inter
reddiSh disk being only 5".7 in
on August 15th. The moon
_ passes north of Man this month,
nights of August 1-2 and 30.31.
will be 1" .8 north of 1st-mag-
on August 8th at 16h Uni-
is of magnitude -1.7, in eastern
rising an hour or two after mid-
_ On the 15th, its slightly flattened
appear 33" in polar diameter and
in equatorial. The moon will be
of Jupiter on the morning of
22nd.
interesting telescopic sight may be
w.- v<,.. h,6 during the morning hours of Au-
,, $Wl 24th, when satellite IV (Callisto)
passes near the 7 .5-magnitude star BD
- +221032. Between 4:!10 and 5:80 a.m.
Central daylight time, an occultation of
tl,le star might occ\lr. (Later in the day
Jupiter will occult this stat for observers
)n western Australia and Asia, but the
event will not be visible from the United
. -._-
In early August the ringed
rises in the east about the time
sets in the west. At midmouth,
lit-magnitude object in Aquarius has
a polar diameter of 17" and the major
axis of the ring system is 4!1". The rings
are then inclined about 3!" to our line
of sight, with the north side visible. On
the morning of August 14th. the 17-day-
old moon will pass south of Saturn.
Uranus is in the evening sky, but too
close to the sun to be seen all month.
Neptune aosses the meridian a couple
of hours before sunset. It is in Libra, on
the 15th at right ascension J5b oom.7,
declination -15" 16' (1950 coordinates).
Shining at '8th magnitude, the planet
exhibits a telescopic disk 2" .4 across.
During August Neptune moves south
eastward among the stars. An lmpetcep-
tible 0".2 per hour at the beginning of
the month, this motion increases to 2".6
per hour at the end.
WILLIAM H. GLENN
MOON PHASES AND DISTANCES
First quarter . . . . . . . . . August 4, 5:48
Full moon . . . . . . . . . . . August 12, 8:23
Last quarter ......... August 20, 8:51
New moon .......... August 26, 18:51
First quarter . . . . . . September 2, 19:28
August Distance Diameter
Apogee 10, 20b 252,400mi. 29' 25"
Perigee 25, 19b 223,800mi. 83' 18"
September
Apogee 7, 4b 252,000 mi. 29' 28"
GAMMA CASSIOPEIA
T
HESE August nights the familiar W
of Cassiopeia is coming up in the
northeast. Many amateurs who are inter-
ested in variable . stars will be taking a
look at Gamma, the third star in the five
of the W, to see if it has changed again
in luster.
Up to mid-1986, Gamma was steady in
brightness, about magnitude 2.2. During
the next five yean, Gamma brightened to
1.6, faded to 3.0, and leveled off at about
2.6. During the last quarter century it
bas stayed there.
Although many decades may elapse be-
- -
.dugust, 1,965, Sx.Y .AND .. ;;t_lt
P
LANETS intrigue l\lanl Since earliest
times these bright celestial wanderers
have been viewed with awe and wonder.
Ancient gods shared their names, ami
astrology was based on them. Fhe days of
the week. bear their names, and their sym
bois are used in biology. Without plan-
ets, there would have been no Kepler's
laws to lead Newton to formulate the law
of universal gravitation.
It would be a rather static nightly scene
were the planets suddenly removed (mud1
more so, of course, if Earth had no
moon). As it is, we have the varied plea-
LATE SUNSETS
CUT OBSERVING
In spite of vacations, rushing around, and
rcrreadon, vou can still find time for the
things that imereu you. Does your astronomy
bookshelf hold the titles below? Astronomy
is advancing-if you stand srill you slip be
hind. Keep your interest from fading.
Two excellent books. Bmh down-to-canh
and fully illuStrated. Packed with nontech
nical information.
Pictorial AitroriOmy-Alter, Clcminshaw, and
Phillips. S6 95.
Piaorial Guide to tbe Maon-Dinsmore Alter.
S6 95.
Harvard College Observatory was born of
the Comet of I Ri \. Here are some of the
books and le-.tders in astronomy that have
emergcd from Harvard in the past 12 2 years
Check your bookshelf again!
Ga/axieJ, by Harlow Shapley. $5 00
Beluoeen tbe Plam'II, by F. G. Watson. $5.00
The i\lilky lf',,y, by Buk and Bok. $5.50
Emh, Moon, .nd Plan<ll, by F. 1.. Whipple
$6.50
Our SNn, by D. H. Menzel. $7.'0
The Radio Nuur: Spectrum, nliwd b) D. H
Menzel. $7.50
lool1 o/ tbt A1tronmmr, by G. R. Miczaika
and W. M. Sinton. $7.75 (Formerly Teh-
ItU/Jt!J .mJ Attt!Jwrtt"J.)
Our rutuloguc ii arailabh .:JI $.50 tJ UJ/J1,
Jeduoible /rtJm {jru $5.00 order. No d111rge
lu tdu.alioiJJI ifllllltdionJ or to ,&;J/Uml!n u bo
ho1re pn:tiouJiy Jefll $25.00 orderJ. St.mJ/JI

ASTRONOMY CHARTED
H Winfield St, Mass. 01610
Phone: Pl '6992
Rambling Through
August Skies
sure of watching five quite different ob-
jects pursue widely varying paths in the
sky. Observing them offers challenges
and rewards, to beginners and profession
als, whether the study is made with un
aided eye or most elaborate equipment.
Good hooks about the planets arc plen
tiful, now that space travel thinking is
110 longer confmed to scienre fiction. But
reading about our neighbors and the
chances of life on them cannot give the
personal satisfaction that comes from go
ing out at night, recognizing the planets
that are in the sky, and turning a tele-
scope upon them to see firsthand what
they are like.
Which planet is your favorite? In try-
ing to answer this for myself. I reali1ed
that the five are so dissimilar the question
has slight significance. Mercury is kuown
for its elusiveness (largely a myth), Venus
for danling beauty. !\Iars for ruddy color
and the greatest retrograde motion of any
superior planet. .Jupiter ami Saturn,
though strikingly different in appearance,
gi,e the ucw owner of a telescope "more
for the money" than any other object
except the moon.
There is no one standard, effortless
method for learning the planets (any
more than there is for learning anything
worthwhile in astronomy). If a beginner
is good at visualizing spatial relations, he
may find it easy to translate knowledge of
a planet's orbital position (on a helio-
centric chart) to its place iu the sky.
Others find this impossible, and prefer to
use such charts as the one on the prercd-
ing page. The :\larylaml Academy's
Graphic Time Table of the Hea\'cns, pub-
lished in this magazine cad1 .January, is
also ,ery helpful, for it tells when ead1
naked-eye planet is ahme the horiwn
dming the nighttime homs.
For example, about the middle of this
month four of these planets can he
easily iden1ified hy their positions in tiH
sky, without knowledge of the ronslella
tions or stars ncar them. Begin with
\'enus, which is gradually emerging from
the strong glow of the sky ncar the sun:
look for it about half an hour alter sun-
set. hut well to the MHllh (left) of where
the Sll!l goes clown. It will he a bright
point of light that deslends to the horimn
bdore thl' glow of twilight <caSl'S. Find
our "sistn" planet now and you can pick
it up with increasing case C\'ery cnuing
through the end of the year. Shining at
its greatest brillianq in late December,
Venus will he this year's Christmas star.
1\fars, too, will he in the evening sky
for the remainder of 1965, but there the
comparison with Venus ends. The latter
will approach the earth all during this
time, catching up with us in the orbital
race and gaining a magnitude (about 2!
times) in apparent brightness. On the
other hand, Mars recedes from us slowly,
fading a bit and averaging only If I 00 as
bright as Venus during the five-month
period.
Ne,erthcless, since it is still of 1st mag-
nitude, about as bright as Deneb, l\f ars
can be picked out easily in the southwest-
ern sky each evening soon after dark. It
is racing eastward along the zodiac-celes-
tial pathway of the planets-moving a
moou's diameter every uight. \Vatch 1\f ars
especially on the early evenings of August
7th and 8th, as it passes only two
north of 1st-magnitude Spica. No confu-
sion between them is possible, simc Spica
is uoticeahly brighter and will seem quite
blue by mmparison with I\ I ars' redness.
Saturn is unmistakable these e\'enings,
as it is situated in a regiou de\'oicl of very
bright stars, about midway between the
southern side of the Great Square of
Pegasus ami 1st-magnitude Fomalhaut in
Piscis Austrinus. Since Saturn is about ?!
degrees solllh of the celestial equator, Jts
early e\'ening rising point is not far to the
right of the horizon's cast point. Now at
1st magnitude, it should become visible
soon after it clears the horizon, shining
with a steady yellowish glow, unlike a
star, which would be twinkling strongly.
In a forthcoming article, we shall learn
about til(' three-times "disappearance" of
Saturn's rings next year. Even now, the
planet has unusual telescopic interest,
since phenomena of its satellites are oc-
curring because their orbit planes arc
close to the liue of sight. Telescope own-
<:rs have much to watch on Saturn right
through this year and next.
Finally, Jupiter is once more west of
the sun, and will gradually bewme the
dominating object in fall skies. This
brilliant cream-yellow planet is situated
in Taurus, not far from :\ldebaran, and
comes up during early morning hours, far
to the north of cast. The giant globe,
with i1s retinue of four bright satellites
and eight faint oucs, tra,eh one constel-
lation of the mdiar toward the east each
year.
C. A. F.
AUGUST 1\IETEORS
The full moon will Mriomlv interfere
with obscnations of this Perseid
meteor shower, s< hedull'd to read! maxi-
mum on August 1
1
uder fa,orable
wnditiom in past years, a single ohser\'er
usually rl'wrded up to 50 meteors an
hour (induding about SC\l'll sporadics) at
the peak of this wcllknown fi\'e-day dis
play. On the the radiant lits at right
astension 311 01
111
, declination +58', and
mons eastward Jl<'T day.
\\', H. (;,
STARS FO
The sky as seen r
50' north, at 9 p.t
time, on the 6th an'
in late December,
year's Christmas star.
be in the evening sky
of 1965, but there the
ends. The latter
earth all during this
with us in the orbital
magnitude (about 2!
t brightness. On the
from us slowly,
only lflOO as
the live-month
it is still of 1st mag
as Deneb, Mars
sily in the southwest
1g soon after dark. It
along the zodiac-celes
he planets-moving a
night. Watch Mars
evenings of August
only two degrees
Spica. No confu.
is possible, since Spica
and will seem quite
th Mars' redness.
these evenings,
a region devoid of very
midway between the
the Great Square of
itude Fomalhaut in
Saturn is about 7!
celestial equator, its
point is not far to the
's east point. Now at
.ll10uld become visible
.1 the horizon, shining
wish glow, unlike a
he twinkling strongly.
article, we shall learn
es "disappearance" of
year. Even now, the
telescopic interest,
its satellites are oc-
r orbit planes are
sight. Telescope own
watch on Saturn right
and next.
is once more west of
gradually become the
in fall skies. This
low planet is situated
from Aldebaran, and
1rly morning hours, far
.1st. The giant globe,
r four bright satellites
travels one constcl
toward the cast each
C. A. F.
I seriously interfere
this year's Perscid
to reach maxi
Under favorable
a single ohscner
to 50 meteors an
seven sporadics) at
fhe-day dis
t lies at right
+58, and
W. H. G.
STARS FOR AUGUST
The sky as SCl'll from latitudes 30' to
50' north, at 9 p.m. and 8 p.m., local
time, on the 6th and 20th of August, re
specthely; also, at 7 p.m. on September
5th. For other dates, add or subtract Y2
hour per week.
The southern part of the sky this season
is aglow with light. The summer Milky
Way features the curve of Scorpius and
the Teapot of Sagittarius-both easy to
make out even though in star-rich neigh
borhoods. This is a good region for
cluster hunting with binoculars.
!'!TARS
Tht: "'"' ,,, 'tTl! lrJIII l.ttitudt' lu
Ill ""llh. ,,, II l'llt. .11111 Ill l'llt., I'""
tinu, on the jrh .tnd :.!Oth ol ">t:ptcmbcr,
lt''Jtt't lt\ch .. d .. .. tl II J-111 . 111d X JLil\. oil
(It It d tt 1 .tilt! h. J, 11 utlicl d.tlt '
.uld ''' 1 IHHII J'tl "' t k.
\ll'h,t (.tui' \I '\.t'ill i thl'
>tJr on the meridi.tn lor ;uuthrrn uiJ.
'' 1 ',.,' .11 1 h.111 rill It'. In ll.tii,J.tl j, 111. r!Ji ..
\1.1illt ll.llllt lilt .Ill' "t!Jt' tlllt, ltd
""',,,It, l.ltil. '"' "'' '''"' llllflldl'll ""
( l.llll'\ "!{.II' in lht Ill
fi;h, Pi1ci .-\llltrinm.
ENGINEERED FO:
FOR FIRST CHOI
You'll Marvel At He
The Superb Optics C
This Portable RV -6
6-inc
DYNASC
Give The Same I
As Far More ExF
Ill\\ ,,,I,Jttl"ll Tc 1 the
11111111 lftifll .. l}jdtl! ... ll dll-gl ..
1111 Ill Ill ,I f lilt IJ Tlil'Uipt
. llr 111,, .tfl .tirt ttl '
It l.f' ,Ill! j'rtlh "'"ltlll,d'> ,til
.tr rht ''il'tr'''' 41ptll.il pult
lit r, 1" :.n L:t .!Jll rru r t Ill .1
\\ !lh nur: \ r Ill\ l1 tclt"u 'l'l
' \:I,{ /, ,II" I ( ' ", 11
1
( (I, It ,/
T!Jt rt .Itt 1111 t xtr.t.,
Tht "llptrh .,\...,ltn
1' .d'"':ull h hrt .tthukJng.
IJIl .l''llfl .Ill ,Jlllll,ll \ .1111l
rhl ltrlt ,r , tJ"It1fl1 mo
. lttlfll tl\t. ('r"'hk" tla
, . r dh tl 1, t.l'' pt!rr,tbi:H,
r, ;l''''i' t.Jtl ht tli"lll,tntkJ
Please enter my subscript1
enclose in payme
years; $16.00, three years. In
Sl3.00, two years; $19.00, three
three years.) (Mak
Please print
(Name)
(Number and Street)
(City or Town)
t'IIJ:;IliVt'U (JIIU IIIII:)III:;U Ill 1111 ... Uowo
6 6 x 30 FINDERSCOPE, ACHRO
,,nd hflP lot us. c
po.,iltv+-> roll1malton
1. ROTATING TUBE FOR MAXIM
Sol1d r .l<:.t c hromf' l1n1'>hed
Nettly dt<,1gned <on.,! rue t1on.
tllur1l<, 1murn r 1g1dtiV and
t.,fh ot ,.,dhoul tutH
8. STRIKINGLY HANDSOME WHI
Otn<tlth f,n,.,h durJbiP yet ltght
.tnrt ant1 rpf!et I1<Je blat kpned lf1'>1
BRASS RACKANOPINION EYI
1-'"11 for p,J<:.ter <,rnoother. rnor1
,, ul.t'" npg,tll'o'l' or pos1t1V>
10. STRONG. VIBRATIONFREE,
.. , Prtr .. I(J+.., :>tllf' ":.leady
CRITERION Ml
331 Church
\ I 'Ill/ I I ,, ' I It I l I \ " I
In translation, this
"the bright one" (of
the Arabs included the
neighboring Southern
ENGINEERED FOR THE LAST WORD IN BREATHTAKING PERFORMANCE PRICED
FOR FIRST CHOICE IN VALUE FULLY EQUIPPED WITH MANY EXTRA FEATURES!
You'll Marvel At How
The Superb Optics Of
This Portable RV-6
Including . . . ELECTRIC DRIVE (Patented)
SETTING CIRClES ROT A TING TUBE
A Complete Instrument, No Costly Accessories Needed!
6-inch
DYNASCOPE
Give The Same Exquisite Definition
As Far More Expensive Instruments!
This new addition to the Dynascopc line has won immediate rewg
nition from schools, colleges, and professionals, as an outstanding achieve-
ment in a 6-inch telescope. Although it was only recently introduced,
our files are already filled with complimentary letters from excited ama
reurs and professionals all over the country. Each one is truly amazed
at the superior optical performance of this new RV-6 <>-inch Dynascope!
Here is large aperture in a quality instrument at a price that compares
with many 4-inch telescopes. And thi1 low coJt includeJ Jflch excltuive
extra /eatureJ as electric drit'e (patented), sellin,; .-irdeJ, and ro/alitl!i
tube! There are no "extras" to run up your cost!
The superb optical system resolves diflicult objects with definition that
is absolutely breathtaking. The close tolerances of the precision construc-
tion assure an accuracy and smoothness of operation once associated only
with the finest custom models. The heavy-duty complete with
electric drive, provides the stability so essential
yet there is because
SI.Y PUBLISHING CORPOilA TION
HARVARD (l()IJ.BOB OBSBIVATORY
O.UORIDOI, JoWSACHt111TI'S 02111
. ttii t\tbldipuon Sfcy and. Telescopt beginning with the ........... iaue.
: ... .(United.Statel and pG*ISiom, $6.00, one year; $11.00, r.wo
,.em. In Canada, exiCXJ, Central and South America, $7.00, one year,
three yean. In all other countries, $8.00, one year; $15.00, two yean;
(Make chedl. or money order payable to Slty Publishing Corporation.)
................ (State) ................ (Zip Code) ........ .
-- ; - . : . .
Model RV-6 Complete
with Dyn-0-Matic Electric Drive
and All Features Described Below
f.o.b. Hartford, Conn.
Shipping WI. 55 lbs.
Express Charges Collect
No Packing or Crating
Charges
ENJOY IT NOW FOR
ONLY $74.95 DOWN
No need to put off the thrills
of owning this magnificent in
strument! Send your check or
money order today for only
$74.95 as full down payment ...
pay balance plus small carrying
charge in your choice of 6, 12,
or even 24 monthly payments.
Same unconditional guarantee
applies, of course. Or order
today by sending your check or
money order with coupon below.
t Sound too good to be true?
[ Then read what these delighted
! DYNASCOPE owners have to say:
J mine has a 6
e without elecuic
aich he paid over
s'<!lfpi
"Congratulations on the ex
cellence of your workmanship.
The optics are truly amazing.
I never expected such won
derful performance."
..... Ill .. lfYillttKhllo
I. 8 I 30 FIHDERSCOPE, ACHROMATIC, CDATO, With accurate croll hllrs
and fine focus. Durable cast-aluminum bracket with 6 adiultlnl ICrews
allows positive collimation.
VloUJ ua """"' ..... .......
time ...
B.s.- Ntw JerteJ
---r---- it, bUI is a much
betiftlooking and better-builr
iDJUWDenr." J.L.- New York
L.H.N. - Massachusetts
7. ROTATING TUBE FOR MAXIMUM VERSATILITY AND VIEWING COMFORT.
Solid-cast chrome.finlshed rings are generous I" wide with felt lining.
Newly designed construction, with oversized knurled adjusting knobs,
affords maximum rigidity and allows quick disassembly and portability,
with or without tube.
I. STRIKINGLY HANDSOME WHITE 50" BAKELITE TUBE with porcelainized
Ourallte finish, durable yet light. Walls are 'Is" thick, completely insulated
and anti-reflective blackened inside.
9. BRASS RACKANDPINION EYEPIECE HOLDER has precision-cut rack and
gear for easier, smoother, more posit1ve locusing. Takes standard IW'
oculars, negative or positive.
10. STRONG, VIBRATIONFREE, ALLMETAL TRIPOD with easily removable
legs. Provides sure, steady support, plus lightweight portability.
CRITERION MANUFACTURING CO.
331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.
Ma11u{acturers of Quality Optical ln.rtrumellfJ
r------------------------------1
Criterion Manufacturing Co.
Dept. STR73, 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.
0 Please send me, under your unconditional guarantee, the RV-6 6-inch
Dynascope. Full payment of $194.95 is enclosed.
o I prefer your easy terms! Enclosed is $74.95 as down payment with
understanding that I will pay balance (plus small carrymg charge) over
6 , 12 , 24 months (check choice).
D Send FREE IllUSTRATED liTERATURE describing the RVG 6-inch Dynascope
and all the telescopes in the Dynascope line.
Name
Address
City State

In translation, this
"the bright one" (of
the Arabs included the
neighboring Southern
ENGINEERED FOR THE LAST WORD IN BREATHTAKING PERFORMANCE PRICED
FOR FIRST CHOICE IN VALUE FULLY EQUIPPED WITH MANY EXTRA FEATURES!
You'll Marvel At How
The Superb Optics Of
This Portable RV -6
Including . . . ELECTRIC DRIVE (Patented)
SETTING CIRCUS ROTATING TUBE
A Complete Instrument, No Costly Accessories Needed!
6-inch
DYNASCOPE
Give The Same Exquisite Definition
As Far More Expensive Instruments!
This new addition 10 the Dynascope line has won immediate recog
nition from schools, colleges, and professionals, as an outstanding achieve-
ment in a 6-inch telescope. Although it was only recently introduced,
our files are already filled with complimentary leiters from excited ama
teurs and professionals all over the country. Each one is truly amazed
at the superior optical performance of this new RV-6 6-inch Dynascope!
Here is large aperture in a quality instrument at a price that compares
with many 4-inch telescopes. And this lotv cost inc/11des such exclusive
extra features as electric drit'e (parented), sellinx cirdes, and rotati11g
tube! There are no "extras" to run up your cost!
The superb optical system resolves difficult objects with definition that
is absolutely breathtaking. The close tolerances of the precision construc-
tion assure an accuracy and smoothness of operation once associated only
with the finest custom models. The heavy-duty mount, complete with
electric drive, provides the stability so essential for satisfactory viewing,
yet there is easy portability because in a matter of minutes the entire
telescope can be dismantled into three easy-to-handle sections.
Only Criterion's engineering ingenuity, coupled with volume produc
tion and modern manufacruring methods, makes this handsome 6-inch
model available at such reasonable cost. You can order it with complete
confidence that it will live up to your expectations in every way, for this
assurance is guaranteed under our full-refund warranty. Send your check
or money order today. Or use our liberal time-payment plan and take
months to pay.
YOU COULD PAY $100 MORE
WITHOUT GffiiNG ALL THESE
SUPERIOR fEATURES !Except on Another Oynascopel
1. EXQUISITE OPTICAL SYSTEM INCLUDES l/8 BINCH PARABOLIC MIRROR
made of PYREX-brand glass, accurate to better than lfo wave, zircon-quartz
coated, and guaranteed to reach the theoretical limits of resolution and
definition. Teamed with elliptical diagonal, mounted In 4-vane adjustable
spider.
2. NEW DYNOMATIC ELECTRIC DRIVE with smooth self-acting clutch that
enfages and disengages automatically as you seek different objects. Will
no Interfere when manual operation is desired. Entire drive housed In
trim aluminum case. Plugs Into ordinary household socket.
3. CNDICE OF ANY 3 EYEPIECES from the following: 70X 18-mm. Achro
malic Ramsden; 100X 12.7-mm. Achromatic Ramsden; 14DX 9mm. Achro-
matic Ramsden; 210X 6-mm. Orthoscopic; 320X 4-mm. Orthoscopic. All are
precision threaded, give sharp Images to extreme edges.
4. SOLID NEW EQUATORIAL MOUNT, extra-reinforced design to provide
plllarlike stability. No annoying side play or wobble. Adjusts easily to
any latitude.
5. SEniNQ CIRCLES for both right ascension and declination. Handsomely
engraved and finished in fine aluminum.
8. 8 I 30 FINDERSCOPE, ACHROMATIC, COATED, with accurate cross hairs
and fine focus. Durable cast-aluminum bracket with 6 adjusting screws
allows positive collimation.
"I never dreamed such a bril
liant, clear image could be
had with a tdeswpe costing
under $200. h is one of these
rare bargains rhar you find
only onre or twil"e in a life-
rime"
B.S.- New Jersey
Model RV-6 Complete
with Dyn-0-Matic Electric Drive
and All Features Described Below
f .o.b. Hartford, Conn.
Shipping WI. 55 lbs.
Express Charges Collect
No Packing or Crating
Charges
ENJOY IT NOW FOR
ONLY $74.95 DOWN
No need to put off the thrills
of owning this magnificent in
strument! Send your check or
money order today for only
$74.95 as full down payment ...
pay balance plus small carrying
charge in your choice of 6, 12,
or even 24 monthly payments.
Same unconditional guarantee
applies, of course. Or order
today by sending your check or
money order with coupon below.
Sound too good to be true?
Then read what these delighted
DYNASCOPE owners have to say:
"A friend of mine has a 6-
imh telescope without electric
drive, for which he paid over

omperforms it, but is a much
better-looking and bener-built
inmumem." I.L.- New York
..Congratulations on the ex
cellence of your workmanship.
The optics are truly amazing.
I never expected such won
derful performance."
L.H.N. - Manaehusetts
7. ROTATING TUBE FOR MAXIMUM VERSATILITY AND VIEWING COMFORT.
Solid-cast chrome-finished rings are generous I" wide with tell lining.
Newly designed construction, with oversized knurled adjusting knobs,
affords maximum rigidity and allows quick disassembly and portability,
with or without lube.
r------------------------------1
8. STRIKINGLY HANDSOME WHITE 50'' BAKELITE TUBE with porcelainized
Durallte finish, durable yet li'ht. Walls are 'Ia" thick, completely Insulated
and anti-reflective blackened onside.
9. BRASS RACKANDPINION EYEPIECE HOLDER has precision-cut rack and
gear for easier, smoother, more posllove focusing. Takes standard IW'
oculars, negative or positive.
10. STRONG, VIBRATIONFREE, ALL-METAL TRIPOD with easily removable
legs. Provides sure, steady support, plus lightweight portability.
CRITERION MANUFACTURING CO.
331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.
lltanu/actureri of Quality Oplical lllstmments
Criterion Manufacturing Co.
Dept. STR-73, 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.
0 Please send me, under your unconditional guarantee, the RV-6 6-inch
Oynascope. Full payment of $194.95 1s enclosed.
0 I prefer your easy terms! Enclosed is $74.95 as down payment with
understanding that I will pay balance (plus small carrymg charge) over
6 _, 12 .. , 24 months (check choice).
0 Send FREE ILLUSTRATED LITERATURE describing the RV-6 6-inch Dynascope
and all the telescopes in the Dynascope line.
Name
Address
City State
L------------------------------J
Presenting
Refractor with
New 2.4-inch Equatorial
Setting Circles and Optional Motor Drive
UNITRON's
Important changes have been made 111 the LNITROr-J 2.4"
Equatortol, now Models 128 and 128(!
This popular, portable, prec1s1on refroctl'r 1S nov. more IJ''Jit>
SIOnal than ever. First, settmg circles have been added to heir Y''u
find those difficult celestial obJects that ore too fotnt to he seen
easily in the v1ewhnder. Yet there 1s absolutely "" , 1'-/11.(< i11 {'r1,,
of Model 128!
With Model 128C, after you have located on 1moge, UN ITRON,
Synchronous Motor Clock Drive will outomot1colly keep 1t centered
tn the field of view and allow you to devote full attention to observ-
ing. And in the new Models 128 and 128C, ,,/ "" n/r,,
a built-in supplementary right ascens1on slo"'-mOt1on control ha
been added to facilitate settings tn thtS coord1note w1thout the
need to stop or disengage the motor
The IJurcha,e price of Model 128, $225, includes equatorial
rncunttng v.1th ,low-motion hand drtve, flex1ble cable, provision for
the motor drive, decl1nation and supplementary right
sluv. mot1ons, setting ctrcles, viewf1nder, f1ve eyepieces,
choice of UN I HEX Rotary Eyep1ece Selector or star d1aganal and
crcct1ng pmm system, AchromatiC Ampl1fier, sunglass, cabinets,
etc. The Synchronous Mntr)r Clock Drive, priced at $50, may be
added later.
Or rtght nov. you may order Model 128(, $275, with the motor
Jrtve and all of the above fine features
UNITRON Models 128 and 128C are available far immediate
delivery A mere 10
0
down puts you at the controls. Be good to
yourself- treat yourself to a UNITRON.
U
A 'I T h 0 A I INSTRUMENT COMPANY - TELESCOPE SALES DIV .
./Y IV 66 NEEDHAM STREET, NEWTON HIGHLANDS 61, MASS.
J
/
'
....
.,_,
I
'
'
'
(%" f
g ;J
Jd I<

fo
:lc
a
2-;) '
-..

...
I l '
...
.. .... . J '
. ..,.,, ,.
.. .....
. :. "' '
t ......
, , t '
..
. '" .
' '.
'
..
.-
!
\
!
\

t" ' .

l 't:
ROBERT STRAILE COMPANY, INC.
World's Fair Division
~ ! ! J J ~ ~
September 10, 1965
The Honorable Paul R. Screvane
President of the City Council
City Hall
New York, New York
Dear Sir:
WORLD'S FAIR 1964-65
Executive Office&:
97-45 Queens Boulevard
Rego Park 74, N.Y.
TW 6-7250
There seems to be a tremendeous interest and desire on the part of the
residents of the City of New York to retain as much of the World's Fair
as possible for a third year.
Most people feel that the City of New York could incorporate a good part
of the World's Fair with the proposed park at a nominal cost. A more
elaborate presentation would attract people from outside the immediate
city limits, creating an influx of revenue which should merit the consid-
eration of the Department of Parks, and other City agencies. As you
probably know, the Hotel Association would be strongly in favor of such
a civic undertaking on the part of the City of New York.
An extension of the World's Fair would enable citizens of modest circum-
stances to absorb this great spectacle at prices which they could afford.
With your indulgence, I would like to expand this idea to a more permenent
plan. At present there are a number of cities, such as Miami, with its
Interama, which have permenent fairgrounds or exhibitions for industry
to present their progress. Permenent fair grounds are to be found in
many European cities, for example, Frankfort, Germany and Brussels, Belgium
. . . continued
~
T h ~ Honorable Paul R. Screvane Page Two
The millions of dollars that have been spent for the basic outlays, such
as highways, utilities, and certain permenent buildings justifies the
thought of a permenent World's Fair type exhibit, and it certainly would
most logically be located in the City of New York.
A committee such as I suggested could make a study of the many industries
that would be interested in displaying and promoting their present and
future products.
Hoping this letter meets with your kind consideration, I remain,
obert Straile
President
RS/mjd
...
J TO: EXECUTIVE OOMMITrEE
HERBERT PAYNE FROM:
SUBJEcr: SUMMARY REPORT OF WORLD'S FAIR ATTENDANCE
World's Fair Attendance, April 21, 1965 to September 7, 1965
Number of Admissions:
Gate 1 - and L. I. R. R.
Gates 3 and 4 - lllth St.
' Gates 5 and 6 - Meadow Lake
Gate 7 - Rodman St.
Gate 8- Lawrence St.
Other Gates
Total Number of Admissions
Estimated Number of Admissions by Periods:
Open to Noon
12:01 to 6:00PM
6:01 to Closing
Total - As Above
Automobile Parking, April 21, 1965 to September 7, 1965
Number of Cars:
Flushing Airport
Lawrence St.
Meadow Lake Lots
Total Number of Cars Parked
Attendance at Exhibits, April 21, 1965 to September 7, 1965
Daily Opening
Average To Noon To
Industrial Area: In 12 Noon 6:00 PM
American Express 13
*American Interiors Less than
1
Bar Green Buffet Less than 1
Bell System 37 836 2,923
Better Living Center 21
*Chunky Corp , 4
*Clairol 7
*Coca Cola 22
*Continental Insurance 6
*DuPont 17 446 1,177
*Dynamic Maturity Less than 1 24 89
*Elec, Power & Light 13 295 975
*Equitable Life Assurance 6 58 395
Formica 4
*Gas Pavilion 13 240 1,117
*General Cigar 5 82 450
General Electric 46
*House of Good Taste 2
IBM 31
Johnson Wax 14
Pan American Hwy. Rides 2
Parker Pen 6 97 446
*Pepsi-Cola 29
*RCA 8
*Rheingold 4
*Scott Paper 12
DATE: SEPTEMBER 20, 1965
Paid
6,908,324
2,329,420
3,983,559
2,861,891
1,021,183
533,681
17,638,058
9,343,145
7,031,682
1,263,231
17,638,058
Paid
478,956
283,256
1,119,040
1,881,252
6:00PM Cumu1a-
To tive In
Closii!S
1,852
93
116
1,456 5,215
2,907
599
962
3,022
819
770 2,393
23 136
606 1,876
382 835
524
505 1,862
212 744
6,499
255
4,379
2,015
229
268 811
4,199
1,131
518
1,643
Count
Made Bz
Meter
Meter
Estimate
Meter
Meter
Estimate
Meter
Meter
Meter
Meter
Meter
Meter
Estimate
Estimate
Sampling
Meter
Meter
Meter
Sampling
Estimate
Estimate
Sampling
Meter
Meter
Estimate
Sampling
Page 1 of 3
..
"). ~
TO:
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
DATE: SEPTEMBER 20, 1965
FROM:
HERBERT PAYNE
SUBJECT:
SUMMARY REPORT OF WORLD
1
S
FAIR ATTENDANCE
World's
Fair Attendance, April 21,
1965 to September 7,
1965 (Contd.)
Daily Opening
6:00 PM
Cumula-
Average
To Noon To To tive In Count
Industrial Area: (Contd.)
In ~ O O O l 12 Noon 6:00PM
Closins
~ 0 0 0 ~ Made Bl
*Seven-Up
6 201 417 300 918 Meter
*Simmons
1 16 133 37 186 Meter
Singer
5
724 Estimate
*Travelers
7
1,054 Meter
*Billy Graham
11 161 913 438 1,512 Estimate
Boy Scouts
7 113 569 295 977 Meter
Masonic
2 43 213 101 357 Meter
Mormon
13 609 660 559 1,828 Meter
Protestant Center
6 168 603 107 878 Estimate
Transeortation Section:
Antique Rent-A-Car
5
633 Estimate
Auto Thrill Show
2
369 Meter
Chrysler Pavilion
47
6,729 Meter
Ford Pavilion
45 1,367 3,129 1,850 6,346 Meter
General Motors
74 2,401 5,590 2,329 10,320 Meter
Hall of Science
17
2,512 Estimate
*Port of N. Y. Authority
(Heliport) 2
43 210 70 323 Estimate
Sinclair
23
3,192 Meter
SKF Pavilion
3
416 Estimate
*Transportation and Travel
13
1,858 Estimate
Underground Homes
6 16 634 212 862 Meter
*U. S Rubber
5 ll7 438 178 733 Meter
*U. S. Space Park
12 380 924 434 1, 738 Estimate
Federal and States:
*Federal
23 580 2,028 634 3,242 Sampling
*Hollywood
2 31 207 61 299 Meter
*Illinois
16
371 1,471 526 2,368 Meter
Long Island R. R.
3 27 333 96 456 Sampling
Maryland
10
1,390 Sampling
"Missouri
11 264 982 380 1,626 Meter
"Montana
6 86 682 85 853 Estimate
*New England
12
1,757
Estimate
New Mexico
7
1,028 Estimate
New York City
7
1,027 Meter
*New York State
57
8,036 Estimate
West Virginia
6
805 Estimate
*Wisconsin
15
2,045 Estimate
International Area:
*Africa Pavilion
5 105 431 170 706 Estimate
Belgian Village
12 183 1,067 477 1, 727 Meter
China
7 131 609 279 1,019 Estimate
Greece (16 weeks)
13
1,463 Estimate
Hong Kong
15
2,141 Estimate
Ireland
10 61 1,008 433 1,502 Estimate
*Israel
1
169 Estimate
Japan - Jetro
10
1,443 Estimate
Japan - JEA
6
850 Sampling
Jordan
6
915 Meter
Korea
6 106 609 240 955 Estimate
Malaysia (14 weeks)
1 5 101 46 152 Meter
Page 2 of 3
..
.... ..
TO:
EXECUTIVE C<Hoil'l'TEE
DATE I SEPTEMBER 20, 1965
FROM:
HERBERT PAYNE
SUBJECT:
SUMMARY REPORT OF WORLD'S FAIR ATTENDANCE
World's Fair Attendance
2
A2ril 21
2
1965 to Se2tember 72 1965
Daily OpP.ning 6:00 PM Cumula-
Average To Noon To To tive In Count
International Area: (Contd.) In ~ 0 0 0 ) :...2 Noon 6:00 PM Closins ~ 0 0 0 } Made Bl
Morocco
1 28 63 67 158 Estimate
Pakistan
6
967 Estimate
*Polynesia 2 8 137 78 223 Meter
Swedish
14
1,989 Estimate
Swiss Sky Ride
19
2,698 Estimate
Thailand
10 109 941 395 1,445 Estimate
Venezuela
7 101 618 263 982 Estimate
West Berlin
8
1,106 Estimate
Christian Science 2
293 Meter
Hall of Free Enterprise 2 24 239 92 355 Meter
Sermons From Science (18 weeks) 4
548 Estimate
2000 Tribes 2 34 151 48 233 Meter
Vatican City
67
9,386 Meter
Lake Area:
American Cavalcade (Carousel) 1
177 Estimate
BFE - Aerial Tower Ride Less than 1
(19 weeks)
51 65 116 Meter
*Florida Pavilion
36
5,179 Estimate
*Florida Citrus Water Ski Show 27 2,318 657 2,975 Meter
(15 weeks)
Flume Ride (14 weeks)
7 29 413 234 676 Estimate
*Hawaiian
7
989 Meter
Jaycopter, Inc. Less than 1
48 Meter
*Maroda Enterprises
2
310 Estimate
Monorail
10 158 849 440 1,447 Meter
Puppet Show
1
145 Meter
Santa Maria
1 23 107 53 183 Meter
Wax Museum
2
246 Meter
* Confidential
MEMO: Subway
- Willets Point and lllth Street 27.0% of W. F. Attendance
L. I. R, R. -
5.9% of W. F. Attendance
Days on which Mets and Jets played at Shea Stadium are omitted.
Page 3 of 3
NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR
1964-1965
UN IS PH e: F:::o! E
United Slain Steel
C::l%1 Nt'*
COME TO THE FAIR!
.
'
',
........ 9
....... i
....
I I

..
''i
. .
J

.\
'
.
J
,,
,.
.. ._. ...
'
Remarks of Robert Moses
President of the
New York World's Fair 1964-1965 Corporation
on the Occasion of the
Depositing of Westinghouse Time Capsule II
Westinghouse Pavilion
Flushing Meadow
Saturday, October 16, 1965
11 A.M.
l!
-..
'
.
...
I
..
.. . .. ' . .. ,. . ~
. ~ ...
4, ~

'
~ " ' . i
1 .
,.,
' ''l
'
1
. ..
r
t
I
l
. -- - - ~ - - ~ - - ~ -
SELECI'IONS COMMITIEE
WESTINGHOUSE TIME CAPSULE II
Dr. Detlev W. Bronk, President
Rockefeller Institute
Dr. Ralph J. Bunche, Under Secretary
United Nations
Dr. Vannevar Bush, Honorary Chairman
Massachusetts Institute of Technology Corp.
Dr. James B. Conant, former U.S. Ambassador
and former president, Harvard University
Dr. Watson Davis, Director
Science Service
Dr. Hugh L. Dryden, Deputy Administrator
National Aeronautics &. Space Administration
Dr. John Kiernan
Dr. Henry Allen Moe, President
American Philosophical Society
Dr. Eugene Ormandy, Conductor and Music Director
Philadelphia Orchestra
Dr. Alfred Newton Richards
Dr. Glenn T. Seaborg, Chairman
.Atomic Energy Commission
Dr. William E. Shoupp, Vice President, Research
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Mr. Andrew Wyeth, Artist
OFFICERS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC
CORPORATION
D. C. Burnham, President
Ronald N. Campbell, Executive Vice President
George L. Wilcox, Executive Vice President
Marshall K. Evans, Vice President, Operations Services
Howard S. Kaltenborn, Vice President, Personnel and
Public Affairs
George C. Main, Vice President, Finance
A. C. Monteith, Senior Vice President
Carlisle P. Myers, Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary
GROUP VICE PRESIDENTS
Douglas D. Danforth
S. W. Herwald
Robert E. Kirby
E. H. Seim
John W. Simpson
Charles H. Weaver
Dale McFeatters
This World's Fair has sought to bring to-
gether, in what we call an Olympics of Progress,
and to leave with visitors, lasting impressions of
our inheritance, our time and civilization and our
hopes for the future. Since most of the Fair struc-
tures and exhibits are temporary, comparatively
little will remain of the gorgeous pageant but a
few permanent artifacts in a great urban park,
retaining the framework of two great exposi-
tions.
There is no better place to record and pre-
serve for posterity evidences, selected by a
distinguished, representative committee, of the
machines and materials of living in the everyday
life of our age. This, for the second time, the
Westinghouse time capsule is doing. The more
comprehensive World's Fair Two capsule is
being placed next to the one buried only a
quarter century ago after World's Fair One.
Both will be opened to the gaze of our aston-
ished descendants five thousand years from now,
as they look back to the halcyon days of small
populations, pioneering, great open spaces and
uncharted seas.
The quarter century between these two Fairs
has been one of extraordinary and unprecedented
discovery and invention, and of a reawakening
comparable to the Renaissance. Five thousand
years may seem a long time, until we reflect that
Michelangelo's Pieta, a major exhibit at this
Fair, was chiselled some five hundred years ago.
We stand, like stout Cortes, speechless on a
peak in Darien, peering blindly into the future,
and anxious that our followers shall give us
some credit for being reasonably smart in our
time.
:D 1965 New York World's Fair, 19641965 Corporation
... _ . .,
'1
j
i
,,
. ~ --- - - - ~ - ---- --
Statement by Robert Moses
President of the New York World's Fair
1964-1965 Corporation
on the Closing of the Fair
Flushing Meadow
Sunday, October 17, 1965
There is of course a touch of sadness
about any closing, and I shall miss the Fair,
but it has been a swnmer university attended
by fifty million, more than ever visited any
similar enterprise, and they have testified
eloquently to its worth.
Universities refer to the end of the course
as Commencement. We now commence here
a new park. I have seen Flushing Meadow
rise from ash dump to glory and after this
second Fair we shall inaugurate what I am
sure will eventually be the City's finest park.
As we approach the hour of closing, ex-
pressions of regret are heard from those who
apparently have just heard about the Fair
for the first time and want it kept open.
Others who have been steady visitors say
they can hardly believe that so much beauty
and revelation must disappear. Unfortu-
nately we can't change this. Flushing Mead-
ow Park, the framework and much of the
content of the Fair will have to serve.
New York has profited in more ways
than one and is better and more favorably
known as a host to strangers.
~ : y ; ; ;
':1!,'
; a
...
. '. .. .... ..., ...
'.. , .
. ...
4, . \)
. ..
I
I .
....
....
'
,, i I
I .
. ..
. .....
\
............ _
To those who loyally helped to create this
Olympics of Progress in the face of many
obstacles I give my thanks and gratitude.
We have fostered enduring friendships
and memories which will persist and draw
the peoples of a troubled world closer to
gether. This was mainly our objective and
time will prove that we achieved it.
1965 New York World's Fair 1964-1965 Corporation .......

'
.
~ . '
.. \ ~ I
. ~ ..
i .
.. .
.. . ~ . . .. . . .. ,, .. ~
. .. ,.
<i .
,', "t i
..
,,
: ''! '
'
. ,
. .
.
..
t' .
1 .
~ ~ ~
L ~
,
UNI$PHEREe
NEW,YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION
WORL.O'S F'AIR, N.Y. 11380 AREA CODE 212- WF' 4-1964
PE.,t,CC THROUGH
UNDER9TANDINO
PERSONAL
Dr. John R. Dunning
October 19, 1965
Dean of Engineering and Applied Science
510 Seeley W. Mudd Building
Columbia University
CABLE WORLDSFAIR
ROBERT MOSES
I'AESIDENT
New York, New York 10027 s /
Dear John: ?; .
It looks as if you will get the City money for design an /'"\ Y
construction of the new Science Building and for maintenance and I '/ \.
operation. This leaves the big problem, that of curators, which
must be an endowment matter and can not be left to the City and
routine City employment.
I believe you need a pledge of $100,000 for five years
for a director, secretary, two stenographers and expenses for them.
How about the Ford Foundation or some other on a five
year basis?
I assume that among your assistants, or at any rate
within your acquaintance, you can find a director who should receive
at least $30, 000. Maybe living quarters could be provided for him
in the new building.
President
RM:gls
.._.._.,@---
1'720 CHERR'W' STRf..:Er
F'H ILAOEL,PHIA 3. PA,

J:dvon.hrr
Hobert. !'renl.dent
Nev: York torld' s Fr,l.r Corporati.on
Flushing l.:enc!ow J>ark
\',odd's Fair, ll. Y. llJilO
Dear Ur. J.!'OScs:
Just n. note to tell you how much
we apprncint.e your tho:,:ht.fnlness in sendi.nr, the
1 run m1ro l vd.ll be usinr, it. on many oc-
casions.
I horo that everytliin!; is going
well , ..i th the closine dov:n phase of your opera-
tion. I will be lookinp; forwar1l to seeing the
next task that you nnC:ortake because I don't think
you are one vtr.o can sit. still for long.
Sincerely,
/
.John n. Kelly, Jr.
*Film refers to taped interview with Mr. Moses to
be distributed by the United States Information
Agency to television stations in Japan.

FOR youR INFORMATION
FROM
NEW YORK
w
WOR&:964-1965 CORPORATION
INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT F'LUSHING MEADOW PARK
WORLD'S FAIR, N.Y. 11380 AREA CODE 212 WF 4-1965 CABLE WORLDSF'AIR
PlAC[ fHAOUOH D b 8 1965
UHOtASTAHOINO ecem er ,
Contact: Murray Davis {WF 4-6551)
FOR RELEASE:
NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR, Dec. 8 --- The Pavilion of
Spain at the New York World's Fair was presented today
(Wednesday, December 8) to the Spanish Inte'rnational
Pavilion Foundation of St. Louis, Mo. The transfer from
the Government of Spain to the Foundation was made at
ceremonies at the Spanish Pavilion on the Fairgrounds.
The Pavilion will be dismantled and then sent to
St. Louis where it will be re-erected, according to
Mr. William J. Costello, Secretary of the Foundation and
representative of the Honorable Alfonso Cervantes, Mayor
of St. Louis.
The Spanish Pavilion will be a part of the Stadium-
Arch development underway in St. Louis. It will be dis-
mantled between January 1 and April 1, 1966, and re-erected
by July, 1967.
Those taking part in the ceremony, in addition to
Mr. Costello, were His Excellency Muno Aquirre de Career,
Minister of the Government of Spain, and Governor Charles
Poletti, Fair Vice President in charge of International
Affairs and Exhibits.
fl 11 fj
01061
NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION
II'CACC T"ltOUOH
UNDC .. 8TANDINO
WORLD'S F'AIR, N.Y. 11380 AA!A COD! 212 WF" 4-1965
December 8, 1965
Dr. Thomas P. F. Hoving
150 East 73rd Street
New York, New York
Dear Dr. Hoving:
CABL! WORLDSFAIR
ROBERT MOSES
l'llltatDINT
Because of the interest in the field which you mentioned,
I am sending you separately miscellaneous information about the
Hall of Science at Flushing Meadow. This, in its implications
and possibilities, is the most important addition to the City
Museums.
For many years we tried to establish such an institution
but did not succeed until the Fair presented the opportunity.
Bradford Clark is working on the extension to accommodate
present and promised exhibits of wide interest. I hope you will
take a lively interest. It begins under favorable auspices, but
of course not without problems. I would suggest that you discuss
this enterprise with John Dunning, Joe Martino and Charlie
Preusse some time along in January.
President
---..-.. @---
TO:
FROM:
DATE:
SUBJECT:
REFERENCE:
. ;/
,.
Al1170
MEMORANDUM
REFER NOTED
Stuart Constable, Vice President Operations
Francis D. Miller
December 7, 1965
HALL OF SCIENCE ... ATOMIC
TO
RETURN TO
DATE BY DATE
FILE
On De ember 3rd I talked to Mr. Edward Brunenkant, who together with
Mr. Howard Brown are the budget people for the Atomic Energy Commission
They told me that they had placed a sum of money in the Atomic Energy Comnliss ion
appropriation for fiscal 1967 (July 1, 1966 June 30, 1967) for planning the
Atomic Energy exhibit in the new Hall of Science, They indicated that these
were "conunitted" funds which means that a further request relating to this
appropriation will be forth coming, They were doubtful that on the basis of
the situation as it stands now, that they would have been able to g ~ t through
a sufficient figure to permit construction of the exhibit and in thts .event
the whole project would have failed. As things stand now, .everyone ls ,m
notice that more money is needed to complete the project, It depends on when
it can be used,
1rancis D. Miller
Acting Director
Hall of Science

World's Fair General Documentation 4

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

World's Fair General Documentation 4

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Box# 31

concerts will be given for five

Co. [no str<et addrml.

with hour, half-hour, and

S-ar putea să vă placă și

World&#39;s Fair General Documentation 4

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

World&#39;s Fair General Documentation 4

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Box# 31

concerts will be given for five

Co. [no str<et addrml.

with hour, half-hour, and

S-ar putea să vă placă și

World's Fair General Documentation 4

World's Fair General Documentation 4